# Driving Theory Test Kit UK — Full content for LLMs and IDE agents > Comprehensive concatenation of every guide and reference page at https://drivingtheorytest.io. Generated at: 2026-06-02T17:28:36.663Z Pages included: 50 Curated index: https://drivingtheorytest.io/llms.txt Site sitemap: https://drivingtheorytest.io/sitemap-index.xml This file follows the llmstxt.org "llms-full.txt" convention: every page's body content is included as markdown so LLMs and IDE agents (Cursor, Continue, Claude Code) can ingest the full site in one fetch. Layout chrome (navigation, footer, marketing CTAs, store badges) is stripped. Verbatim quotes from gov.uk are preserved with their source URLs on a `— Source:` line beneath each blockquote. Source material is reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. DVSA has given permission for the reproduction of Crown copyright material; DVSA does not accept responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. --- ## Driving Theory Test Kit UK Free 2026 theory test revision, mock tests & hazard perception Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Pass your UK theory test with 750+ free DVSA revision questions, hazard perception clips, unlimited mock tests, the latest Highway Code, and smart personalised practice — the free 4-in-1 driving theory test kit. ## Everything you need to pass your UK driving theory test ## See the app in action ## About the app Pass your UK driving theory test first time with the 2026 Driving Theory Test Kit! All 750+ DVSA revision questions are completely FREE — no account needed, no catch on the questions. Start your theory test practice today. Everything a learner driver needs — free DVSA question practice, hazard perception test, unlimited mock theory tests, Highway Code and more. This 4-in-1 kit is licensed by the Driver and Vehicle Standards Agency (DVSA) and covers everything you need across Great Britain and Northern Ireland: ### 4 tests in one app - 🚗 **Car theory test** for light vehicles and quad bikes - 🏍️ **Motorbike theory test** for motorcycles and mopeds - 🚛 **LGV/HGV theory test** for lorries, trucks, buses, coaches, PCV and public transport — including Module 1a and 1b - 🎓 **ADI Part 1 theory test** for approved driving instructors ### 📚 750+ FREE DVSA REVISION QUESTIONS Every driving test question, answer and explanation from the DVSA question bank — at no cost. Includes new CPR, defibrillator and ADAS questions for 2026. ### 🎞️ HAZARD PERCEPTION TEST PRACTICE All 36 DVSA CGI hazard perception clips with real exam scoring and cheat detection — identical to the real hazard perception test. Bad weather, motorways, night driving & vulnerable road users. Sharpen your hazard perception and reaction time before test day. ### 📝 UNLIMITED MOCK THEORY TESTS Realistic timed mock theory tests that mirror the DVSA format exactly — 50 multiple-choice driving test questions, just like the real exam. Take as many mock tests as you need and know precisely when you’re ready to book your theory test. ### 🧠 AI-POWERED SMART TRAINING Our intelligent learning system focuses your theory test practice on your weakest topics, so you study smarter and pass faster. ### 📖 UK HIGHWAY CODE, ROAD SIGNS & TRAFFIC SIGNS Complete 2026 Highway Code, full UK road signs, traffic signs, road markings and driving regulations built in. Learn every driving law and road safety rule without leaving the app. ### ✅ ALWAYS UP TO DATE 2026 ready with free updates delivered straight to your device whenever DVSA changes questions or hazard clips. ### 📅 PERSONALISED LEARNING PLAN Set your test date and follow a guided study plan that maximises your theory test revision time and keeps you on track. ### 🔊 ENGLISH VOICEOVER Optional voice read-out — perfect for learners with reading difficulties or dyslexia. ### 🌍 BUILT-IN TRANSLATIONS Use built-in translations as a learning aid for theory test questions, answers and explanations — helpful if English is not your first language. Popular learner languages include Punjabi, Persian/Farsi, Arabic, Chinese, Russian, Urdu, Polish, Spanish, Turkish, Bangla, Tamil, Amharic, Ukrainian, Hindi, Romanian, Welsh and many more. ### More features you’ll love - Topic-by-topic theory test practice to target weak areas - Marathon mode — study all 750+ driving test questions in one session - Review wrong answers and bookmark tricky questions - Detailed progress stats and topic scores per category - Works fully offline — practise with no Wi-Fi, anytime, anywhere - Phone and tablet support - Clean, modern interface designed for learner drivers - DVLA provisional licence holders — everything you need in one app 🏆 Ready to get your driving licence? Join the learner drivers who pass their DVSA theory test first time. The perfect companion to your driving lessons — revise every driving test question, practise hazard perception, ace your mock theory test, and get one step closer to your full DVLA driving licence. Download the UK Driving Theory Test 2026 Kit now and start your theory test practice today. This product includes the Driver and Vehicle Standards Agency (DVSA) revision question bank. The Driver and Vehicle Standards Agency (DVSA) has given permission for the reproduction of Crown copyright material. DVSA does not accept responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. Contains public sector information licensed under the Open Government Licence v3.0. ## UK driving theory test FAQs ### What is the pass mark for the UK driving theory test? For the car theory test you need at least 43 out of 50 on the multiple-choice section and 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception test. Both parts must be passed in the same sitting. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### How many questions are on the UK car theory test? The car theory test has 50 multiple-choice questions with a 57-minute time limit (pass mark 43 out of 50), followed by a hazard perception test of 14 video clips containing 15 scored developing hazards — up to 5 points per hazard, 75 marks available, pass mark 44. Source: [gov.uk — theory test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) ### How do I book the UK theory test? Book only through the official GOV.UK service at gov.uk/book-theory-test — that is the only valid booking route for DVSA tests. You need your UK driving licence number (provisional is fine), an email address and a credit or debit card. Third-party sites that charge to book are unofficial. Source: [gov.uk — book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) ### How long is a theory test pass valid for? Two years. You must pass your practical driving test within two years of your theory test pass — otherwise you will need to retake the theory test. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### When can I retake the theory test if I fail? You must wait at least 3 working days before retaking. There is no legal limit on how many times you can retake it, but each attempt costs the full fee. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### How does the hazard perception test scoring work? Each developing hazard is worth up to 5 points — click as early as possible after the hazard starts developing for the highest score. You will not lose points for a wrong click, but clicking continuously or in a pattern scores zero for that clip. Source: [gov.uk — hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) ### What age do I need to be to take the car theory test? You can take the car theory test from age 17 — or age 16 if you get, or have applied for, the higher weekly rate of the mobility part of Personal Independence Payment. You also need a valid UK provisional driving licence. Source: [gov.uk — theory test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) ### Are the DVSA practice questions in the app really free? Yes — all 750+ DVSA revision questions, with answers and explanations, are available for free (with ads) and no account required. A subscription or one-off lifetime purchase removes ads and unlocks premium features such as the full hazard perception clip library. ### Is there a free 4-in-1 driving theory test kit? Driving Theory Test Kit UK brings all four parts of revision into one app — DVSA practice questions, mock tests, hazard perception, and the Highway Code. Every DVSA practice question is free to revise (ad-supported), standard mock tests and the Highway Code are free, and there are free hazard perception clips to get you started. A subscription or one-off lifetime purchase removes ads and unlocks the full clip library and advanced practice modes. ## Start free. Pass your theory test. --- ## UK theory test accessibility and reasonable adjustments Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/accessibility/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-05-30T20:32:18-04:00 DVSA offers a wide set of reasonable adjustments for the UK driving theory test — **voiceover** in English or Welsh, **British Sign Language** on-screen video or in-person interpreter, **extra time** on the multiple-choice section, and **a reader or scribe**. Bespoke arrangements (for example, a separate room for severe anxiety or autism with sensory needs) can be agreed with DVSA customer services before you book. Most adjustments need supporting evidence and must be requested when you book — they cannot be arranged on the day. > When you book your theory test you should say if you have a: reading difficulty, disability, or health condition. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition ## The full list of adjustments *Table: UK theory test reasonable adjustments* | Adjustment | Who it’s for | Evidence required | | --- | --- | --- | | **English or Welsh voiceover** | Selectable by any candidate at the booking step; recommended for candidates with dyslexia, reading difficulties or some disabilities | None — available to everyone | | **Extra time** on multiple-choice — gov.uk does not publish a precise maximum; industry sources commonly cite up to double the 57-minute window for eligible candidates | Reading difficulty, dyslexia, certain disabilities or health conditions | Letter / report from a teacher, doctor, occupational therapist, or a recognised online dyslexia screen | | **Reader** — DVSA staff member reads questions aloud | Reading difficulty / dyslexia / vision impairment | Same evidence as for extra time | | **Recorder / scribe** — DVSA staff records your answers | Physical disability that prevents using a mouse or screen | Letter from a doctor or other professional | | **Question rewording** — DVSA staff rephrase non-technical wording, and may also re-order the sentence structure, to make questions easier to understand. Technical terms (e.g. "MSPSL", named crossing types) that you need to know stay unchanged. | Reading difficulty, language processing difference, or other comprehension barrier | Same evidence as for extra time | | **British Sign Language (BSL) video** on screen alongside the questions | Deaf candidates whose first language is BSL | None at booking — declare at booking time | | **BSL interpreter in person** | Deaf candidates who prefer a live interpreter | None — provided at no extra fee | | **Lip-speaker** | Hearing impairment, prefers lip-reading over BSL | None — provided at no extra fee | | **Hearing loop** | Hearing-aid users (T-position compatible) | None | | **Bespoke arrangements** — e.g. a separate / quieter room for severe anxiety, autism with sensory needs, or another condition not listed above | Discuss with DVSA customer services before booking — these are arranged case by case | Letter from a doctor / clinician describing the specific need | Adjustments not listed above — for example a particular condition not covered here — can still be discussed with DVSA. Contact **theorycustomerservices@dvsa.gov.uk**, call **0300 200 1122** (Monday to Friday, 8am to 5pm), or message **+44 (0)1908 787001 on WhatsApp** (messages only) before you book if you need something bespoke. ## Voiceover — the most-used adjustment The English (or Welsh) voiceover reads every question and every answer option aloud through headphones supplied at the test centre. You control the playback yourself. It’s available to **any candidate** — you do not need to declare a disability or supply evidence to use it. Ask for an English (or Welsh) voiceover through headphones when you book your test. Two common misconceptions worth clearing up: - The voiceover is in **English (or Welsh)**, not a translation. It does not help if your difficulty is with the English language itself — only with reading speed or comprehension. Foreign-language voiceovers were withdrawn on 7 April 2014 and have not returned. - The voiceover covers the multiple-choice section only. The hazard perception clips have no narration — they’re purely visual. ## BSL — on screen, in person, or both Deaf candidates have three BSL routes: - **On-screen BSL video** alongside each question. A signer translates the question and answer options live in a video panel. - **BSL interpreter in person** at the test centre, at no extra fee to the candidate. - **Lip-speaker** if you prefer lip-reading to BSL. ### Signly — the BSL booking translation tool (since 19 May 2025) Until 2025, the booking page itself was English-only — a barrier for BSL-first users wanting to book independently. On **19 May 2025**, DVSA launched **Signly** on the theory-test booking page — DVSA describes it as the first of its kind to be introduced across the Government. Click a paragraph and a video signer reads it back in BSL. The integration was built in partnership with **Signly** (the BSL-translation company), the **Government Digital Service**, and digital-technology firm **Kainos** . ## Extra time — what counts as evidence Extra time on the multiple-choice section is the most-asked adjustment and the one with the strictest evidence requirement. gov.uk does not publish a precise maximum; industry sources commonly cite up to double the standard 57-minute window. Acceptable evidence includes: - A letter or report from a teacher, lecturer or SENCo at your current or recent school - A GP or specialist clinician letter - A report from an educational psychologist, occupational therapist or speech-and-language therapist - An online dyslexia screening product (for example, a British Dyslexia Association-assured screen) Note that extra time applies **only** to the multiple-choice section, not the hazard perception clips. The clips are time-locked by design — every candidate sees them at the same speed. ## For English-as-an-additional-language candidates There is no language-translation option in the modern UK theory test. The 2014 withdrawal of foreign-language voiceovers was driven by a documented fraud problem — interpreters had been caught indicating correct answers to candidates — and has not been reversed. Practical strategies for ESL candidates: - **Use the English voiceover** — you can replay each question and answer aloud, which often clarifies vocabulary that text alone obscures. - **Learn the driving-specific vocabulary** — “give way”, “MSPSL” (Mirror Signal Position Speed Look), “MSM” (Mirror Signal Manoeuvre), and the named pedestrian-crossing types (Zebra, Pelican, Puffin, Toucan, Pegasus, Equestrian, Parallel). The Highway Code uses these terms throughout. - **Practise via mock tests** — the question phrasing is consistent across the DVSA bank, so familiarity with the wording is half the battle. ## For autistic candidates and candidates with ADHD Autism, ADHD and anxiety disorders are not specifically listed as adjustments, but DVSA can arrange supporting accommodations including a separate test room, the voiceover, extra time where appropriate, and a quieter slot at the test centre. A short letter from a GP or educational professional describing the specific difficulty is usually enough. Practical revision strategies people report success with: - **Short, frequent sessions** rather than long study blocks. The DVSA syllabus breaks neatly into 14 topics — one per session. - **Topic-first then mock-tests**. Mock tests pulled from random topics confuse retention; mastering one topic at a time embeds the rules better. - **The voiceover for the real test**, even if you’ve revised in writing. Audio input reduces the working-memory load of reading on test day. - **Arrive early enough to settle**. DVSA asks for 15 minutes early; a quieter morning slot is often less crowded than the late afternoon. ## Practical and hazard perception adjustments Adjustments at the practical driving test (separate from theory) are handled by the examiner. They include lifting the practical test fee, additional briefing time, and written or signed communication. The hazard perception section of the theory test cannot be adjusted for time — DVSA holds the clips to the same speed for all candidates — but the multiple-choice extra-time entitlement applies to the multiple-choice section before it. ## If you need to discuss something bespoke Email **theorycustomerservices@dvsa.gov.uk** with the subject *“Reasonable adjustment enquiry”*, call **0300 200 1122** (Mon–Fri 8am–5pm), or message **+44 (0)1908 787001 on WhatsApp** (messages only). Do this **before** you book — adjustments cannot be applied to an existing booking on the day. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Theory test: reading difficulty, disability or health condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) - GOV.UK — [Making our theory test booking service more accessible (Signly, May 2025)](https://despatch.blog.gov.uk/2025/07/08/making-our-theory-test-booking-service-more-accessible/) - GOV.UK — [End to foreign-language driving tests (DVSA)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/end-to-foreign-language-driving-tests) - GOV.UK — [Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (adjustments selected during booking) - British Dyslexia Association — [Learning to drive](https://www.bdadyslexia.org.uk/advice/adults/learning-to-drive) --- ## UK ADI Part 1 theory test Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/adi-part-1/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-05-30T20:32:18-04:00 The UK **Approved Driving Instructor (ADI) Part 1** theory test is the entry exam for becoming a car driving instructor. It is **100 multiple-choice questions in 1 hour 30 minutes** , divided into 4 banded categories of 25 questions each. To pass, you need **at least 85 out of 100 overall AND at least 20 out of 25 in each band** — both conditions are required. The hazard perception section has a higher bar than the standard test: **57 out of 75**. Fee: **£81**. > To pass the multiple-choice part, you must get both: an overall score of at least 85 out of 100; at least 20 out of 25 in each of the 4 categories of questions. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/adi-part-1-test/pass-mark-and-result ## The 4 banded categories Each band has 25 questions. You need at least 20 right in each to pass that band — and an overall 85+. 1. **Road procedure.** 2. **Traffic signs and signals, car control, pedestrians, mechanical knowledge.** 3. **Driving test, disabilities, and the law.** 4. **Publications and instructional techniques.** ## Structure and pass marks *Table: UK ADI Part 1 theory test — at a glance (source: gov.uk)* | Field | Value | | --- | --- | | Multiple-choice questions | 100 (25 in each of 4 bands) | | Time allowed | 1 hour 30 minutes | | Overall pass mark | 85 out of 100 | | Per-band minimum | At least 20 out of 25 in each band | | Hazard perception clips | 14 (15 scored developing hazards) | | Hazard perception pass mark | 57 out of 75 | | Fee | £81 | | Certificate validity | 2 years from the day you pass Part 1 — you must pass Parts 2 and 3 within that window, or start the whole application process again | ## Why the bar is higher ADI Part 1 is the first of three exams (Part 1 theory, Part 2 practical driving, Part 3 instructional ability). Because you will be teaching learners the test material, DVSA expects a broader and more consistent grasp than a regular learner. The 20-per-band rule prevents passing the overall test while leaving one topic area weak. ## Eligibility - Aged 21 or over and have held a full car driving licence for at least 3 years. - Not disqualified (banned) from driving in the last 4 years. - Registered on the ADI candidate register and passed the criminal-record (DBS) check. - Your application can also be refused if you have 5 or more penalty points within the last 3 years; convictions for a sexual, violent, financial or drug-related crime; or a ban from working with children. - Once you pass Part 1, you have 2 years to pass Part 2 and Part 3; otherwise you must start the whole application process again. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [ADI Part 1 test](https://www.gov.uk/adi-part-1-test) - GOV.UK — [ADI Part 1: multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/adi-part-1-test/multiple-choice-questions) - GOV.UK — [ADI Part 1 test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/adi-part-1-test/pass-mark-and-result) - GOV.UK — [Approved driving instructor (ADI) fees](https://www.gov.uk/approved-driving-instructor-adi-fees) - GOV.UK — [Driving test cost](https://www.gov.uk/driving-test-cost) - GOV.UK — [Become a driving instructor](https://www.gov.uk/become-a-driving-instructor) --- ## UK car driving theory test Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/car/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 The UK **car** driving theory test has **50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes** (pass mark 43 out of 50), followed by a **14-clip hazard perception test** (pass mark 44 out of 75). Both must be passed in the same sitting. The fee is **£23** and the minimum age is 17 — or 16 if you get, or have applied for, the higher weekly rate of the mobility part of Personal Independence Payment (PIP). > You must pass both parts to pass the test. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result ## Structure and pass marks *Table: UK car theory test — at a glance (source: gov.uk)* | Field | Value | | --- | --- | | Questions | 50 multiple-choice | | Time allowed | 57 minutes | | Multiple-choice pass mark | 43 out of 50 | | Hazard perception clips | 14 (15 scored developing hazards) | | Hazard perception pass mark | 44 out of 75 | | Both sections required? | Yes — pass both in the same sitting | | Test fee | £23 | | Certificate validity | 2 years | ## Three of the 50 questions are video-based Since 28 September 2020, three of the 50 multiple-choice questions are based on a single short, silent driving video — you can replay the clip as many times as you like before answering. The remaining questions are single-answer multiple choice drawn from the DVSA syllabus. ## New for 2026: CPR and AED questions DVSA announced on 13 August 2025 that car and motorcycle theory tests would include new questions about cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and — for the first time — public-access defibrillators (AEDs). Candidates were told to start preparing from autumn 2025; the questions began appearing in tests in 2026. No additional cost, no extra test time, no change to the pass mark. ## ADAS — what the syllabus expects you to know Most new cars now ship with **Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS)**: **lane keep assist**, **autonomous emergency braking (AEB)**, **adaptive cruise control (ACC)** , blind-spot monitoring, parking sensors and traffic-sign recognition. Highway Code Rule 150 explicitly addresses motorway assist, lane departure warnings and remote control parking — the same principle (the driver remains responsible) extends to all such aids. The 2025 edition of *The Official DVSA Theory Test for Car Drivers* and DVSA’s revision materials at [safedrivingforlife.info](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/) are the canonical preparation sources. **The key principle to memorise:** ADAS is an aid, not a substitute. The driver remains legally and practically responsible for the vehicle at all times — even when adaptive cruise is engaged or lane keep is steering. Questions that test "who is responsible if the system fails" almost always have the same answer: *the driver*. ## Eligibility and what you need to book - Minimum age **17** (16 if you get the higher rate mobility component of PIP). - A valid UK provisional driving licence. - An email address and a credit or debit card to pay £23. - You must have lived in England, Wales or Scotland for at least 185 days in the last 12 months before the day of your test. ## What to take on test day Your **UK photocard provisional driving licence**. Paper-only licences need an accompanying passport. Arrive 15 minutes early. Phones, smartwatches, fitness trackers and any device you cannot fully switch off must be stored in a locker — wrong or missing ID means the test is cancelled with no refund. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Theory test (overview)](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - GOV.UK — [Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Driving test cost](https://www.gov.uk/driving-test-cost) - GOV.UK — [New theory test questions to boost cardiac-arrest survival (DVSA)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-theory-test-questions-aim-to-boost-cardiac-arrest-survival-rate) - GOV.UK — [Theory test changes: 28 September 2020 (video clip replaces written case study)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/theory-test-changes-28-september-2020) - Safe Driving for Life — [Official DVSA learning materials (incl. 2025 ADAS coverage)](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/) - legislation.gov.uk — [Motor Vehicles (Driving Licences) Regulations 1999, Regulation 9](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/9) (minimum ages — paragraph (4) supplies the 16-with-enhanced-rate-mobility PIP exception for small vehicles). --- ## UK driving theory test FAQ Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 70 of the questions people most often ask about the UK driving theory test, grouped by topic. Every answer is sourced from [gov.uk](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) or another authoritative source, with a citation under each answer. ## Jump to a section - [Test content & 2026 changes](#content) (15) - [Booking & changing](#booking) (10) - [After the test, retakes & next steps](#after) (22) - [Hazard perception](#hazard-perception) (9) - [Cost & fees](#cost) (10) - [Test language & translations](#language) (4) ## Test content & 2026 changes ### What is the pass mark for the UK driving theory test? For the car theory test you need at least 43 out of 50 on the multiple-choice section and 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception test. Both parts must be passed in the same sitting. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### How many questions are on the UK car theory test? The car theory test has 50 multiple-choice questions with a 57-minute time limit (pass mark 43 out of 50), followed by a hazard perception test of 14 video clips containing 15 scored developing hazards — up to 5 points per hazard, 75 marks available, pass mark 44. Source: [gov.uk — theory test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) ### What age do I need to be to take the car theory test? You can take the car theory test from age 17 — or age 16 if you get, or have applied for, the higher weekly rate of the mobility part of Personal Independence Payment. You also need a valid UK provisional driving licence. Source: [gov.uk — theory test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) ### Are CPR and defibrillator (AED) questions in the theory test now? Yes. DVSA announced on 13 August 2025 that car and motorcycle theory tests would include new CPR questions and — for the first time — questions about using a defibrillator, "from 2026". Candidates were told to start familiarising themselves with the content from autumn 2025. There is no additional cost, test time, or difficulty. DVSA has said the questions will be added to other theory test types later. Source: [gov.uk — new theory test questions on cardiac arrest](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-theory-test-questions-aim-to-boost-cardiac-arrest-survival-rate) ### What kinds of CPR or AED questions can come up? Questions cover the basics of CPR — hand placement, compression rate and depth — and using a public-access defibrillator (when and how to use it). DVSA built the content with the Resuscitation Council UK, Save a Life Cymru, and Save a Life programmes in Scotland and Northern Ireland, whose free training videos and CPR/AED quick guides are recommended preparation. Source: [gov.uk — new theory test questions on cardiac arrest](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-theory-test-questions-aim-to-boost-cardiac-arrest-survival-rate) ### Are case-study questions still on the theory test? The old written case study was retired on 28 September 2020 and replaced by a video-based question. You watch one short silent driving video and answer 3 multiple-choice questions about it. You can replay the video as many times as you like during the test. Source: [gov.uk — theory test changes 28 September 2020](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/theory-test-changes-28-september-2020) ### Can I take the theory test in Welsh? What about other languages? The theory test is available in English or Welsh, including the on-screen voiceover. Other foreign-language voiceovers and interpreters were withdrawn on 7 April 2014 — English and Welsh are the only spoken-language options available today. British Sign Language is available as an on-screen video and, separately, in person via a BSL interpreter. Source: [gov.uk — end to foreign language driving tests](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/end-to-foreign-language-driving-tests) ### Is there an English voiceover for the test? Yes. The on-screen English (or Welsh) voiceover is available to all candidates and is particularly intended for people with dyslexia, reading difficulties or certain disabilities. You select it when you book — all adjustments must be requested at booking and cannot be set up on the day. Source: [gov.uk — reading difficulty, disability or health condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) ### What topic areas does the theory test cover? DVSA’s National Standard syllabus on gov.uk (the Category B framework for trainers and learners) is organised into 4 units: preparing the vehicle and occupants; guiding and controlling the vehicle; driving in accordance with the Highway Code; and driving safely and efficiently. The theory-test question bank itself is broken into 14 topic chapters: alertness, attitude, safety and your vehicle, safety margins, hazard awareness, vulnerable road users, other types of vehicle, vehicle handling, motorway rules, rules of the road, road and traffic signs, documents, incidents accidents and emergencies, and vehicle loading. Source: [gov.uk — learning to drive a car syllabus (4-unit National Standard)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/learning-to-drive-a-car-syllabus) ### Are practice app questions the same as the real theory test? Reputable practice apps (including ours) draw from the official DVSA revision question bank, so the topics, format and difficulty match the real test. The actual test randomly selects 50 questions from a much larger pool — the published revision book runs to 750+ questions for the car test — and wording can vary slightly between practice and the live exam. Practice covers the full syllabus and answer patterns, but you will not see an identical paper. Source: [gov.uk — multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) ### What’s the difference between the car and motorcycle theory tests? Both have 50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes (pass mark 43/50) plus the 14-clip hazard perception test (pass mark 44/75). The car test uses 3 questions linked to a short silent video clip; the motorcycle test instead uses a written case study of 5 linked questions — the 28 September 2020 video-clip change applied to car tests only. The motorcycle question bank typically emphasises rider-specific topics such as visibility, weather, road position, lifesaver checks and securing the bike. A car pass does not count for motorcycle — they are separate £23 tests. Source: [gov.uk — theory test changes 28 September 2020 (motorcycle unchanged)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/theory-test-changes-28-september-2020) ### Can I take the theory test in Polish, Urdu, Punjabi, Arabic or any other language? No. Foreign-language voiceovers and interpreters were withdrawn on 7 April 2014 to prevent fraud. The on-screen voiceover is only available in English or Welsh. An on-screen British Sign Language video is available for deaf candidates. Translators and interpreters are not permitted. Source: [gov.uk — end to foreign language driving tests](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/end-to-foreign-language-driving-tests) ### What is the UK theory test pass rate? For April 2024 to March 2025 the overall car theory test pass rate published by DVSA was 44.9%, with women out-passing men by roughly 3–4 percentage points (47.2% female vs 43.1% male). DVSA publishes a single Great Britain figure; a per-nation split — Scotland around 48.9%, England around 46%, Wales around 42.3% — is derived from the per-centre figures by averaging the rate at each centre. The headline rate has settled in the mid-40s since 2022/23 — distinct from the practical-test pass rate, which is a different, higher figure. Source: [gov.uk — driving test and theory test data: cars (DRT111A and DRT112A spreadsheets)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistical-data-sets/driving-test-and-theory-test-data-cars) ### What accommodations are available for dyslexia, anxiety, autism or ADHD? DVSA offers an English or Welsh voiceover (open to anyone, no evidence required), extra time on the multiple-choice section (with supporting evidence from a teacher or other educational professional, a doctor or medical professional, an occupational therapist, or an online dyslexia screening product — eligible candidates typically get up to double the standard 57-minute window), a reader, a recorder/scribe, question rewording (staff rephrase non-technical wording while keeping technical terms unchanged), an on-screen British Sign Language video, a BSL interpreter in person, a lip-speaker, and a hearing loop. Anything beyond these — for example a separate room for severe anxiety or autism with sensory needs — can be arranged bespoke by contacting DVSA before you book (email theorycustomerservices@dvsa.gov.uk, phone 0300 200 1122, or WhatsApp +44 (0)1908 787001 for messages only); all adjustments must be requested at booking and cannot be set up on the day. Source: [gov.uk — reading difficulty, disability or health condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) ### What is the penalty for cheating on the theory test? Cheating is a criminal offence. DVSA figures obtained under FOI by the Press Association in January 2026 reported a 47% year-on-year rise in cheating attempts — 2,844 attempts in the year to September 2025 — most commonly hidden Bluetooth earpieces (1,113 cases on theory tests) or in-person impersonation (1,084 on theory plus 647 on practical). 96 people were prosecuted. Custodial sentences have been imposed in recent cases. An attempt to cheat results in the test being voided and court-imposed penalties — which may include prison, a driving ban, unpaid work or court costs. Source: [RAC — DVSA reports 47% rise in driving test cheating (DVSA FOI figures, January 2026)](https://www.rac.co.uk/drive/news/motoring-news/dvsa-reports-rise-in-driving-test-cheating/) ## Booking & changing ### How do I book the UK theory test? Book only through the official GOV.UK service at gov.uk/book-theory-test — that is the only valid booking route for DVSA tests. You need your UK driving licence number (provisional is fine), an email address and a credit or debit card. Third-party sites that charge to book are unofficial. Source: [gov.uk — book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) ### How early can I book my theory test? The DVSA booking service shows the available test slots at the centres you select, subject to capacity at each. There is no single fixed advance-booking window — popular centres tend to fill weeks ahead; quieter ones often have slots in the next 1–2 weeks. You need your UK driving licence number, an email address, and a debit or credit card to book. Source: [gov.uk — book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) ### Do the May 2026 booking rule changes apply to the theory test? No. The 2026 changes — learner-only bookings (12 May 2026), 2-amendment cap (31 March 2026) and the 3-nearest-centres rule (9 June 2026) — apply only to car practical driving tests. DVSA confirms: "The new rules only apply to car driving tests. They do not apply to other types of tests." Source: [gov.uk — changes to driving test booking rules in 2026](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/changes-to-driving-test-booking-rules-in-2026) ### What happens if I arrive late to the theory test? The test is cancelled and the fee is forfeit. DVSA requires you to arrive 15 minutes before your appointment. Source: [gov.uk — when you arrive at the test centre](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/when-you-arrive-at-the-test-centre) ### What ID do I need on the day of the theory test? Your UK photocard provisional driving licence. If you only have an old-format paper licence (DVLA stopped issuing those when photocards were introduced in 1998, so this is increasingly rare), you also need a valid passport. Wrong or missing ID means the test is cancelled with no refund. Source: [gov.uk — what to take to your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-take) ### Can I bring a parent or friend with me to the theory test? There is no waiting area at the test centre for anyone accompanying you, and companions cannot sit in on the test itself. Source: [gov.uk — when you arrive at the test centre](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/when-you-arrive-at-the-test-centre) ### Can I bring my phone or smartwatch into the test room? No. Phones, smartwatches, fitness trackers and any device you cannot fully switch off must be stored in a locker or clear plastic box outside. Cheating is a criminal offence. Source: [gov.uk — when you arrive at the test centre](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/when-you-arrive-at-the-test-centre) ### Can I take the theory test at home on my phone or laptop? No. The theory test must be taken in person at a DVSA-approved test centre — there is no remote, online or at-home option. The current test centre network is delivered by Pearson VUE and Reed in Partnership under DVSA contract running to September 2028. The centre supplies the computer, the locker for your belongings, and the supervised exam environment. Source: [gov.uk — book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) ### How do I find my nearest theory test centre? Use the official postcode search at gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre. The booking service shows the nearest available centres automatically when you start a booking — DVSA centres in Great Britain are delivered by Pearson VUE and Reed in Partnership; Northern Ireland has its own network run by the DVA. Source: [gov.uk — find a theory test centre](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre) ### Do I need a provisional driving licence before I can book the theory test? Yes — a valid UK provisional driving licence is required both to book the test and to sit it on the day. The minimum age to apply for a provisional licence is 15 years and 9 months, which in practice lets car / motorcycle candidates apply about 3 months before their 17th birthday. The age floor is 16 for a moped; car applicants on the higher weekly rate of the mobility part of PIP can also apply from 16. You cannot sit the theory test until the licence is valid for your age category. Source: [gov.uk — apply for a provisional driving licence](https://www.gov.uk/apply-first-provisional-driving-licence) ## After the test, retakes & next steps ### How long is a theory test pass valid for? Two years. You must pass your practical driving test within two years of your theory test pass — otherwise you will need to retake the theory test. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### When can I retake the theory test if I fail? You must wait at least 3 working days before retaking. There is no legal limit on how many times you can retake it, but each attempt costs the full fee. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### Can I book the practical driving test before I pass theory? No. You must have passed your theory test before you can book your practical test — gov.uk's book-a-practical service requires a valid theory test pass to proceed. Source: [gov.uk — book a driving test](https://www.gov.uk/book-driving-test) ### What if I lose my theory test pass certificate number? You can recover it online via the official gov.uk service. You need your UK driving licence number and your theory-test booking reference; DVSA then emails the certificate number to the address you used to book the test. You do not need to carry the certificate to your practical test — the examiner checks digitally. Source: [gov.uk — find your theory test pass number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number) ### What is Pass Plus and is it worth it after I pass? Pass Plus is an official post-test practical training course of at least 6 hours, taught by a Pass Plus-registered approved driving instructor. It is aimed at newly qualified drivers and may earn a car insurance discount. Cost varies by instructor and area; some local councils subsidise it. Source: [gov.uk — Pass Plus](https://www.gov.uk/pass-plus) ### What happens if my theory certificate expires before I pass the practical? You must take and pass a new theory test before you can re-book the practical. The 2-year certificate cannot be extended or renewed under any circumstance. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### Can I retake just the hazard perception part if that was the only section I failed? No. Failing either section means you fail the whole test and must retake both parts together at the next sitting. There is no partial retake of the hazard perception or multiple-choice section alone, and the full £23 fee applies to every attempt. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### How long until I get my theory test result and certificate? Your pass or fail result appears on screen a few minutes after you finish the test, and the test centre hands you a printed letter (including a pass certificate if you passed). Keep the printed certificate safe — you will need the certificate number to book the practical test. If you lose it, you can recover the number online via gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### Can I see which specific questions I got wrong? No. DVSA does not release the individual questions you got wrong — this protects the question bank. The printed result letter handed to you at the test centre lists which parts of the test you did not score enough points on, so you know what to practise before re-sitting. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### I have a foreign driving licence — do I have to take the UK theory test? It depends on where your licence was issued. EU/EEA licence holders can usually exchange without re-testing. "Designated" countries can also exchange without re-testing — the current list includes (but is not limited to) Andorra, Australia, Barbados, the British Virgin Islands, Canada, the Cayman Islands, the Falkland Islands, the Faroe Islands, Gibraltar, Hong Kong, Japan, Moldova (added 31 July 2025 via the Driving Licences (Exchangeable Licences) Order 2025, SI 2025/811), Monaco, New Zealand, the Republic of Korea, the Republic of North Macedonia, Singapore, South Africa, Switzerland, Taiwan, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates and Zimbabwe (North Macedonia and the others were already designated under earlier instruments). Holders of licences from non-designated countries (including the United States, India, China and Pakistan) can drive on the existing licence for 12 months from arrival, after which a full UK theory and practical test is required. Use the official checker on gov.uk for your specific country. Source: [gov.uk — exchange a non-GB driving licence](https://www.gov.uk/exchange-nongb-driving-licence) ### Does the 2-year clock start on the day I pass or the day after? The day you pass. The certificate is dated the day of your theory test, and the 2-year window runs to the same calendar day two years later, inclusive — DVSA's booking service accepts a practical on the anniversary date. For example, a certificate dated 21 May 2026 is valid for a practical test taken on or before 21 May 2028; from 22 May 2028 onward you must retake the theory test. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### Can my theory test pass certificate be extended for any reason? No. In Great Britain there is no mechanism to extend a theory test pass certificate — not for illness, instructor unavailability, military service, or being on a long DVSA waiting list. The government rejected calls for COVID-era extensions in 2020 on road-safety grounds. Time-limited COVID-era extensions were granted in Northern Ireland in 2020–2021 by the Department for Infrastructure (which runs the DVA, not DVSA), but those exceptions have ended. If your certificate expires in GB, you must pass a new theory test before you can book another practical. Source: [gov.uk — theory test pass mark and result (Great Britain)](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### What if DVSA reschedules my practical past my theory expiry date? You cannot take the rescheduled practical on a date after your theory certificate expires — DVSA’s booking system enforces the 2-year window. Out-of-pocket expense compensation is available for short-notice DVSA cancellations under 3 working days, but it does not extend the certificate. If you cannot find a slot inside the window, the only route is to take a new theory test. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### Can I “reset” my theory clock by booking a practical I’m not ready for? No. The certificate is only invalidated by taking a new theory test or by the 2 years running out — failing a practical test does not extend the theory window. Booking a practical you are not prepared for wastes the £62 (or £75 for evening, weekend or bank holiday) fee and the slot. If you are running out of time, the correct route is to revise hard, sit a practical when ready, or sit a fresh theory test before the certificate lapses. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### Who does the New Drivers Act apply to? Anyone who passed their first practical driving test on or after 1 June 1997 — the date the Road Traffic (New Drivers) Act 1995 came into force in Great Britain. The Act imposes a 2-year probationary period that starts the day you pass — it applies to the first full driving licence from Great Britain, Northern Ireland, the Isle of Man, the Channel Islands, Gibraltar, or an EC/EEA country, regardless of category. Passing a later test for a different category (for example, motorcycle then car, or car then HGV) does not start a new probation period. Source: [gov.uk — penalty points (endorsements): new drivers](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers) ### What happens if I get 6 points within 2 years of passing my test? The DVLA automatically revokes your driving licence with no court process and no warning. To drive again you must apply for a new provisional licence (£34 online), then take and pass both the theory test and the practical test again. You can keep driving on the provisional once it arrives, but only with L-plates and an accompanying full-licence holder. Source: [gov.uk — penalty points (endorsements): new drivers](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers) ### Can I appeal a New Drivers Act revocation? There is no appeal to the DVLA — once 6 or more points are recorded on the licence inside the 2-year probation, revocation is automatic. If the points came from a Fixed Penalty Notice, the only route is to retake the tests. If the points came from a court conviction, you can appeal that underlying conviction to a higher court — but not the DVLA’s administrative revocation that follows. Source: [gov.uk — penalty points (endorsements): new drivers](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers) ### How much does it cost to get my licence back after revocation? At a minimum: £34 for a new provisional licence online (or £43 by post), £23 for the theory test, and £62 for the practical test — so £119 in DVSA fees, before instructor lessons. Insurance premiums also typically rise sharply after revocation. Source: [gov.uk — apply for your first provisional driving licence](https://www.gov.uk/apply-first-provisional-driving-licence) ### Does the New Drivers Act apply to motorcycle, lorry or bus tests? It applies to whichever test category you pass first. If your first ever practical test was a motorcycle test, the 2-year probation runs from that pass. Passing a different category later — for example, a car driver later qualifying as an HGV driver — does not trigger a new probation period. Source: [gov.uk — penalty points (endorsements): new drivers](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers) ### Do penalty points from my provisional licence count? Yes. Points on a provisional licence that have not yet expired are carried over to the full licence on the day you pass — and they count toward the 6-point New Drivers Act threshold during the 2-year probation. A common example: a driver with 3 provisional points (from a speeding ticket while learning) needs only one more 3-point offence after passing to trigger revocation. Source: [gov.uk — penalty points (endorsements): new drivers](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers) ### What if I commit an offence before the 2 years end but the case concludes after? The points still apply. The Act looks at the date of the offence, not the date of conviction or penalty. An offence committed on the last day of probation that is concluded a year later will still revoke the licence if it pushes the total to 6 or more. Source: [legislation.gov.uk — Road Traffic (New Drivers) Act 1995](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1995/13/contents) ### Is using a mobile phone an automatic revocation? For a new driver, effectively yes. Using a hand-held mobile phone while driving is a single 6-point offence — that alone meets the New Drivers Act threshold — and a £200 fixed penalty. Any first-time car driver caught using a phone behind the wheel inside the 2-year probation will have their licence revoked. The law was tightened on 25 March 2022 so the ban covers any hand-held use — calls, texts, photos, scrolling, gaming — not just interactive communication. Source: [gov.uk — using a phone, sat nav or other device when driving](https://www.gov.uk/using-mobile-phones-when-driving-the-law) ## Hazard perception ### How does the hazard perception test scoring work? Each developing hazard is worth up to 5 points — click as early as possible after the hazard starts developing for the highest score. You will not lose points for a wrong click, but clicking continuously or in a pattern scores zero for that clip. Source: [gov.uk — hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) ### What counts as a "developing hazard"? DVSA describes it as something that would cause you to take action — for example, changing speed or direction. A car parked safely on the road is a static hazard; the same car when its door starts to open is a developing hazard — that is the moment to click. Source: [gov.uk — hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) ### How are the hazard perception clips and scoring structured? You watch 14 video clips: 13 contain one developing hazard each, and one contains two — so 15 scoring opportunities in total. Each developing hazard is worth up to 5 points (75 maximum). Pass mark is 44 out of 75. Source: [gov.uk — hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) ### Are the hazard perception clips real footage or computer-generated? DVSA switched from filmed live-action clips to computer-generated imagery (CGI) on 12 January 2015. The clips are still CGI today; DVSA describes the modern set as having "updated vehicles, roads and surroundings" for clearer, more current visuals. Source: [gov.uk — hazard perception clips get a modern makeover](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/hazard-perception-clips-get-a-modern-makeover) ### Can I see my score during a hazard perception clip? No. There is no on-screen score bar. You get one attempt at each clip — you cannot review or change your responses — and the score is shown only at the end of the test. Source: [gov.uk — hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) ### Where can I get official practice clips for free? GOV.UK offers 3 free practice clips that demonstrate how the test works. They are not the real test clips and do not appear in your test, but they are enough to learn the click mechanic and timing. Source: [gov.uk — take a practice theory test](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) ### What is the most common hazard perception mistake? Trying to "game" the scoring window by clicking rapidly or at regular intervals. DVSA’s scoring zeros the entire clip if it detects continuous clicking or a pattern. The reliable approach is one deliberate click as the hazard begins to develop, optionally followed by a single confirmation click moments later. Source: [gov.uk — hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) ### Can I click too early on a hazard? Yes. The 5-point scoring window only opens once the hazard genuinely begins to develop — for example, a parked car’s door starting to open or a pedestrian stepping off the kerb. Clicking on a potential hazard before it develops scores nothing for that click, and if you don’t click again inside the window you can miss the points entirely. Source: [gov.uk — hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) ### If I score zero on one clip, do I automatically fail? No. You can score zero on a single clip and still pass overall — the pass mark is 44 out of 75 across all 14 clips (15 scored hazards). A missed hazard or a clip zeroed by the anti-cheat pattern detection costs at most 5 points (10 on the double-hazard clip), leaving room to recover on the remaining clips. Source: [gov.uk — hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) ## Cost & fees ### Are the DVSA practice questions in the app really free? Yes — all 750+ DVSA revision questions, with answers and explanations, are available for free (with ads) and no account required. A subscription or one-off lifetime purchase removes ads and unlocks premium features such as the full hazard perception clip library. ### Is there a free 4-in-1 driving theory test kit? Driving Theory Test Kit UK brings all four parts of revision into one app — DVSA practice questions, mock tests, hazard perception, and the Highway Code. Every DVSA practice question is free to revise (ad-supported), standard mock tests and the Highway Code are free, and there are free hazard perception clips to get you started. A subscription or one-off lifetime purchase removes ads and unlocks the full clip library and advanced practice modes. ### Can I download the theory test app for free? Is there an APK? Yes — it’s a free download on the App Store and Google Play, and you can start revising DVSA questions and free mock tests straight away. On Android, install it from Google Play rather than a third-party "APK" site — sideloaded APKs from unofficial sources can carry malware and won’t update automatically. ### Is there a Pro version or a subscription? You don’t need either to start. All DVSA practice questions, standard mock tests and the Highway Code are free. The optional "Pro" upgrade — a subscription or a one-off lifetime purchase — removes ads and unlocks the full hazard perception clip library and advanced practice modes. ### Is the theory test fee the same for cars, motorcycles, lorries and buses? The car and motorcycle theory test is £23. The lorry and bus (LGV/PCV) test is structured differently — £26 for the multiple-choice part plus £11 for the hazard perception part, taken as separate bookings. Source: [gov.uk — driving test costs](https://www.gov.uk/driving-test-cost) ### Will I get my £23 back if I cancel? Only if you cancel at least 3 full working days before the test. Monday to Saturday count as working days; Sundays and public holidays do not. Cancel inside that window and the fee is forfeit. Source: [gov.uk — cancel your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/cancel-theory-test) ### Do I have to pay £23 again if I fail? Yes. Every attempt requires a new £23 booking, and you cannot rebook for at least 3 working days after a failed test. Source: [gov.uk — pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) ### Can I get a refund for a short-notice cancellation if I had a genuine reason? In limited cases. DVSA may refund a short-notice cancellation if you provide evidence of illness or injury, bereavement, a clashing school or college exam, or a stolen driving licence. Email theorycustomerservices@dvsa.gov.uk with the subject "Unavoidable short notice cancellation". Source: [gov.uk — cancel your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/cancel-theory-test) ### Is the theory test the same in Northern Ireland? Same £23 price for the theory test. In Northern Ireland the test is administered by the DVA (Driver & Vehicle Agency, under the Department for Infrastructure), not DVSA, and it must be booked via nidirect rather than gov.uk. The question content draws on the same DVSA-published syllabus and revision materials used across the UK, and the hazard perception section follows the same format. Practical-test fees do differ — NI charges £65 weekday and £95 evening or weekend, against £62 / £75 in Great Britain. Source: [nidirect — driving test fees](https://www.nidirect.gov.uk/articles/driving-test-fees) ### What if DVSA cancels my theory test at short notice? If DVSA cancels your test with less than 3 full working days’ notice, you can claim a refund of the £23 fee plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. For a theory test, the allowable expenses are travel costs to/from the test centre and any standard pay or earnings lost through taking unpaid leave; instructor fees are claimable only for cancelled practical tests, not theory tests. Download the claim form from gov.uk and apply within 6 months of the cancelled test. Bad weather or poor light, vehicle problems, and driver illness on the day are excluded. Source: [gov.uk — out-of-pocket expenses guidance for a cancelled driving test](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/application-for-refunding-out-of-pocket-expenses/guidance-on-applying-for-out-of-pocket-expenses-for-a-cancelled-driving-test) ## Test language & translations ### Is there a UK driving theory test app in Punjabi, Urdu, Arabic or my language? Yes — the Driving Theory Test Kit translates every official DVSA question into 90+ languages for revision. The most-used translations among our learners are Punjabi, Arabic, Persian, Russian, Turkish, Spanish, Urdu, Chinese, Polish and Romanian, but the catalogue also covers Bengali, Amharic, Tamil, Ukrainian, Hindi, Welsh, Filipino, Albanian, Serbian, Georgian, Thai, Gujarati and many more. The translation runs alongside the original English question so you build the test-day English vocabulary while studying in a language you understand. ### Is there a translated version of the UK driving theory test? Not for the official test — DVSA administers the theory test in English only (and Welsh in Wales). Foreign-language voiceovers, translators and interpreters are not permitted. For revision, the Driving Theory Test Kit translates the full DVSA question bank into 90+ languages, including the major UK candidate languages: Punjabi, Urdu, Arabic, Persian, Russian, Polish, Romanian, Bengali, Tamil and Chinese. Source: [gov.uk — end to foreign language driving tests](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/end-to-foreign-language-driving-tests) ### Why is the UK driving theory test only in English? DVSA withdrew foreign-language voiceovers and the use of interpreters on 7 April 2014 following an extended fraud investigation. The driver was interpreter collusion — interpreters had been caught indicating the correct answers to candidates during the test. Returning the test to English-only (plus Welsh in Wales) was DVSA's response. There is no current plan to reinstate translations or interpreters at the test itself. Source: [gov.uk — end to foreign language driving tests](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/end-to-foreign-language-driving-tests) ### How can I prepare for the theory test if English isn’t my first language? Three strategies that work: (1) Revise with the official English question and a side-by-side translation in your language, so you understand both the wording and its meaning — the Driving Theory Test Kit supports 90+ languages for exactly this workflow. (2) Learn the small, fixed set of driving-specific English terms the Highway Code uses — "give way", MSPSL (Mirror Signal Position Speed Look), MSM (Mirror Signal Manoeuvre), and the named pedestrian crossings (Zebra, Pelican, Puffin, Toucan, Pegasus, Equestrian, Parallel). (3) Use the English voiceover during practice — it bridges listening and reading, and is the closest match to what you will experience on test day. --- ## UK driving theory test glossary — 55 terms Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/glossary/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T03:22:06-04:00 Acronyms and jargon that show up across the DVSA theory test, The Highway Code, gov.uk guidance and DVLA endorsement records — each one defined in a single sentence, with the canonical gov.uk source linked. Use the in-page jump links to go straight to a section, or share a direct link to any single term (every entry has a stable `#slug` anchor). Jump to - [Government bodies](#bodies) - [DVSA theory-test contracts](#contracts) - [Driving instructors](#instructors) - [Tests, courses and schemes](#tests) - [Licence categories — motorcycles](#motorcycle-categories) - [Licence categories — cars, lorries and buses](#vehicle-categories) - [DVLA endorsement codes](#endorsement-codes) - [Highway Code routines and roadside terms](#highway-code) - [Test mechanics and standards](#mechanics) - [Vehicle technology](#technology) - [Documents and licences](#documents) ## [\#](#bodies) Government bodies The agencies that set, deliver and enforce UK driving rules. Three sit under the Department for Transport in Great Britain; one is devolved to Northern Ireland. [\#](#dvsa) DVSA — Driver and Vehicle Standards Agency Executive agency of the Department for Transport that carries out theory and practical driving tests in Great Britain, approves driving instructors and MOT testers, and runs roadside enforcement of drivers and vehicles. DVSA owns the theory-test syllabus, question bank and pass marks used across England, Scotland and Wales. Source: [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/driver-and-vehicle-standards-agency](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/driver-and-vehicle-standards-agency) [\#](#dvla) DVLA — Driver and Vehicle Licensing Agency Executive agency of the Department for Transport responsible for issuing driving licences, registering vehicles, collecting Vehicle Excise Duty and maintaining the GB driver record. DVLA holds the endorsement record; DVSA conducts the tests — frequently confused. Source: [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/driver-and-vehicle-licensing-agency](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/driver-and-vehicle-licensing-agency) [\#](#dva) DVA — Driver & Vehicle Agency (Northern Ireland) Executive agency of Northern Ireland’s Department for Infrastructure responsible for driver and vehicle licensing, vehicle and driver testing, and roadside enforcement across Northern Ireland. Northern Ireland sits outside DVSA’s remit; NI learners take DVA theory and practical tests with separate fees and rules. Source: [www.infrastructure-ni.gov.uk/topics/driver-vehicle-agency](https://www.infrastructure-ni.gov.uk/topics/driver-vehicle-agency) [\#](#dft) DfT — Department for Transport UK ministerial department responsible for the national transport network and the parent body of DVSA, DVLA and several other transport agencies; legal publisher of The Highway Code. Source: [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/department-for-transport](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/department-for-transport) [\#](#dsa-vosa) DSA / VOSA — Driving Standards Agency / Vehicle and Operator Services Agency Two predecessor agencies merged on 1 April 2014 to form DVSA. The DSA ran driver testing and set driver-training standards; VOSA ran vehicle roadworthiness and enforcement, with its operator-licensing function passing to the Traffic Commissioners for Great Britain. Older guidance, app reviews and forum posts still reference DSA — treat it as the same body as today’s DVSA. Source: [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/vehicle-and-operator-services-agency](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/vehicle-and-operator-services-agency) [\#](#gds) GDS — Government Digital Service Unit inside the Department for Science, Innovation and Technology that builds and runs the gov.uk platform and shared digital services used across UK government departments. GDS runs gov.uk and GOV.UK One Login, the platform that fronts the DVSA theory-test booking journey; the underlying booking and sitting infrastructure is delivered by DVSA’s FTTS contractors. Source: [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/government-digital-service](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/government-digital-service) ## [\#](#contracts) DVSA theory-test contracts DVSA does not run theory-test centres itself — it procures delivery through long-running regional contracts. These two acronyms appear in procurement notices and audit guidance. [\#](#ftts) FTTS — Future Theory Test Service DVSA’s current theory-test delivery programme, procured under a 2019 competitive-dialogue tender as three regional Lots and delivered by Pearson VUE (Pearson Professional Assessments) and Reed in Partnership through September 2028. When a candidate books a UK car or motorcycle theory test today, the booking and sitting infrastructure is operated under the FTTS contract. Source: [www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/023494-2025](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/023494-2025) [\#](#tcn) TCN — Test Centre Network Component of the FTTS programme covering the network of physical theory-test centres across Great Britain and Northern Ireland, packaged as three regional Lots — Region A, Region B and Region C — under contracts let by DVSA, with the Region A contract also serving Northern Ireland’s DVA. For a learner, TCN is simply the test-centre estate that hosts theory-test sittings; the term appears mostly in DVSA procurement documents. Source: [www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/023494-2025](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/023494-2025) ## [\#](#instructors) Driving instructors Qualifications and checks for anyone paid to teach driving on a UK road. [\#](#adi) ADI — Approved Driving Instructor Qualified instructor on DVSA’s official register — the only category of instructor legally allowed to charge for car driving lessons in Great Britain. All paid car lessons leading up to the theory and practical test must be delivered by an ADI (or a trainee under ADI supervision). Source: [www.gov.uk/become-car-driving-instructor](https://www.gov.uk/become-car-driving-instructor) [\#](#pdi) PDI — Potential Driving Instructor (trainee licence) Person training to become an ADI who has passed ADI Part 2 and holds a 6-month trainee licence allowing supervised paid instruction before sitting ADI Part 3. DVSA forbids the term “PDI” in public-facing advertising — trainees must describe themselves as a “trainee driving instructor”. Source: [www.gov.uk/trainee-driving-instructor-licence-the-rules](https://www.gov.uk/trainee-driving-instructor-licence-the-rules) [\#](#dbs) DBS — Disclosure and Barring Service UK government body that issues criminal-record checks. Anyone applying to join the DVSA’s Approved Driving Instructor register must obtain a new DBS check, even if they already hold one, as part of registration. Source: [www.gov.uk/criminal-record-check-become-driving-instructor](https://www.gov.uk/criminal-record-check-become-driving-instructor) ## [\#](#tests) Tests, courses and schemes Headline tests, courses, schemes and post-test rules that learners encounter alongside the UK theory test. [\#](#hpt) HPT — Hazard Perception Test Video-clip section of the DVSA theory test that scores a candidate’s reactions to 15 developing hazards across 14 clips, with up to 5 points per hazard for early detection. Sat in the same sitting as the multiple-choice section. Pass mark is 44 out of 75; both sections must be passed together. Source: [www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) [\#](#pass-mark) Theory test pass mark Score needed to pass the car theory test: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes, plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips, in the same sitting. Equivalent to 86% on multiple-choice — a high bar that catches out a large share of first-time candidates. Source: [www.gov.uk/theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) [\#](#certificate-validity) Theory test certificate validity Statutory two-year window during which a passed DVSA theory test certificate remains valid for booking a practical driving test; expires exactly 2 years after the pass date with no extension. If the practical isn’t passed in that window, the candidate must re-sit and re-pay the theory test in full. Source: [www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) [\#](#cbt) CBT — Compulsory Basic Training Mandatory motorcycle / moped safety course that most riders must complete before riding on the road on L-plates; certified day of training rather than a pass/fail test. CBT certificate is valid for 2 years. Without passing a full motorcycle test in that window, the rider must retake CBT. Source: [www.gov.uk/motorcycle-cbt](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-cbt) [\#](#das) DAS — Direct Access Scheme Motorcycle licensing route allowing riders aged 24+ to train and test directly on an unrestricted category A motorcycle without first holding A1 or A2 entitlement. Fastest legal path to a full A licence for riders 24+. Younger riders must progress via A2 instead. Source: [www.gov.uk/guidance/running-a-motorcycle-approved-training-body-atb/6-providing-direct-access-scheme-das-training](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/running-a-motorcycle-approved-training-body-atb/6-providing-direct-access-scheme-das-training) [\#](#mod-1) Module 1 — Motorcycle practical test — off-road manoeuvres Off-road component of the DVSA motorcycle practical test: a roughly 20-minute manoeuvres assessment on a closed pad including wheeling and standing the bike, a slalom and figure of 8, a slow ride, a U-turn, and cornering exercises that cover a controlled stop, an emergency stop and hazard avoidance. Must be passed before booking Module 2. Both modules sit under the same 2-year theory-test certificate window. Source: [www.gov.uk/motorcycle-test/module-1-offroad-test](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-test/module-1-offroad-test) [\#](#mod-2) Module 2 — Motorcycle practical test — on-road riding On-road component of the DVSA motorcycle practical test: about 40 minutes of riding in real traffic following examiner directions over a radio link, including an eyesight check, two “show me, tell me” safety questions, and around 10 minutes of independent riding. Final test before a full motorcycle licence. Module 1 must be passed first; both modules sit within the 2-year theory-test certificate window. Source: [www.gov.uk/motorcycle-test/module-2-onroad-test](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-test/module-2-onroad-test) [\#](#mot) MOT — Ministry of Transport test Annual roadworthiness and emissions inspection required for most vehicles from the third anniversary of first registration, then annually thereafter. Driving without a valid MOT can incur a £1,000 fine; MOT history is publicly searchable on gov.uk. Source: [www.gov.uk/getting-an-mot](https://www.gov.uk/getting-an-mot) [\#](#driver-cpc) Driver CPC — Certificate of Professional Competence Mandatory professional qualification for drivers of lorries, buses and coaches in the UK. New drivers sit a 5-test initial qualification (parts 1, 2, 3a, 3b and 4); qualified drivers then complete 35 hours of periodic training every 5 years to stay current. Required for paid LGV / PCV driving on top of the relevant licence category. Source: [www.gov.uk/driver-cpc-training](https://www.gov.uk/driver-cpc-training) [\#](#pass-plus) Pass Plus DVSA-recognised post-test training scheme of at least 6 hours delivered by a registered ADI, covering six modules: driving in town, in all weathers, on rural roads, at night, on dual carriageways and on motorways — areas a learner typically won’t have practised before passing. May qualify completers for insurance discounts; aimed at drivers in their first year after passing. Source: [www.gov.uk/pass-plus](https://www.gov.uk/pass-plus) [\#](#new-drivers-act) New Drivers Act — Road Traffic (New Drivers) Act 1995 UK legislation under which a new driver’s licence is automatically revoked if they accumulate 6 or more penalty points within 2 years of first passing their practical driving test. The driver reverts to provisional and must re-sit both theory and practical tests to regain a full licence. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers) [\#](#signly) Signly BSL translation tool launched by DVSA on 19 May 2025 that signs the theory-test booking page on demand — the first integration of its kind across UK government services. Source: [despatch.blog.gov.uk/2025/07/08/making-our-theory-test-booking-service-more-accessible](https://despatch.blog.gov.uk/2025/07/08/making-our-theory-test-booking-service-more-accessible/) ## [\#](#motorcycle-categories) Licence categories — motorcycles Motorcycle entitlements follow a progressive ladder: AM at 16, A1 at 17, A2 at 19, full A at 21 (progressive) or 24 (Direct Access). [\#](#category-am) Category AM — Moped licence Licence entitlement for 2-wheeled mopeds with a maximum design speed of 45 km/h (28 mph), and for 3- or 4-wheeled mopeds with a maximum design speed over 25 km/h (15.5 mph), up to 50 cc and 4 kW; available from age 16 after CBT, theory and practical. Earliest motorised entitlement available to a UK learner. Source: [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements) [\#](#category-a1) Category A1 — Light motorcycle Licence entitlement for motorcycles up to 125 cc with a power output not exceeding 11 kW; also covers tricycles with a power output not exceeding 15 kW. Minimum age 17. Entry-level full motorcycle licence; the progressive-access hold period starts on the A2 licence, not A1. Source: [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements) [\#](#category-a2) Category A2 — Medium motorcycle Licence entitlement for motorcycles with a power output not exceeding 35 kW. Minimum age 19. Additional power-to-weight (0.2 kW/kg max) and derived-machine restrictions apply under the driving-licence regulations. Available from age 19 via direct access, or by progressive access after 2 years on A1. Source: [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements) [\#](#category-a) Category A — Unrestricted motorcycle Licence entitlement for motorcycles of any engine size and power; available at age 21 via progressive access after 2 years on A2, or age 24 via Direct Access. Highest motorcycle entitlement; also covers tricycles with power output above 15 kW. Source: [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements) ## [\#](#vehicle-categories) Licence categories — cars, lorries and buses Vehicle entitlements stamped on a UK driving licence. Category B is the standard car licence everyone takes the theory test for. The rest unlock larger vehicles and trailers. [\#](#category-b) Category B — Standard car licence UK car entitlement covering vehicles up to 3,500 kg MAM (4,250 kg if electric or hydrogen) with up to 8 passenger seats; trailers up to 3,500 kg MAM are permitted as long as the combined MAM stays within 7,000 kg. What every UK learner is testing for in the standard car theory and practical tests. Source: [www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories](https://www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories) [\#](#category-b-e) Category B+E — Car with trailer Add-on entitlement for a category B vehicle of up to 3,500 kg MAM with a trailer. For BE licences valid from 19 January 2013 the trailer MAM is capped at 3,500 kg; older BE entitlements allow any trailer size within the vehicle’s towing limits. Required when a car-plus-trailer combination exceeds the 7,000 kg combined MAM permitted under plain category B. Source: [www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories](https://www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories) [\#](#category-c1) Category C1 — Medium goods vehicle Entitlement for vehicles between 3,500 kg and 7,500 kg maximum authorised mass, with a trailer up to 750 kg. Common entry-level goods category — required for many ambulance and light HGV roles. Source: [www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories](https://www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories) [\#](#category-d1) Category D1 — Minibus Entitlement for vehicles with no more than 16 passenger seats, maximum length 8 metres, plus a trailer up to 750 kg. Required for paid minibus driving. Drivers who passed a car (category B) test before 1 January 1997 hold a restricted D1 entitlement that does not permit driving minibuses for hire or reward. Source: [www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories](https://www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories) [\#](#lgv) LGV — Large Goods Vehicle Vehicle over 3,500 kg used to carry goods — covers driving licence categories C1, C, C1E and CE. “LGV” (large goods vehicle) is the term used in UK driving-licence statute and EU directives; in everyday DVSA, gov.uk and industry usage, “HGV” is far more common. Source: [www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864) [\#](#hgv) HGV — Heavy Goods Vehicle Common UK name for any goods vehicle over 3,500 kg. The formal statutory term is “large goods vehicle” (LGV), but DVSA and gov.uk use “HGV” in page titles, theory test names and most guidance. Source: [www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver](https://www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver) [\#](#pcv) PCV — Passenger Carrying Vehicle Vehicle built to carry more than 8 passengers — covers buses, coaches and minibuses. Categories D1 and D unlock the vehicle; the Driver CPC qualification is needed on top to drive one professionally. Source: [www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories](https://www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories) ## [\#](#endorsement-codes) DVLA endorsement codes Standardised DVLA offence codes recorded on a driver’s electronic driving record. Each code carries a fixed penalty-point range and a set retention period — typically 4 years from the date of the offence, but 4 or 11 years from conviction for drink-driving and the most serious careless-driving offences. [\#](#ac10) AC10 — Failing to stop after an accident DVLA endorsement code for failing to stop after an accident. Carries 5 to 10 penalty points and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) [\#](#ac20) AC20 — Failing to give particulars or report an accident within 24 hours DVLA endorsement code for failing to give particulars or report an accident within 24 hours. Carries 5 to 10 penalty points and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) [\#](#ba10) BA10 — Driving while disqualified by order of court DVLA endorsement code for driving while disqualified by order of a court. Carries 6 penalty points and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) [\#](#cd10) CD10 — Driving without due care and attention DVLA endorsement code for driving without due care and attention. Carries 3 to 9 penalty points and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. Most commonly cited careless-driving code; sits below the dangerous-driving threshold. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) [\#](#cu20) CU20 — Causing or likely to cause danger by reason of use of unsuitable vehicle or using a vehicle with parts or accessories (excluding brakes, steering or tyres) in a dangerous condition DVLA endorsement code for using or causing the use of a vehicle with parts or accessories (other than brakes, steering or tyres) in a dangerous condition. Carries 3 penalty points and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) [\#](#cu80) CU80 — Breach of requirements as to control of the vehicle, such as using a mobile phone DVLA endorsement code for breaching control-of-vehicle rules, including hand-held mobile phone use while driving. Carries 3 to 6 penalty points (the standard fixed penalty is 6 points and £200) and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. A single CU80 will automatically revoke a probationary new driver’s licence under the New Drivers Act. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) [\#](#in10) IN10 — Using a vehicle uninsured against third party risks DVLA endorsement code for driving without valid insurance. Carries 6 to 8 penalty points and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. A single IN10 automatically revokes a probationary new driver’s licence under the New Drivers Act. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) [\#](#ms70) MS70 — Driving with uncorrected defective eyesight DVLA endorsement code for driving with uncorrected defective eyesight. Carries 3 penalty points and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. Linked to the 20-metre number-plate eyesight rule tested at the start of every practical driving test. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) [\#](#ms90) MS90 — Failure to give information as to identity of driver DVLA endorsement code for failing to provide driver-identity information after an alleged offence. Carries 6 penalty points and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) [\#](#sp30) SP30 — Exceeding statutory speed limit on a public road DVLA endorsement code for exceeding the statutory speed limit on a public road. Carries 3 to 6 penalty points and stays on the licence for 4 years from the date of offence. Most common speeding code in England and Wales. Source: [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) ## [\#](#highway-code) Highway Code routines and roadside terms Mnemonics and named learner plates referenced in DVSA training material and across The Highway Code. [\#](#mspsl) MSPSL — Mirror–Signal–Position–Speed–Look Five-step learner observation routine — Mirror, Signal, Position, Speed, Look — taught in DVSA driver-training practice and applied to any change of direction at speed, including lane changes, overtaking and junction approaches. It extends the Highway Code’s three-step Mirrors–Signal–Manoeuvre sequence (Rule 161) by breaking the manoeuvre itself into position, speed and a final look; each step is sequenced and should not be skipped. Tested in theory-test wording and central to the practical observation requirement. Source: [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) [\#](#msm) MSM — Mirror–Signal–Manoeuvre Three-step DVSA routine — Mirrors, Signal, Manoeuvre — applied before any deliberate change of direction or speed. The shorter cousin of MSPSL, repeated throughout The Highway Code at every junction, hazard and stop. Source: [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) [\#](#l-plates) L plates — Learner plates Red “L” on a white square as set out in the L-plate size rules. Must be displayed at the front and rear of any vehicle driven by a UK learner on a public road. Corners may be rounded off. Wales accepts either L plates or D plates while learning. Source: [www.gov.uk/government/publications/l-plate-size-rules/l-plate-sizes](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/l-plate-size-rules/l-plate-sizes) [\#](#d-plates) D plates — Welsh learner plates (Dysgwr) Welsh-language equivalent of L plates: red “D” for Dysgwr (“learner”) on a white square. Accepted across Wales; not accepted elsewhere in Great Britain. Source: [www.gov.uk/government/publications/l-plate-size-rules/l-plate-sizes](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/l-plate-size-rules/l-plate-sizes) [\#](#bsl) BSL — British Sign Language Recognised UK sign language. DVSA offers on-screen BSL video, in-person BSL interpreters and lip-speakers as theory-test adjustments at no extra fee. Source: [www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) ## [\#](#mechanics) Test mechanics and standards The statutory rules around eligibility, licensing and eyesight that frame every UK theory test sitting. [\#](#provisional-licence) Provisional driving licence First UK driving licence allowing a learner to drive on L-plates with a qualified supervisor and to book theory and practical tests; can be applied for from age 15 years 9 months. Prerequisite for booking a theory test — you cannot legally drive on a public road for lessons without one. Source: [www.gov.uk/apply-first-provisional-driving-licence](https://www.gov.uk/apply-first-provisional-driving-licence) [\#](#eyesight-rules) Eyesight rules — 20-metre number-plate standard Statutory vision standard requiring drivers to read a number plate from 20 metres (with glasses or contacts if needed) and meet a Snellen acuity of 0.5 (6/12) using both eyes together — or, for drivers with sight in one eye only, in that eye. Tested at the start of every practical driving test. Failure is an instant test fail; subsequent driving with uncorrected defective eyesight is a separate offence carrying an MS70 endorsement. Source: [www.gov.uk/driving-eyesight-rules](https://www.gov.uk/driving-eyesight-rules) ## [\#](#technology) Vehicle technology Driver-assistance acronyms increasingly relevant to UK theory test learners as in-car safety technology becomes standard equipment. [\#](#adas) ADAS — Advanced Driver Assistance Systems Umbrella industry term for in-car technologies that monitor the road and support the driver — including lane-keep assist, blind-spot warning, adaptive cruise control and autonomous emergency braking. The Highway Code groups these as “driver assistance systems” at Rule 150 and warns drivers not to rely on them. Source: [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) [\#](#aeb) AEB — Autonomous Emergency Braking ADAS feature that uses forward sensors to warn the driver and apply the brakes automatically when a frontal collision is imminent and the driver has not responded. Required on all newly registered cars and vans in the EU since 7 July 2024 — the date General Safety Regulation 2019/2144 (GSR2; UN Regulation 152.02) extended from new vehicle types to all new registrations. The Department for Transport consulted on a parallel GB type-approval requirement covering Emergency Braking for Vehicles (EBV), Pedestrians (EBP) and Cyclists (EBC) on M1 cars and N1 vans; the consultation closed on 11 May 2026. Source: [www.gov.uk/government/consultations/mandating-vehicle-safety-technologies-in-gb-type-approval/mandating-vehicle-safety-technologies-in-gb-type-approval](https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/mandating-vehicle-safety-technologies-in-gb-type-approval/mandating-vehicle-safety-technologies-in-gb-type-approval) ## [\#](#documents) Documents and licences The legal documents underpinning the theory-test content and gov.uk content reuse. [\#](#highway-code-doc) The Highway Code Official UK road-user code published by the Department for Transport (with DVSA distributing the digital edition), applying to England, Scotland and Wales. Mixes legally enforceable MUST / MUST NOT rules with advisory should / should not guidance. Every theory-test question draws on Highway Code content, supporting Know Your Traffic Signs and official DVSA publications. Source: [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) [\#](#ogl-v3) OGL v3.0 — Open Government Licence for public sector information (version 3.0) Standard UK government open licence administered by The National Archives. Permits free copying, adaptation and commercial reuse of public sector information provided the required attribution is shown. The licence under which Highway Code text and gov.uk content can be reproduced on this site. Source: [www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) ## Sources - [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/driver-and-vehicle-standards-agency](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/driver-and-vehicle-standards-agency) - [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/driver-and-vehicle-licensing-agency](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/driver-and-vehicle-licensing-agency) - [www.infrastructure-ni.gov.uk/topics/driver-vehicle-agency](https://www.infrastructure-ni.gov.uk/topics/driver-vehicle-agency) - [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/department-for-transport](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/department-for-transport) - [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/vehicle-and-operator-services-agency](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/vehicle-and-operator-services-agency) - [www.gov.uk/government/organisations/government-digital-service](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/government-digital-service) - [www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/023494-2025](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/023494-2025) - [www.gov.uk/become-car-driving-instructor](https://www.gov.uk/become-car-driving-instructor) - [www.gov.uk/trainee-driving-instructor-licence-the-rules](https://www.gov.uk/trainee-driving-instructor-licence-the-rules) - [www.gov.uk/criminal-record-check-become-driving-instructor](https://www.gov.uk/criminal-record-check-become-driving-instructor) - [www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - [www.gov.uk/theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) - [www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - [www.gov.uk/motorcycle-cbt](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-cbt) - [www.gov.uk/guidance/running-a-motorcycle-approved-training-body-atb/6-providing-direct-access-scheme-das-training](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/running-a-motorcycle-approved-training-body-atb/6-providing-direct-access-scheme-das-training) - [www.gov.uk/motorcycle-test/module-1-offroad-test](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-test/module-1-offroad-test) - [www.gov.uk/motorcycle-test/module-2-onroad-test](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-test/module-2-onroad-test) - [www.gov.uk/getting-an-mot](https://www.gov.uk/getting-an-mot) - [www.gov.uk/driver-cpc-training](https://www.gov.uk/driver-cpc-training) - [www.gov.uk/pass-plus](https://www.gov.uk/pass-plus) - [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers) - [despatch.blog.gov.uk/2025/07/08/making-our-theory-test-booking-service-more-accessible](https://despatch.blog.gov.uk/2025/07/08/making-our-theory-test-booking-service-more-accessible/) - [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements) - [www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories](https://www.gov.uk/driving-licence-categories) - [www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864) - [www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver](https://www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver) - [www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) - [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) - [www.gov.uk/government/publications/l-plate-size-rules/l-plate-sizes](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/l-plate-size-rules/l-plate-sizes) - [www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) - [www.gov.uk/apply-first-provisional-driving-licence](https://www.gov.uk/apply-first-provisional-driving-licence) - [www.gov.uk/driving-eyesight-rules](https://www.gov.uk/driving-eyesight-rules) - [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [www.gov.uk/government/consultations/mandating-vehicle-safety-technologies-in-gb-type-approval/mandating-vehicle-safety-technologies-in-gb-type-approval](https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/mandating-vehicle-safety-technologies-in-gb-type-approval/mandating-vehicle-safety-technologies-in-gb-type-approval) - [www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) - [www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) Definitions are drawn from gov.uk, The National Archives and the Northern Ireland Department for Infrastructure. UK government content is reproduced and adapted under the [Open Government Licence v3.0](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) . --- ## UK driving theory test — guides & reference Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-05-30T20:32:18-04:00 Everything on the UK driving theory test, organised by intent. Short cornerstone **guides** if you want quick answers, deep **reference** if you want the full Highway Code or every road sign, and dedicated landings **by test category** if you’re studying for the car, motorcycle, lorry/bus or ADI instructor test. ## Guides - [2026 changes & CPR/AED CPR and AED questions are in the theory test from 2026 — plus the three-phase 2026 booking-rule changes (31 March, 12 May, 9 June) for the car practical test. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/changes-2026/) - [Pass mark explained 43 out of 50 on multiple-choice and 44 out of 75 on hazard perception. Both parts in one sitting. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/pass-mark/) - [Test cost & fees £23 for car/motorcycle, plus full fee table and refund rules. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/cost-2026/) - [How to book the test Step-by-step booking flow via gov.uk, with what to take on the day. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/book-theory-test/) - [Booking scams — book direct at £23 Third-party “booking helper” sites charge a markup on the £23 official fee. The only legitimate URL, how to spot the unofficial sites, and what to do if you have paid one. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/booking-scams/) - [Theory certificate expiry (2-year rule) Your theory pass is valid for exactly 2 years and cannot be extended. Calculator, special cases, and what to do if time is running out. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/theory-certificate-expiry/) - [New Drivers Act (6 points in 2 years) Get 6 penalty points within 2 years of passing and the DVLA revokes your licence automatically. Triggers, costs and the route back on the road. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/new-driver-act/) - [Trickiest theory test questions Sixteen questions most candidates fail — deafblind pedestrian, smart-motorway refuge, box junctions, motorway studs — each anchored to the Highway Code rule that supplies the right answer. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/trick-questions/) - [Roundabouts deep-dive Highway Code Rules 184–188 in plain English: approach, priority, signalling for every exit, mini-roundabouts, multi-lane and the 2022 cyclist rule. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/roundabouts/) - [Mnemonics that work Stopping distances, motorway studs, the six pedestrian crossings, sign shapes, POWDER vehicle checks — the memory tricks that stick, with the Highway Code rule behind each. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/mnemonics/) - [Lost theory test certificate The pass certificate is a digital number, not paper. Retrieve it free via the official gov.uk lookup — what you need and what to do if you don’t have your booking reference. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/lost-certificate/) - [Full cost of learning to drive Beyond the £23 theory and £62 practical: lessons, learner insurance, Pass Plus and a first car push the typical end-to-end UK cost to £1,500–£3,000, plus £3,000–£5,000 in year one. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/cost-of-learning-to-drive/) - [Teaching a learner driver Legal rules for the supervisor (21+, full UK licence for 3+ years, sober, no phone), L plates, learner insurance, where learners can drive and how to structure private practice. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/teaching-a-learner/) - [Theory test nerves The free DVSA voiceover, the other adjustments DVSA offers, and the practical and cognitive techniques that actually reduce test-day anxiety — evidence-based, not pseudoscience. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/test-anxiety/) - [Driving offences you might not know Ten common habits that are actually offences — horn at night, middle-lane hogging, splashing pedestrians, phone at red light, snow on the roof — with the statute and penalty for each. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/lesser-known-driving-offences/) ## Reference - [Practice by topic (all 14) One page per DVSA syllabus topic — what’s tested, key Highway Code rules, common mistakes and a sample question. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/) - [Mock theory test How a real DVSA mock looks — 50 questions in 57 minutes plus 14 hazard perception clips. Where to practise free. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/mock-test/) - [What happens on test day Step-by-step walkthrough: arrival, ID check, locker, 57-minute MCQ, hazard perception, result. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/on-the-day/) - [Pass rate statistics Latest DVSA pass rate (44.9% for Apr 2024 – Mar 2025), by gender, region and test centre. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/pass-rate/) - [Pass rate by test centre Top 10 / bottom 10 league table from DVSA centre-level pass-rate data — Kyle of Lochalsh (64.3%) to Millom (34.6%). →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/pass-rate/test-centres/) - [The UK Highway Code Full text from gov.uk — 30 chapters, 310 rules, searchable as you type. Reproduced under OGL v3.0. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Recent Highway Code changes The 29 January 2022 hierarchy update (H1/H2/H3, 1.5 m cyclist overtaking, Dutch Reach), the March 2022 mobile-phone tightening, and the 2026 CPR/AED theory-test additions — with rule numbers. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/changes/) - [UK road signs All 169 official road signs with category filter and instant search. Reproduced under OGL v3.0. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Hazard perception 14 clips, 15 hazards, pass 44/75. How scoring works and how to avoid the anti-cheat zero. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/hazard-perception/) - [Accessibility & adjustments Voiceover, BSL on-screen video or interpreter, lip-speaker, extra time, reader, scribe — every DVSA reasonable adjustment with the evidence each requires. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/accessibility/) - [Full FAQ (70 questions) Every common question answered with a gov.uk citation, grouped into five clusters. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## By test category - [Car theory test 50 questions / 57 min / 43–50. Minimum age 17 (16 with PIP). £23. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/car/) - [Motorcycle theory test Same shape as car, with a case-study set of 5 linked questions. £23. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/motorbike/) - [Lorry & bus (Driver CPC Part 1) 100 questions / 1 h 55 min / pass 85. HPT pass 67/100. Split fee £26 + £11. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/lgv-hgv/) - [ADI Part 1 (instructor) 100 questions across 4 banded categories. Need 85 overall AND 20 per band. HPT pass 57/75. £81. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/adi-part-1/) --- ## How to book the UK driving theory test Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/book-theory-test/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 Book the UK driving theory test only through the official gov.uk service at [gov.uk/book-theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test). You need your UK driving licence number (provisional is fine), an email address, and a credit or debit card. The fee is **£23** for car or motorcycle. The booking service shows the available slots at the centres you select, subject to capacity at each. > You must have lived in England, Wales or Scotland for at least 185 days in the last 12 months before the day you take your theory or driving test. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test ## The 10-step booking flow 1. **Check you’re eligible to book.** Confirm you’ve lived in England, Wales or Scotland for at least 185 days in the last 12 months before the day of your test, that you have your UK provisional driving licence number, and that you’re old enough for the test category (17 for car, 16 for moped). 2. **Start the official booking service.** Go to gov.uk/book-theory-test and click "Start now". You’ll be taken to the DVSA booking service at book-theory-test.service.gov.uk — this is the only valid booking route. 3. **Pick the test type.** Choose car, motorcycle, or lorry/bus. The fee is £23 for car or motorcycle; lorry/bus is split into £26 multiple-choice + £11 hazard perception. 4. **Enter your provisional driving licence number.** Type in the driver number printed on the front of your photocard provisional licence. 5. **Declare any reading difficulty, disability or health condition.** At this point you can request adjustments — an English or Welsh voiceover (no evidence required), extra time, a reader, BSL interpreter, lip-speaker or hearing loop. 6. **Choose a test centre.** Search by postcode. The system shows available DVSA theory test centres near you. 7. **Pick a date and time.** The booking service shows the available slots at your chosen centres, subject to capacity. Popular centres fill weeks ahead; quieter ones often have slots in the next 1–2 weeks. 8. **Enter contact details.** Provide the email address you want the booking confirmation sent to. 9. **Pay by credit or debit card.** Pay the test fee. You’ll see the final amount on the payment screen. 10. **Save the booking confirmation.** DVSA emails confirmation with your booking reference. You’ll need that reference to change, cancel, or check the test later. ## What to take on the day Take your **UK photocard provisional driving licence**. If you only have a paper (pre-1998) licence you must also bring a valid passport. Northern Ireland licence holders need both photocard and the paper counterpart. If your name has changed since you booked, bring proof — for example a marriage certificate or deed poll. Wrong or missing ID means the test is cancelled with no refund. DVSA asks you to arrive at the test centre **15 minutes before** your appointment time. Phones, smartwatches, fitness trackers and any device you cannot fully switch off must be stored in a locker or in a clear plastic box outside the test room. ## If you have a reading difficulty, disability or health condition Declare it when you book. Free adjustments include the on-screen English or Welsh voiceover (no evidence required), extra time on the multiple-choice section, a reader, a British Sign Language interpreter (in-person or on-screen), a lip-speaker, or a hearing loop. Some adjustments require supporting evidence — DVSA tells you what they need after you book. ## Booking by phone The DVSA theory test booking line is **0300 200 1122**, Monday to Friday, 8am to 5pm. It handles bookings and questions. Email: `theorycustomerservices@dvsa.gov.uk`. ## Cancelling or changing Use gov.uk’s cancel or change service. You need to give at least **3 full working days’ notice** to change the date or get a refund. Monday to Saturday count as working days; Sundays and public holidays do not. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: what to take](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-take) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: when you arrive at the test centre](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/when-you-arrive-at-the-test-centre) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: reading difficulty, disability or health condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) - GOV.UK — [Cancel your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/cancel-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Change your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/change-theory-test) --- ## Theory test booking: £23 on gov.uk, more elsewhere Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/booking-scams/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 The UK driving theory test costs **£23** for car or motorcycle when you book direct with DVSA at [gov.uk/book-theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test). That is the **only** official route. Several third-party “booking helper” sites also rank high on Google for theory-test searches and charge a markup — typically £20–£30 on top of the £23 — to make the same booking on your behalf. Their service is technically legal, but learner reviews report a recurring pattern of failed bookings, undelivered slots, and hidden cancellation fees. > Car and motorcycle tests cost £23. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test ## The only official booking route DVSA operates one booking service for the theory test. It is the page at **gov.uk/book-theory-test**, which redirects you to **book-theory-test.service.gov.uk** for the actual payment step. Both URLs end in `gov.uk`. Any site whose domain does not end in `gov.uk` is not DVSA, no matter how official its design looks. What you need to book direct: - Your UK driving licence number (the driver number printed on the front of your photocard) - An email address (for the booking confirmation) - A credit or debit card (Visa, Mastercard, Maestro, Amex accepted) Total time to book: about 5 minutes. The booking service shows the available slots at the centres you select, subject to capacity at each — popular centres tend to fill weeks ahead; quieter ones often have slots in the next 1–2 weeks. ## How third-party “booking helper” sites work A handful of UK-registered companies set up websites styled to look like the official DVSA booking page. They take your driving-licence number, email, and card details on their own domain, then make the same booking against gov.uk on your behalf and pocket the difference between what they charged you and the £23 official fee. The model is not illegal for the theory test. The DVSA 2026 booking-rule changes — which restrict changes and cancellations to the learner themselves — apply **only** to the car practical driving test, not the theory test. But the third-party theory-booking model does mean: - **You hand sensitive personal data** — driving-licence number, address from the DVLA record, email — to a company that is not DVSA, and whose data-protection practices vary. - **You have weaker consumer protection** if the booking fails. DVSA cannot reach into a third-party transaction to refund you; you must chase the middleman, then your bank. - **You pay more.** The same slot, booked by the same DVSA system, costs less direct. ## What third-party booking sites typically charge Several UK-registered theory-test booking middlemen operate at any one time. Their domains change, names rebrand, and individual sites come and go — we deliberately don’t link to them here. What persists is the price-and-complaint pattern, which has been remarkably consistent across services and across years. Typical pricing: - **£40–£55 for the booking** — that is the £23 DVSA fee plus a £15–£30 service charge the middleman keeps. Some sites tier the price ("standard" vs. "premium"). - **Upsold add-ons** presented as part of the checkout: "unlimited retests", "priority slot finder", "test-day insurance" — usually with conditions buried in T&Cs that learners discover only on a fail. - **Cancellation fees of £15–£25** if the learner wants their money back, even when DVSA itself would refund the £23 in full given enough notice. Recurring complaint patterns reported on consumer-review sites: - **Slot never appears** at the requested centre — the booking either silently fails or is placed at a different centre, and the learner only finds out at the test-day email. - **"Unlimited retest" conditions** turn out to require an extra fee per retest or to exclude common cancellation reasons. - **No phone support** — only an email or chat form, and refund requests are typically left unanswered until the customer escalates with the card issuer. - **Personal data handling is opaque** — driving-licence number, address and email are handed to a company outside the DVSA perimeter, and learners often cannot tell how it is stored or who else sees it. These sites are not banned, but they are not endorsed by DVSA either. Searching for a theory test slot via Google can put their paid ads *above* the official gov.uk listing — always check the URL bar reads `gov.uk` before entering your details. ## How to spot an unofficial booking page 1. **The URL.** The DVSA booking page is at `gov.uk/book-theory-test` and the payment step happens on `book-theory-test.service.gov.uk`. Anything else — for example a `.co.uk` or `.com` domain that uses the words “theory test” — is not DVSA. 2. **The price.** If the site quotes more than £23 for a single car or motorcycle theory test, it is not the official fee. The DVSA theory test fee for car and motorcycle has been £23 for many years and is published at gov.uk/driving-test-cost. 3. **The “support” buttons.** Unofficial sites typically have no published phone number and only an email or chat form. DVSA’s official booking helpline is **0300 200 1122**, Monday to Friday, 8am to 5pm. 4. **The branding.** Crown logos, royal coats of arms and “DVSA-style” colour schemes can be copied freely. They are not proof of an official site. 5. **The Google result.** Sponsored / Ad results at the top of a Google search for “book theory test” are paid placements — they are not ranked by trust. Scroll past them to the first organic result that ends in `gov.uk`. ## If you have already paid a middleman Most third-party theory booking services will eventually make the booking — that is how the business model works in normal flow. The risk cases are when (a) the booking is never made, (b) the slot does not exist, or (c) you cancel and find the refund clawed back by an undisclosed fee. If any of those apply: 1. **Email the site asking for a full refund** with a deadline (7 days is reasonable). Keep the email thread. 2. **Contact your card issuer for a refund.** Section 75 of the Consumer Credit Act 1974 only applies if a *single item* in the transaction cost more than £100 (up to £30,000) and was paid for on a credit card — which won't usually cover a £23 theory-test booking even when packaged with a markup. For the typical theory-booking scam, the route is **chargeback**: a card-scheme rule (Visa, Mastercard and Amex all offer it) that most UK banks honour when a service is not delivered, available on credit and debit cards. The exact window varies by card scheme and bank; ask your issuer how long you have. Bring your email evidence. 3. **Report the case to the police's Report Fraud service** (formerly Action Fraud) at [reportfraud.police.uk](https://www.reportfraud.police.uk/) or by phone on **0300 123 2040**. The service will not recover your money, but reports feed into police and Trading Standards intelligence on repeat offenders. 4. **Leave a factual Trustpilot review** describing the timeline and what was promised — these are the records other learners and journalists rely on. ## Practical test bookings — different rules in 2026 (three phases) DVSA changed the rules for car practical driving test bookings in three phases during 2026, to crack down on the bot-driven third-party booking market that drove up wait times: - **31 March 2026** — the maximum number of changes per booking dropped from 6 to 2, so a slot can no longer be hopped indefinitely. - **12 May 2026** — only the learner themselves can book, change, swap or cancel a car driving test. A friend, family member or someone who supports the learner as part of their job can sit alongside and help, provided the learner is with them while they do it. Driving instructors specifically can no longer book or manage tests for their pupils. No one can act on a learner's behalf at a distance any more. That stops the cancellation finder apps and bots that previously refreshed the booking system constantly to harvest earlier slots and re-sell them. Several finder services have re-positioned themselves as notification-only tools (they tell you when a slot appears; you still book it yourself directly with DVSA) to stay on the right side of the rule. - **9 June 2026** — when changing a test, you can only move it to one of the 3 nearest test centres, or back to the centre you originally booked at. The learner must do the booking themselves through the official service at [gov.uk/book-driving-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-driving-test). The 2026 booking-rule changes apply only to car practical tests — theory test, motorcycle, LGV and ADI bookings are unaffected — but the wider message is the same: book direct. ## The wider scam landscape — social-media-driven driving fraud The theory-test middleman model above is one pattern among many. In autumn 2025, a UK retail bank published figures showing that driving-lesson and driving-test-related fraud reports more than doubled year-on-year — a **211%** rise — with an average reported loss of around **£244** per case. The bulk of those reports trace back to adverts and direct messages on social-media platforms — Facebook the largest single source (56% of losses), followed by Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok and WhatsApp. The patterns recur: - **Fake driving lessons.** A "driving instructor" advertises discounted lesson bundles through a social-media account, takes payment up front (often by bank transfer), and disappears. Losses in published cases range from a couple of hundred pounds to several hundred. - **Non-existent driving tests sold.** An account promises to "get you a test date" in exchange for a fee well above the official £23 theory or £62 practical price. The booking either never materialises or is made and immediately cancelled. - **Inflated test-slot reselling.** Bots scrape the official booking system for cancellations, then the harvested slots are resold to learners at a markup — sometimes three to six times the official fee. The 12 May 2026 booking rule above is the direct response to this pattern on the practical-test side. - **Fake driving-licence sales.** An account offers to "skip the test entirely" and supply a UK licence in exchange for a four-figure payment. This is straightforward fraud and the buyer also commits an offence under the Forgery and Counterfeiting Act 1981 if they use a counterfeit licence. The defensive rule is the same across all four patterns: any transaction outside the official DVSA channels — gov.uk for the booking, an ADI-registered instructor (check the green ADI badge) for lessons, DVLA for the licence — carries risk that the official channel does not. Pay with a credit or debit card so chargeback is available if the service is not delivered. ## Looking ahead — next-generation cheating-aid scams Almost all driving-test cheating prosecutions to date have involved hidden Bluetooth earpieces or in-person impersonators. The current DVSA arrival regime — photo ID check on the day, items placed in a locker, hand-held metal detector — is designed around those threats. The next generation of cheating aids (e.g. AI smart glasses able to read questions from a screen and deliver coached answers via bone-conduction audio) has been documented in adjacent high-stakes-exam contexts overseas but, as of mid-2026, no UK driving-test case has been publicly reported. If you see an advert promising a "pass-guaranteed" theory test using wearable technology, the offer is a fraud and the use is a criminal offence — DVSA records cheating attempts, refers them to police, and the courts have handed down custodial sentences in recent cases. ## Quick reference - **Official theory booking:** [gov.uk/book-theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) — £23 car or motorcycle. - **Official phone helpline:** 0300 200 1122 (Mon–Fri 8am–5pm). - **Lost certificate number:** [gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number) — free. - **Report a booking scam:** [reportfraud.police.uk](https://www.reportfraud.police.uk/) (formerly Action Fraud) or 0300 123 2040. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23 official fee, only legitimate URL) - GOV.UK — [Changes to driving test booking rules in 2026](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/changes-to-driving-test-booking-rules-in-2026) (the 2026 booking-rule changes apply to car practical tests only) - GOV.UK — [Find your theory test pass number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number) - Report Fraud (formerly Action Fraud) — [report a fraud or scam](https://www.reportfraud.police.uk/) (UK national fraud and cybercrime reporting centre) - Citizens Advice — [Getting your money back if you paid by card](https://www.citizensadvice.org.uk/consumer/somethings-gone-wrong-with-a-purchase/getting-your-money-back-if-you-paid-by-card-or-paypal/) (Section 75 and chargeback rules) --- ## 2026 driving test changes: CPR, AED and booking rules Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/changes-2026/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 Two distinct sets of changes hit UK driving tests in 2026. The **theory test** bank now includes new questions about cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and automated external defibrillators (AED) for car and motorcycle tests. The **car practical test** has tightened booking rules in three phases — **31 March 2026** (max 2 changes per booking), **12 May 2026** (only the learner can book/change a test), and **9 June 2026** (changes restricted to the 3 nearest centres). None of the practical-test booking rules apply to the theory test. ## CPR and AED added to the theory test DVSA announced on 13 August 2025 that car and motorcycle theory tests would include new questions about CPR and — for the first time — defibrillators. Candidates were told to start familiarising themselves with the new content from **autumn 2025**, with the questions appearing in tests **from 2026**. The questions cover the basics of CPR (hand placement, compression rate and depth) and using a public-access AED. DVSA built the content with the Resuscitation Council UK, Save a Life Cymru, and Save a Life programmes in Scotland and Northern Ireland. > Part of being a safe and responsible driver is knowing what to do in an emergency – how to step in and make a real, life-saving difference. Learning CPR and how to use an AED is a very simple skill and adding this into the official learning resource is a great way for DVSA to support the drive to raise awareness. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-theory-test-questions-aim-to-boost-cardiac-arrest-survival-rate There is no additional cost, no extra test time, and no change to the pass mark — the new content is folded into the existing 50-question multiple-choice section. The questions are being added to car and motorcycle theory tests first; DVSA has said other test types will follow at a later date. ## What to know about CPR for the theory test The questions follow the [Resuscitation Council UK 2025 Guidelines](https://www.resus.org.uk/professional-library/2025-resuscitation-guidelines). Three numbers and three steps cover most of what is testable: *Table: Adult CPR — Resuscitation Council UK 2025 Guidelines* | Element | Figure | | --- | --- | | Compression rate | **100–120 per minute** | | Compression depth (adult) | **5–6 cm** | | Compression-to-breath ratio (if trained) | **30 compressions to 2 rescue breaths** | | Compression-to-breath ratio (if untrained) | Continuous chest compressions only (“hands-only CPR”) | | Hand placement | Centre of the chest, one hand’s heel with the other on top | The three-step procedure in plain English: 1. **Check safety and consciousness.** Approach only if the area is safe. 2. **Call 999 immediately** if the person is unresponsive — and ask for an AED if one is available nearby. 3. **Start CPR immediately** if the person is unresponsive with abnormal breathing. Don’t wait for the ambulance. The familiar “DR-ABC” mnemonic (Danger, Response, Airway, Breathing, Circulation) has been streamlined out of the Resus Council’s lay-rescuer CPR guidance in favour of this three-step model (ABCDE is still used as the structured assessment framework in trained first aid). Some older revision materials still teach DR-ABC; the theory test follows the current lay-rescuer guidance. ## What to know about AEDs for the theory test Public-access defibrillators (AEDs) are designed to be used by anyone — no training required. DVSA cites Resuscitation Council UK data showing **more than 40,000 out-of-hospital cardiac arrests** occur in the UK each year, with fewer than 1 in 10 people currently surviving — but if CPR is given and a defibrillator used within 3–5 minutes of collapse, survival rates can reach 70%. (See [Resus Council — defibrillation](https://www.resus.org.uk/public-resources/defibrillation).) The six-step AED procedure, based on Resus Council UK guidance: 1. Use an AED as soon as one is available — keep doing CPR while someone fetches it. 2. Open the AED case. Some AEDs turn on automatically when opened. 3. Follow the audio and visual prompts. The device guides you through each step. 4. Attach the electrode pads to the casualty’s bare chest in the positions shown on the pads. 5. Ensure nobody touches the person while the AED is analysing the heart rhythm. 6. If a shock is delivered, restart chest compressions immediately afterwards. Two facts that often surprise candidates: an AED will *not* deliver a shock to a heart that doesn’t need one (the device decides), and you cannot harm the casualty by trying — the machine refuses to shock unless the rhythm is shockable. ## Car practical test: three booking-rule changes A separate set of changes affects the **car practical driving test** — not the theory test. DVSA introduced them in three phases to make the booking process fairer and to reduce the impact of bots and third-party test-resellers. *Table: 2026 car practical test booking rule changes (source: gov.uk)* | Effective date | What changed | | --- | --- | | 31 March 2026 | The maximum number of changes per booking was reduced from 6 to 2. | | 12 May 2026 | Only the learner can book, change, swap or cancel their own car driving test. A friend, family member, instructor or support worker can help — they just have to be with the learner while they do it. | | 9 June 2026 | When changing a test, you can only move it to one of the 3 nearest test centres or to the centre you originally booked at. | > The new rules only apply to car driving tests. They do not apply to other types of tests. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/guidance/changes-to-driving-test-booking-rules-in-2026 ## What this means if you’re studying for the theory test - **Add CPR and AED to your revision.** The Resuscitation Council UK publishes free training videos and a CPR/AED quick guide — DVSA points learners towards those resources directly. - **The 50-question, 57-minute structure is unchanged.** Pass mark stays at 43 out of 50 for the multiple-choice section and 44 out of 75 for the hazard perception section. - **The May 2026 “only you can book” rule does not apply to theory tests.** You can still book the theory test for yourself in the usual way at gov.uk/book-theory-test, and you can have someone help you book if you need it. - **The booking restrictions kick in only once you’ve passed theory.** If you’ve started the booking process for the practical, the 2-amendment cap and 3-nearest-centres rule will apply. ## Other 2026 syllabus context The Highway Code has been updated several times in recent years, and parts of the test syllabus reflect those updates. Driver-assistance systems — **Rule 150** specifically calls out motorway assist, lane departure warnings and remote control parking — have been covered by the Highway Code since 30 November 2018. The 29 January 2022 update introduced the Hierarchy of Road Users (Rules H1–H3), a new technique for opening car doors known as the “Dutch Reach” (Rule 239), and guidance about using electric-vehicle charge points. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [New theory test questions to boost cardiac-arrest survival (DVSA)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-theory-test-questions-aim-to-boost-cardiac-arrest-survival-rate) (13 August 2025) - GOV.UK — [Changes to driving test booking rules in 2026](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/changes-to-driving-test-booking-rules-in-2026) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - GOV.UK — [Highway Code updates](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/updates) - Resuscitation Council UK — [Learner drivers quizzed on lifesaving CPR skills](https://www.resus.org.uk/about-us/news-and-events/learner-drivers-quizzed-lifesaving-cpr-skills-theory-test-update) - Resuscitation Council UK — [2025 Resuscitation Guidelines](https://www.resus.org.uk/professional-library/2025-resuscitation-guidelines) - Resuscitation Council UK — [Adult basic life support guidelines (2025)](https://www.resus.org.uk/professional-library/2025-resuscitation-guidelines/adult-basic-life-support-guidelines) --- ## UK driving theory test cost (2026) Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/cost-2026/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-05-30T20:32:18-04:00 The UK **car and motorcycle** driving theory test costs **£23** — the figure published at gov.uk/driving-test-cost — and has been at that level for many years. The price is identical in Great Britain (DVSA) and Northern Ireland (DVA). Lorry and bus theory tests are billed differently: Driver CPC Part 1 splits into £26 for the multiple-choice part plus £11 for the hazard perception part, and Driver CPC Part 2 case studies cost £23 on top. Approved Driving Instructor (ADI) Part 1 is £81. > You must give at least 3 full working days’ notice to change your test or you’ll have to pay again. Monday to Saturday count as working days but Sundays and public holidays do not. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/cancel-theory-test ## All theory test fees at a glance *Table: UK theory test and related fees (source: gov.uk, May 2026)* | Test | Fee | | --- | --- | | Car theory test | £23 | | Motorcycle theory test | £23 | | Lorry / Bus theory — Driver CPC Part 1, multiple-choice questions part | £26 | | Lorry / Bus theory — Driver CPC Part 1, hazard perception part | £11 | | Lorry / Bus theory — Driver CPC Part 2 case studies | £23 | | Approved Driving Instructor (ADI) Part 1 theory | £81 | | Car practical test — weekday | £62 | | Car practical test — evening, weekend or bank holiday | £75 | ## Refunds and cancellation A theory test cancellation gives you a full refund only if you give at least 3 **full working days’ notice** . DVSA counts Monday to Saturday as working days; Sundays and public holidays do not. Cancel inside that window and the £23 is forfeit. The **car** practical test is stricter — it requires 10 full working days’ notice for a refund. Motorcycle, lorry and bus practical tests use the same 3 full working days as the theory test. In limited cases, DVSA will refund a short-notice cancellation: illness or injury, bereavement, a clashing school or college exam, or a stolen driving licence. Email `theorycustomerservices@dvsa.gov.uk` with the subject line *“Unavoidable short notice cancellation”* and attach evidence. ## Other costs you might run into Before you can book the theory test, you need a UK provisional driving licence. The first application costs **£34** online or **£43** by paper (D1) form. Renewing an expired UK photocard driving licence is **£14** online or **£17** by post; renewing it at a Post Office costs **£21.50** (all-inclusive) — those are the three options DVLA publishes on gov.uk. Drivers aged 70 or over renew free. ## Is the theory test ever free? There is no national government-funded route to take the official theory test for free. Some local councils subsidise the post-pass Pass Plus course, but the £23 theory test fee itself is payable by every candidate. Free *practice* material is available — DVSA’s Safe Driving for Life portal (linked from gov.uk) hosts a limited set of free multiple-choice questions and 3 free hazard perception clips, and our app provides 750+ DVSA revision questions with no account or paid upgrade required. ## Northern Ireland and the DVA The theory test in Northern Ireland is run by the Driver & Vehicle Agency (DVA), not DVSA. It draws on the same DVSA-published syllabus and revision materials used across the UK, and the price is the same — £23 for car and motorcycle. Practical and ADI fees differ from Great Britain — the NI car practical is £65 on weekdays and £95 in the evening or at the weekend (against £62 / £75 in Great Britain). You book a NI theory test via *nidirect.gov.uk*, not gov.uk. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Driving test cost](https://www.gov.uk/driving-test-cost) - GOV.UK — [Cancel your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/cancel-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Change your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/change-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Driving licence fees](https://www.gov.uk/driving-licence-fees) - GOV.UK — [Approved driving instructor (ADI) fees](https://www.gov.uk/approved-driving-instructor-adi-fees) - nidirect — [Driving test fees (Northern Ireland)](https://www.nidirect.gov.uk/articles/driving-test-fees) --- ## The full cost of learning to drive in the UK (2026) Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/cost-of-learning-to-drive/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 The DVSA fees are the smallest part. Adding up the provisional licence, the theory test, the practical test, professional lessons at the DVSA-suggested 45-hour level, and learner insurance, the typical UK learner spends **£1,500 to £3,000** to go from no licence to passed. First-car costs (purchase, year-1 insurance) push the all-in figure to **£3,500–£7,000+** for the first 12 months of driving. Below is the full breakdown, with the official DVSA figures and the realistic ranges for the rest. > A theory test costs £23 for cars, and the driving test costs £62. The full costs for lorries, buses, motorcycles and other vehicles are shown in the tables. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/driving-test-cost ## The fixed costs — DVSA fees These are the figures DVSA publishes at gov.uk; they don't vary by provider. Our dedicated [test cost & fees guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/cost-2026/) has the full fee table including motorcycle, lorry/bus and ADI Part 1. *Table: DVSA / DVLA fixed costs to get a car licence (gov.uk, May 2026)* | What | Cost | Notes | | --- | --- | --- | | Provisional driving licence — online | £34 | Apply via gov.uk; minimum age 15 years 9 months for car category. | | Provisional driving licence — by post (D1 form) | £43 | Same outcome, more paperwork. | | Theory test (car or motorcycle) | £23 | £23 in Great Britain (DVSA) and Northern Ireland (DVA). | | Practical driving test — weekday | £62 | Monday to Friday daytime slots in Great Britain. | | Practical driving test — evening, weekend or bank holiday | £75 | Same test, premium slot. | **Minimum DVSA outlay if everything passes first time:** £34 + £23 + £62 = **£119**. Most learners will pay this much in DVSA fees and a great deal more elsewhere. ## The variable costs — lessons Driving lessons with a DVSA-approved instructor (ADI) typically cost **£30–£45 per hour** across the UK in 2026, with rural areas at the lower end and central London at the upper end (£50+/hour is not unusual in zones 1–2). Many ADIs offer block discounts: 10 hours paid upfront at £30/hour vs the headline £35/hour rate. The widely-cited industry rule of thumb, drawn from older DSA / DVSA research, is that learners who pass first time have, on average, **45 hours of professional instruction** combined with about 22 hours of private practice. The figures don't currently appear verbatim on gov.uk/learn-to-drive-a-car, but they remain the standard planning anchor. At £35/hour, that's **about £1,575** in professional tuition for the typical learner — by far the largest single line item in the budget. *Table: Driving lessons — illustrative ranges* | Scenario | Hours × rate | Total | | --- | --- | --- | | Fast learner, rural area, block-booked lessons | 25 × £30 | £750 | | Typical UK learner, mid-range city | 45 × £35 | £1,575 | | London learner, full DVSA-suggested course | 45 × £50 | £2,250 | | Intensive ("crash") 1-week course, mid-range | 30–40 hours, package | £1,200–£1,800 | ## Learner insurance The learner must be insured on the car they practise in. The realistic options: - **Added to a family member's existing policy as a named learner driver** — typically **£40–£80/month** additional on top of the policyholder's premium, varying by the learner's age, the car, and the postcode. Usually the cheapest option overall. - **Short-term learner-only policy** (1, 3 or 6 months), separate from the family policy — **£80–£200/month**. Useful when the family policy already has too many named drivers, when the learner is practising in a borrowed car, or when the parents don't want their no-claims at risk. - **Standalone annual learner policy** — similar pricing to short-term per month, worth it only if learning takes a full year or more. Telematics ("black box") learner policies typically come in 20–30% cheaper at the cost of a speed-and-braking monitor. For the wider question of who's liable when a learner has a knock, see our [teaching a learner guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/teaching-a-learner/). ## Optional post-pass extras These are not required, but enough learners take them that they're worth noting in any honest budget: - **Pass Plus** — a DVSA-recognised post-test course of at least 6 hours, covering six modules per gov.uk: driving in town, in all weathers, on rural roads, at night, on dual carriageways and on motorways. Costs **£150–£350** depending on the Pass Plus-registered ADI and area. Some councils subsidise it; some insurers discount the first-year premium for Pass Plus holders, though the discount has shrunk substantially in recent years and isn't always worth the course on its own. - **Intensive course / crash course** — a packaged 1-or-2-week course bundling lessons, mock tests, sometimes the practical test slot itself. **£900–£2,200** depending on hours and area. Faster, no cheaper than buying the same hours individually. - **Mock test with an ADI** — a 2-hour session in the car simulating the practical test. **£60–£90**. Useful before a real attempt if you have time. ## Year-one costs after passing — the £3,000–£5,000 cliff The cost of learning to drive is dwarfed by the cost of *actually driving* for the first year. Three things bite at once: ### A first car A usable second-hand small car (10-year-old supermini, MOT, taxed) starts at around **£1,500–£3,500** in 2026. Below that the bills get expensive fast (clutches, timing belts, mechanic time). Above that you're paying for newer-MOT certainty. ### Insurance for a 17–25-year-old new driver Comprehensive insurance for a newly-passed driver typically costs **£1,500–£4,000 for the first year**. Below 25 it's hard to get below £1,500; below 21 it's hard to get below £2,000. Telematics policies are again 20–30% cheaper at the cost of a monitor. ### Road tax (Vehicle Excise Duty) and fuel VED varies by emissions — a typical petrol supermini from the last decade is around **£190–£200/year**. EVs registered after 1 April 2025 also pay VED (lower band). Fuel for 8,000 miles/year in a typical petrol supermini at around 50 mpg and £1.40/litre is roughly **£1,000/year**. ## The end-to-end estimate *Table: Typical end-to-end cost ranges, UK 2026* | Phase | Low | Typical | High | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | DVSA & DVLA fees (provisional, theory, practical) | £119 | £119 | £132 | | Professional lessons | £750 | £1,575 | £2,250 | | Learner insurance (3–6 months) | £120 | £300 | £900 | | Pass Plus or mock test (optional) | £0 | £90 | £350 | | **Learning subtotal** | **~£990** | **~£2,080** | **~£3,630** | | First car | £1,500 | £2,500 | £5,000 | | Year-1 insurance (newly-passed) | £1,500 | £2,200 | £4,000 | | Year-1 road tax + fuel (~8,000 miles) | £900 | £1,200 | £1,500 | | **All-in, first year on the road** | **~£4,890** | **~£7,980** | **~£14,130** | These ranges are illustrative — individual circumstances vary widely. The cleanest single figure: **budget at least £2,000 to learn, and at least £5,000 to drive in the first year** . ## Realistic ways to lower the bill - **Block-book lessons** with one ADI — most offer a per-hour discount for 10+ hours paid upfront. Compare on actual delivered hours, not headline rates. - **Mix professional and private practice** on DVSA's ~45 + 22 ratio. Private practice with a family member is free (apart from fuel and learner insurance). - **Get added to a family policy** instead of buying a standalone learner one if that's available. - **Pass first time** — every theory or practical retake is another £23 or £62/£75. Mock-test heavily before the real attempt. Our [test nerves guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/test-anxiety/) covers the practical and mindset prep that prevents the avoidable fails. - **Book the test direct on gov.uk**, never via a third-party "booking helper" site — they typically add £15–£30 to the £23 official fee. See our [booking scams guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/booking-scams/). - **Buy the right first car** — insurance group 1–5 (a Fiat 500, Ford Fiesta 1.0, VW Polo 1.0) often costs £1,500–£2,000 less to insure than group 10+ in the first year, on the same person. - **Consider a telematics insurance policy** — 20–30% cheaper at the cost of a monitor. If you drive sensibly anyway, that's pure savings. ## Northern Ireland — broadly similar, a couple of differences Theory test fee is the same (£23, paid via the DVA, not DVSA). The car practical test in NI is **£65 on weekdays and £95 in the evening or at the weekend**, slightly higher than the £62 / £75 in Great Britain. Lesson rates and learner-insurance ranges are similar. As of May 2026, Northern Ireland operates a separate *restricted driver* regime in the first year after passing: a mandatory 45 mph speed limit and an R-plate for 12 months. From 1 October 2026 the rules change for anyone applying for a NI provisional licence on or after that date — the R-plate restriction extends to 24 months in two colour phases (blue R on white for the first 6 months, white R on blue for the remaining 18 months) and the 45 mph cap is removed. Existing R-plate holders continue under the current 12-month / 45 mph regime. Budget similarly to GB; allow a little headroom for the higher practical fee. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Driving test costs](https://www.gov.uk/driving-test-cost) (£23 theory, £62 / £75 practical) - GOV.UK — [Driving licence fees](https://www.gov.uk/driving-licence-fees) (£34 online / £43 post for first provisional) - GOV.UK — [Learn to drive a car](https://www.gov.uk/learn-to-drive-a-car) (starting-out guidance; the ~45 hours professional + ~22 hours private practice figure is widely-cited industry knowledge from older DSA/DVSA research, not currently on the page) - GOV.UK — [Pass Plus](https://www.gov.uk/pass-plus) (the post-test course) - GOV.UK — [Vehicle tax rate tables](https://www.gov.uk/vehicle-tax-rate-tables) (current VED bands) - nidirect — [Driving test fees (Northern Ireland)](https://www.nidirect.gov.uk/articles/driving-test-fees) --- ## UK driving offences you might not know about Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/lesser-known-driving-offences/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 A handful of common driving habits are technically offences — most of them under the Road Traffic Act 1988, the Highway Code, or the Construction and Use Regulations 1986. They tend not to be top-of-mind for learners (or for many qualified drivers), but they show up on the theory test, at the roadside, and on insurance claims. Ten of the ones that catch people out, with the rule or statute behind each and the typical penalty. > Many of the rules in the Code are legal requirements, and if you disobey these rules you are committing a criminal offence. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/introduction ## 1\. Sounding your horn at night in a built-up area **The law:** Highway Code Rule 112 prohibits using your horn in two situations: while stationary on the road, and when driving in a built-up area between 11.30 pm and 7.00 am — except in both cases when another road user poses a danger. Statutory basis: the Construction and Use Regulations 1986, regulation 99. **Penalty:** typically a £30 fixed penalty notice, rising to a maximum of £1,000 if contested unsuccessfully at court. Aggressive horn use is also captured by the wider careless driving offence (see #3). ## 2\. Hogging the middle lane on the motorway **The law:** Highway Code Rule 264 — "Keep in the left lane unless overtaking". Section 3 of the Road Traffic Act 1988 — driving without reasonable consideration for other road users. Since 16 August 2013, police can issue fixed-penalty notices for careless driving offences including middle-lane hogging, tailgating, and undertaking. **Penalty:** £100 fixed-penalty notice and 3 points (endorsement code CD10), or an unlimited fine and 3–9 points at court for the substantive careless-driving offence (level 5 on the standard scale, which has been unlimited since 12 March 2015). ## 3\. Splashing pedestrians on a wet day **The law:** Section 3 of the Road Traffic Act 1988 — "driving a mechanically propelled vehicle on a road or other public place without due care and attention, or without reasonable consideration for other persons using the road or place". Splashing pedestrians by driving through a puddle close to the pavement falls under "without reasonable consideration". **Penalty:** typically a £100 fixed-penalty notice and 3 points (CD10) at the roadside, or an unlimited fine and 3–9 points at court if contested. ## 4\. Touching your phone at a red light **The law:** from 25 March 2022, the Road Vehicles (Construction and Use) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2022 (SI 2022/81) tightened the existing hand-held mobile phone rule (regulation 110 of the Construction and Use Regulations 1986). The amended rule prohibits any use of a hand-held phone, tablet or device while driving — photo, video, navigation, scrolling, checking notifications, unlocking — including *while stopped at traffic lights or in stationary traffic with the engine running* . The narrow exception is a contactless payment at a drive-through or toll while the vehicle is stationary. Picking up the phone to skip a song still counts as an offence. **Penalty:** 6 points and a £200 fixed-penalty notice (endorsement code CU80), or up to £1,000 and a possible disqualification at court. For drivers in their first 2 years after passing the test, this single offence triggers automatic revocation under the [New Drivers Act](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/new-driver-act/). ## 5\. Smoking in a car with anyone under 18 present **The law:** each UK nation has its own statutory instrument with its own commencement date. In **England**, the Smoke-free (Private Vehicles) Regulations 2015 (SI 2015/286) came into force on 1 October 2015. **Wales** adopted the equivalent rule on the same date via the Smoke-free Premises etc. (Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2015 (WSI 2015/1363). **Scotland** followed on 5 December 2016 (the Smoking Prohibition (Children in Motor Vehicles) (Scotland) Act 2016). **Northern Ireland** commenced on 1 February 2022 (the Smoke-Free (Private Vehicles) Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2021, SR 2021/328). In every nation, it is an offence to smoke in any enclosed private vehicle carrying someone under 18, even with the windows open. **Penalty:** in England, Wales and Northern Ireland — £50 fixed-penalty notice for the smoker, and a separate £50 fixed penalty for the driver who fails to prevent smoking. In Scotland — £100 fixed-penalty notice, with a fine up to £1,000 (level 3 on the standard scale) on summary conviction. ## 6\. Sleeping in your car while over the drink-drive limit **The law:** Section 5(1)(b) of the Road Traffic Act 1988 — "being in charge of a motor vehicle on a road or other public place" while over the prescribed alcohol limit. "Being in charge" has been interpreted broadly by the courts: sleeping in the driver's seat with the keys in the ignition can qualify; sleeping in the back seat with the keys out of reach is harder for the prosecution to make stick. The legal limit is 80mg / 100ml of blood in England, Wales and Northern Ireland, and 50mg / 100ml in Scotland. **Penalty:** up to 10 penalty points, 3 months' imprisonment, a £2,500 fine and discretionary disqualification. Lower than the "driving while over the limit" offence under section 5(1)(a), but still substantial. ## 7\. Driving with snow or ice on the roof or windscreen **The law:** Highway Code Rule 229 — "you MUST be able to see, so clear all snow and ice from all your windows". Statutory basis: regulation 30 (windscreens, glass and mirrors) and regulation 100 (maintenance and use of vehicle so as not to be dangerous, etc) of the Construction and Use Regulations 1986. Section 42 of the Road Traffic Act 1988 makes contravening these "other" C&U requirements an offence (section 41A handles only brakes, steering-gear and tyres; section 42 picks up the rest). Snow flying off the roof and obscuring the vision of the driver behind is also captured by section 3 (careless driving). **Penalty:** typically a £60 fixed-penalty notice and 3 points, with the careless driving route available if the snow causes actual danger. ## 8\. Lending your car to someone who isn't insured to drive it **The law:** Section 143 of the Road Traffic Act 1988. Subsection 143(1)(a) prohibits *using* a vehicle without insurance; subsection 143(1)(b) prohibits *causing or permitting* another person to use it without insurance; subsection 143(2) makes a contravention of either an offence. Both offences carry the same maximum penalty. A casual "borrow my car for an hour" to a friend or family member who is not named on your policy and does not have their own cover is enough to trigger this. **Penalty:** £300 fixed-penalty notice and 6 points (endorsement code IN10) at the roadside; up to an unlimited fine and discretionary disqualification at court. The vehicle can be seized and crushed under section 165A of the Road Traffic Act 1988. ## 9\. Driving without your prescribed glasses or contact lenses **The law:** Section 96 of the Road Traffic Act 1988 makes it an offence to drive with eyesight that fails the prescribed standard — and if your licence requires corrective lenses, driving without them is the most common way of falling foul of it (endorsement code MS70). The underlying eyesight standard is the 20-metre number-plate test (Highway Code Rule 92) — you must be able to read a vehicle number plate from 20 metres in good daylight. **Penalty:** 3 penalty points and a fine of up to £1,000 (endorsement code MS70). DVSA / police can also revoke the licence on medical grounds if the eyesight test fails at the roadside. See our [mnemonics guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/mnemonics/) for the 20-metre rule. ## 10\. Flashing your headlights to warn of a speed camera or speed trap **The law:** Section 89(2) of the Police Act 1996 — wilfully resisting or obstructing a constable in the execution of their duty. Prosecutions for warning other drivers of a speed trap are difficult to secure: the prosecution must show that flashing was a deliberate, wilful obstruction of a specific officer carrying out a specific duty, not merely a courteous gesture. But it is technically an offence and prosecutions have occasionally succeeded. Highway Code Rule 110 separately discourages flashing headlights for any reason other than warning others of your presence. **Penalty:** on summary conviction, imprisonment for up to one month or a fine not exceeding level 3 on the standard scale (£1,000), or both. No automatic licence endorsement (it is not a driving offence per se). ## Common myths — these are NOT illegal Just as useful as knowing what's an offence is knowing what isn't. The following are common misconceptions: *Table: Common driving myths debunked* | The myth | The reality | | --- | --- | | "Driving with the interior light on is illegal." | False. There is no specific offence. A police officer may stop you to ask why, but the light itself is not an offence. | | "Driving in flip-flops, sandals or barefoot is illegal." | False — not specifically illegal. Highway Code Rule 97 requires footwear and clothing that don't prevent you using the controls correctly. If the police judge that your footwear caused careless driving, that's the offence — not the flip-flops themselves. | | "Eating or drinking while driving is illegal." | Not specifically. But if it impairs your control of the vehicle, section 3 RTA 1988 (careless driving) applies — same as middle-lane hogging or splashing pedestrians. | | "It's illegal to sleep in your car." | Sleeping in a car is not in itself illegal. Sleeping in a car *while over the drink-drive limit* is (see #6). Sleeping in a car parked dangerously can also be captured by careless or obstructive driving offences. | | "Paying contactless or eating at a McDonald's drive-thru requires the engine off." | Partially. There's no specific offence about a running engine at a drive-thru. But if you touch your phone to pay contactless while the engine is running, that's the offence at #4. Apple Pay / Google Pay on a watch that's already on your wrist is unaffected; picking the phone up is not. | ## Why this matters for theory test candidates Most of the offences above appear on the theory test in one form or another — sometimes directly (the horn-at-night rule and the eyesight rule are common questions), sometimes indirectly (questions on "responsibility for ensuring passengers wear seatbelts", which is about being "in charge" of the vehicle). For learners specifically, the 6-point hand-held phone offence and the 6-point no-insurance offence are both single-handedly enough to revoke a licence under the [New Drivers Act](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/new-driver-act/) in the first two years. Knowing the actual law (not the pub-conversation version) is part of the test. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [The Highway Code (full text)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) - legislation.gov.uk — [Road Traffic Act 1988](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/contents) (sections 3, 5, 42, 96, 143, 165A) - legislation.gov.uk — [Road Vehicles (Construction and Use) Regulations 1986](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/contents) (regs 30, 99, 100, 110) - legislation.gov.uk — [The Road Vehicles (Construction and Use) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2022](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2022/81/made) (SI 2022/81, 25 March 2022 phone-use tightening) - legislation.gov.uk — Smoke-free private vehicles legislation by nation: [England (SI 2015/286)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2015/286/contents/made), [Wales (WSI 2015/1363)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/wsi/2015/1363/made), [Scotland (asp 2016/3)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/asp/2016/3/contents), [Northern Ireland (SR 2021/328)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/nisr/2021/328/made). - legislation.gov.uk — [Police Act 1996, section 89](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1996/16/section/89) (obstruction of a constable) - GOV.UK — [Endorsement codes and penalty points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) --- ## Lost your theory test pass number? Get it back free Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/lost-certificate/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 The UK theory test pass is a **digital pass certificate number** — there is no longer a physical certificate to lose. If you can't find the number, the official gov.uk service at [gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number) retrieves it free of charge in under five minutes. You only need your UK driving licence number and your theory test booking reference. > Your theory test pass certificate number will be sent to the email address you used to book your theory test. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number ## Where the pass number normally lives When you pass the theory test, DVSA sends an email to the address you gave at booking. The email contains your **pass certificate number** and your test result. The number also appears on the printed pass letter that the test centre prints for you to take away on the day. Both are equivalent; the digital email version is the one DVSA actively works from. Check, in order: - Your **email inbox** on the address used to book the test (search for "DVSA", "theory test", or "pass certificate"). The email subject is usually "Theory test result". - Your **spam / junk folder** if it isn't in the inbox. - The **printed letter** the test centre handed you when you finished — the number is printed near the top. ## How to look it up at gov.uk if you can't find it The official lookup is at [gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number). The request runs in your browser, the service is free, and the pass certificate number is then emailed to the address you used when you booked the theory test. Anything that charges you for this is not the official service. You need two pieces of information to use it: 1. **Your UK driving licence number.** This is the long alphanumeric code on your photocard provisional or full driving licence. 2. **Your theory test booking reference number.** DVSA emails this to you at the time you book the theory test (subject usually "Theory test booking confirmation"). Enter both and submit. There's no postal step. If you don't have the booking reference, the same gov.uk service lets you ask for your booking details — see below for the contact route if neither email is available. ## If you don't have your booking reference either The lookup form requires the booking reference, so if both the booking confirmation email and the pass result email are gone, you'll need to contact DVSA directly: - **Phone:** 0300 200 1122 (Monday to Friday, 8am to 5pm). This is the DVSA theory test customer services line — the same number used for booking. - **Email:** `theorycustomerservices@dvsa.gov.uk`. Have your UK driving licence number ready when you call — DVSA uses it to look up your record. They may also ask security questions to confirm your identity before releasing the number. ## The number itself does not expire — but the 2-year clock does Your pass certificate *number* stays the same forever. What expires is the **2-year validity window**: you must pass your practical driving test within 2 years of the date you passed the theory test, otherwise the certificate lapses and you have to take the theory test again. Retrieving the number doesn't reset that clock, and the gov.uk lookup service still returns the number after the 2 years are up — but at that point it's information only, because DVSA's booking system will refuse to book a practical test for a lapsed certificate. For the full rules on the 2-year window — including the calculator, the fact that failing the practical doesn't reset it, and what to do if time is running out — see our dedicated [theory certificate expiry guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/theory-certificate-expiry/). ## When you actually need the pass number You'll be asked for the pass certificate number when you: - **Book your practical driving test** at [gov.uk/book-driving-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-driving-test). The system uses the number to confirm you've passed the theory test and that the 2-year window is still open. - **Change or cancel a practical test booking** — same system, same number. - **Apply for a category upgrade** (e.g. from car to motorcycle) where a theory pass is a prerequisite. You do **not** need the number to apply for a full driving licence after you pass the practical — DVSA's systems link the records automatically. ## Beware of paid "lookup" services Several third-party sites offer a "theory test certificate lookup" or "pass number retrieval" service for a fee — typically £15-£25. The official gov.uk service does the same job free, and there is no information a third party can access that gov.uk doesn't. If a site is asking for your card details to retrieve your DVSA pass number, close the tab and use the official link above. For the wider pattern of third-party booking and lookup middlemen and how to spot them, see our [booking scams guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/booking-scams/). ## Quick reference - **Look up the number:** [gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number) — free; DVSA emails the number to the address you used to book the theory test. - **You need:** UK driving licence number + theory test booking reference. - **If you don't have the booking reference:** 0300 200 1122 (Mon–Fri 8am–5pm) or `theorycustomerservices@dvsa.gov.uk`. - **The number itself doesn't expire** — but the 2-year validity window does (see [expiry guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/theory-certificate-expiry/)). - **Don't pay third parties** — the official lookup is free. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Find your theory test pass number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number) (the free official lookup) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) (number is in the email DVSA sends after you pass) - GOV.UK — [Book your driving (practical) test](https://www.gov.uk/book-driving-test) (where the number is required) - GOV.UK — [DVSA customer services](https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/driver-and-vehicle-standards-agency/about/access-and-opening) (0300 200 1122, Monday to Friday 8am to 5pm) --- ## UK theory test mnemonics that actually work Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/mnemonics/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 The UK theory test rewards memorising a small set of figures — stopping distances, stud colours, crossing names — that don’t change between sittings. Below are the mnemonics that work. Each is anchored to the Highway Code rule it comes from, so you can verify the rule before relying on the trick. ## Stopping distances — Rule 126 The Highway Code publishes a fixed “Typical Stopping Distances” table at Rule 126. Every multiple-choice paper carries at least one question whose answer is a row from that table. Memorise the figures and the mnemonic that connects them. *Table: Highway Code Rule 126 — typical stopping distances (dry road, alert driver)* | Speed | Thinking | Braking | Total | Approx. car lengths | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 20 mph | 6 m | 6 m | 12 m (40 ft) | 3 | | 30 mph | 9 m | 14 m | 23 m (75 ft) | 6 | | 40 mph | 12 m | 24 m | 36 m (120 ft) | 9 | | 50 mph | 15 m | 38 m | 53 m (175 ft) | 13 | | 60 mph | 18 m | 55 m | 73 m (240 ft) | 18 | | 70 mph | 21 m | 75 m | 96 m (315 ft) | 24 | ### Mnemonic 1: thinking distance in feet = speed in mph Notice the “Thinking” column. At 20 mph, thinking distance is 20 ft. At 30 mph, 30 ft. At 70 mph, 70 ft. Speed in miles per hour equals thinking distance in feet — a near-perfect 1-to-1 mapping. (In metres, it’s roughly 0.3× speed; the feet version is the cleaner mental shortcut.) ### Mnemonic 2: stopping distance multipliers Each step up the speed scale raises the stopping-distance multiplier by 0.5: - 20 mph × **2** = 40 ft - 30 mph × **2.5** = 75 ft - 40 mph × **3** = 120 ft - 50 mph × **3.5** = 175 ft - 60 mph × **4** = 240 ft - 70 mph × **4.5** = 315 ft The figures match the Highway Code table to within a couple of feet at each row. Knowing the multiplier rule means you can reconstruct the table from memory. ### The two-second rule — Rule 126 again > Allow at least a two-second gap between you and the vehicle in front on high-speed roads and in tunnels where visibility is reduced. The gap should be at least doubled on wet roads and up to ten times greater on icy roads. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158 The mnemonic: *“Only a fool breaks the two-second rule.”* Pick a fixed roadside object — a sign, a bridge — as the vehicle in front passes it, then count: *“Only a fool breaks the two-second rule”* . If you pass the same object before you finish the sentence, you are too close. ## Motorway stud colours — Rule 132 Five stud colours, each in a fixed position. Mnemonics that work: *Table: Reflective road stud colours (Highway Code Rule 132)* | Colour | Where | | --- | --- | | White | Between lanes (centre and lane dividers) | | Red | Left edge of the road | | Amber | Central reservation of a dual carriageway or motorway | | Green | Edge of the main carriageway at lay-bys and slip roads | | Green/yellow | Temporary adjustments to lane layouts (e.g. at road works) | Two mental shortcuts: - **“Red on your left, amber on your right.”** Visual symmetry — red brake lights sit on the left of the car ahead; amber indicators are on the right side of the motorway central reservation. - **“Green = go (off / on the main road).”** Green studs are the boundary between the main carriageway and lay-bys, slip roads, exits — places you are *going* onto or off of. ## The six UK pedestrian crossings Six named crossing types appear in the Highway Code. Each has a distinctive feature you can memorise without conflating it with the others. *Table: UK pedestrian crossings (Highway Code Rules 195, 196, 199)* | Crossing | Who it’s for | Distinctive feature | Rule | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | **Zebra** | Pedestrians | Black-and-white stripes; no lights. Drivers MUST give way to anyone on the crossing. | 195 | | **Pelican** | Pedestrians | Light-controlled with a *flashing amber* phase — give way to pedestrians still on the crossing. | 196 | | **Puffin** | Pedestrians | Light-controlled with sensors that detect waiting pedestrians; *no* flashing amber. | 199 | | **Toucan** | Pedestrians **and** cyclists | “Two can” cross together. No flashing amber. | 199 | | **Pegasus / Equestrian** | Horse riders (and pedestrians) | Higher control button (2 m above ground), wider crossing, horse symbol on the light. | 199 | | **Parallel** | Pedestrians **and** cyclists, side-by-side | Zebra-style stripes with a parallel cycle lane next to them; MUST give way to both. | 195 | ### Mnemonic: name → user - **Pelican** — “PEdestrian LIght CONtrolled.” Pedestrians only, with a flashing amber phase. - **Puffin** — “Pedestrian User-Friendly INtelligent.” Sensors, no amber. - **Toucan** — “TWO CAN cross.” The toucan is the only crossing that lets cyclists ride across rather than dismount. - **Pegasus / Equestrian** — Pegasus is a mythical horse. Horses. Easy. - **Parallel** — Two parallel crossings side by side (zebra + cycle lane). ## Road sign shapes — what the shape itself tells you UK road signs follow the shape conventions set out in the Traffic Signs Regulations and General Directions 2016 (TSRGD 2016) and summarised in the [Know Your Traffic Signs](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/know-your-traffic-signs) booklet (gov.uk). The shape itself tells you what kind of sign it is, before you read it. *Table: UK road sign shapes — what each one means* | Shape | Purpose | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | **Circle** | Gives an order (you MUST do, or MUST NOT do) | Red circle = prohibitory (No entry, 30 mph limit). Blue circle = mandatory (Turn left, Bus lane). | | **Triangle** | Warning | Red-bordered triangle = warning (Bend ahead, Pedestrians crossing). | | **Inverted triangle** | Give way | Only used for the “Give Way” sign at junctions. | | **Rectangle** | Information | Blue = motorway info; green = primary route; white = local route/parking info. | | **Octagon** | Stop | Used only for the “STOP” sign — the only octagonal sign on UK roads. | ### Mnemonic *“Circles command, triangles warn, rectangles inform, octagons stop.”* Sub-rule for circles: **red border** means *don’t*; **blue background** means *do*. “Red restrains, blue obliges.” ## Vehicle checks — the POWDER mnemonic Before a long drive (and before the practical test’s “show me, tell me” section), drivers are expected to check the vehicle. POWDER is the widely-taught summary, with Annex 6 of the Highway Code covering vehicle maintenance more broadly. (You’ll also see POWDERY — same checks, with a final “Y for You” reminding the driver to check themselves: glasses, posture, fatigue.) *Table: POWDER vehicle checks* | Letter | What to check | | --- | --- | | **P** | Petrol (or fuel level / charge level for an EV) | | **O** | Oil (engine oil dipstick when cold) | | **W** | Water — engine coolant level and screen-wash reservoir | | **D** | Damage (bodywork, lights, mirrors, wipers — also dipped headlights working) | | **E** | Electrics (lights, indicators, brake lights, fog lights, hazards) | | **R** | Rubber (tyre tread ≥ 1.6 mm, pressure, no cuts or bulges) | The tread-depth answer is fixed: **1.6 mm minimum across the central three-quarters of the breadth of the tread, around the entire outer circumference** (Motor Vehicles (Construction and Use) Regulations 1986, Reg 27). Each defective tyre carries its own penalty — the penalties stack across all four tyres. ## MSPSL and MSM — observation routines The Highway Code refers to MSM (Mirror–Signal–Manoeuvre) at every junction and lane change (e.g. Rule 159 on moving off). Driving instructors expand it to MSPSL for the practical test. *Table: MSM and MSPSL — observation routines* | Letter | Step | | --- | --- | | **M** | Mirrors — check all mirrors | | **S** | Signal — indicate | | **P** | Position — move to the correct part of the lane | | **S** | Speed — adjust speed for the manoeuvre | | **L** | Look — final look (and blind-spot check) | Rule 159 covers MSM when moving off; Rules 161 (mirrors) and 163 (overtaking) extend it to the rest of the journey. MSPSL is the longer routine driving instructors teach for the practical test; it expands MSM by inserting Position and Speed between Signal and the final Look. The theory test treats both as the expected approach. ## Eyesight — the 20-metre rule You must be able to read a vehicle number plate from **20 metres** in good daylight. Rule 92 also recognises **20.5 metres** for pre-September-2001 old-style plates, which is rarely tested. Mnemonic: *“twenty metres, every time.”* ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Highway Code (Rules 103–158, including 126 stopping distances and 132 stud colours)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - GOV.UK — [Highway Code (Rules 195, 196, 199 — crossings)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) - GOV.UK — [Know Your Traffic Signs (sign shapes)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/know-your-traffic-signs) - GOV.UK — [Highway Code Annex 6 — vehicle maintenance](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security) - GOV.UK — [Driving eyesight rules](https://www.gov.uk/driving-eyesight-rules) - legislation.gov.uk — [Motor Vehicles (Construction and Use) Regulations 1986, Reg 27 (tyre tread depth)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/27) Highway Code excerpts are reproduced under the [Open Government Licence v3.0](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/). --- ## The New Drivers Act: 6 points in 2 years Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/new-driver-act/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 The **Road Traffic (New Drivers) Act 1995** imposes a **2-year probation period** that runs from the date you pass your first practical driving test. Reach **6 or more penalty points** on your licence inside that window and the DVLA revokes it automatically — no court process, no warning, no appeal. To drive again you must apply for a fresh provisional licence and pass both the theory and practical tests again. > You can get 6 penalty points and a £200 fine if you hold and use a phone, sat nav, tablet, or any device that can send and receive data while driving or riding a motorcycle. You’ll also lose your licence if you passed your driving test in the last 2 years. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/using-mobile-phones-when-driving-the-law ## Who the Act applies to Every driver who passed their **first** practical driving test on or after **1 June 1997**. The probation period runs for 2 years from the test pass date, regardless of when you actually receive the physical full licence. It applies to drivers whose first test pass is in Great Britain, Northern Ireland, the Isle of Man, the Channel Islands, Gibraltar, or an EC/EEA country. It’s tied to your *first* licence category, not to each new category. If you passed a car test in 2023 and then qualify as an HGV driver in 2025, the HGV pass does not start a new probation period — the original 2-year window simply ends at its scheduled date. Equally, if your first test was a motorcycle test, the probation runs from that pass. ## The 6-point threshold Outside of the probation period, the general totting-up rule is **12 points within 3 years** for a “totting-up” disqualification, decided by a court. The New Drivers Act halves that threshold to **6 points** — and the consequence is administrative revocation rather than a court-imposed ban. The 6 points can come from any combination of endorsable offences whose offence dates fall inside the probation period. They can come from one single 6-point offence, or two 3-point offences, or any other combination that meets or exceeds the threshold. ## How automatic revocation works The DVLA monitors penalty-point totals against the New Drivers register. When a 6-point total is recorded against a driver still inside their 2-year probation, the DVLA issues a revocation notice. There is **no court hearing**, no police involvement at the revocation stage, and no appeal route to the DVLA. The licence is treated as revoked from the date on the DVLA notice. Continuing to drive after that date is driving while disqualified — an arrestable offence with severe penalties of its own. > Your licence will be cancelled (revoked) if you get 6 or more points within 2 years of passing your test. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers ## Single offences that meet the threshold on their own Several common offences carry 6 or more points as a fixed penalty — committing any one of them inside the 2-year window is enough to revoke a new driver’s licence. *Table: Single offences that meet the 6-point New Drivers Act threshold (source: gov.uk)* | Offence | Endorsement code | Points | Fine | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Using a hand-held mobile phone, sat nav or interactive device while driving | CU80 | 3–6 (court) / 6 fixed-penalty | £200 fixed (FPN), or court-decided fine | | Driving without insurance | IN10 | 6–8 (court) / 6 fixed-penalty | £300 fixed (FPN), or unlimited fine and possible disqualification in court | | Driving while disqualified | BA10 | 6 | Court order; potential imprisonment | | Failing to stop or report an accident | AC10 / AC20 | 5–10 | Court order | Notes on the table. **CU80:** the fixed-penalty notice is always 6 points + a £200 fine; the 3–6 range applies only when the case goes to court and the court applies the lower end. **AC10 / AC20:** these are distinct offences (AC10 = failing to stop after an accident; AC20 = failing to give particulars or report an accident within 24 hours). Both attract 5–10 points — at the lower end (5 points) a single occurrence would not on its own meet the New Drivers Act's 6-point revocation threshold; combined with other endorsed points, or set higher by the court, it does. Drink and drug driving offences sit outside the New Drivers Act because they trigger a court disqualification of at least 12 months on their own, not a points-based revocation. ## Smaller offences that add up Two or three smaller incidents inside the probation period can also trigger revocation. The most common pattern is two speeding tickets: - **Speeding (SP30):** typically 3–6 points and a £100 fixed penalty per offence. Two SP30 tickets at 3 points each meet the 6-point threshold. - **Careless driving (CD10):** 3–9 points, court decided. - **Using a vehicle in dangerous condition (CU20):** 3 points and a fixed penalty. ## Provisional licence points carry over Any penalty points on your provisional licence that have not yet expired are carried onto your full licence the day you pass — and they count toward the 6-point New Drivers Act threshold during probation. A practical example: a learner is caught speeding during lessons and accepts a 3-point fixed penalty. They pass their practical six months later. A single 3-point speeding offence after passing is now enough to push the total to 6 and trigger revocation, even though no single offence carried 6 points. ## How to get back on the road There is no early-restart option, no quick re-take after revocation, and no fast-track for drivers who have only just lost their licence. The DVSA process is identical to a first-time applicant: 1. **Apply for a new provisional licence** at [gov.uk/apply-first-provisional-driving-licence](https://www.gov.uk/apply-first-provisional-driving-licence). Cost: £34 online, or £43 by post. 2. **Drive on the provisional only with L-plates and a qualified accompanying driver** (over 21, full UK licence for at least 3 years). You cannot drive on motorways while learning. 3. **Take and pass the theory test** again at [gov.uk/book-theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test). Cost: £23 for car or motorcycle. 4. **Take and pass the practical driving test** again. Cost: £62 weekday, £75 evenings, weekends and bank holidays. **Minimum DVSA fees:** £34 + £23 + £62 = **£119** before instructor fees, lessons, vehicle rental for the test, or insurance. The original penalty points stay on your driving record — they don’t reset just because the licence was revoked. They are removed on their normal expiry schedule (typically 4 years from the offence date for most endorsements; 11 years for drink/drug offences). A new probation period **does not** start on the new full licence after this re-pass — the New Drivers Act applies once. ## Can the revocation be appealed? The DVLA revocation itself cannot be appealed — it is an administrative consequence, not a judicial decision. What you can appeal is the underlying conviction or fixed-penalty acceptance that pushed you over 6 points. If you believe a Fixed Penalty Notice was wrongly issued, the time to challenge it is *before* you accept the points — typically by electing to be tried in court. Once the points are recorded, the New Drivers Act consequence follows automatically. If the points came from a court conviction, you can appeal that conviction to a higher court (Crown Court for a magistrates’ conviction). A successful appeal that removes the points below the 6-point threshold can reverse the revocation, but this is a slow and uncertain route. ## Common misconceptions ### “It’s the same as the regular 12-point totting-up rule.” No. Outside the probation period, totting up requires 12 points in 3 years and is decided by a court, which can refuse disqualification on “exceptional hardship” grounds. The New Drivers Act revocation is administrative — no court, no hardship arguments. ### “I’ve already been driving for a year, so I’m almost out of probation.” The 2 years run from your **practical test pass date**, not from when you applied for or received your full licence. Check the issue date on your photocard against your test pass date — they may differ. ### “The points won’t count because the court date is after my 2-year window ends.” They will. The Act looks at the **date of the offence**, not the date of conviction or fixed-penalty acceptance. An offence committed on the last day of probation that is concluded a year later still triggers revocation if it pushes the total to 6. ### “I can just take a speed awareness course to avoid the points.” A speed awareness course is only offered if the police decide it is appropriate for the offence, and only if you have not been on one in the past 3 years. They are never offered as an alternative to a 6-point single-offence endorsement (a hand-held phone, for example), so they cannot save a new driver from a single 6-point hit. For minor speeding tickets that would otherwise be 3 points, a course can keep your point total below the New Drivers Act threshold — but it remains the police force’s call, not the driver’s. ## Sources - legislation.gov.uk — [Road Traffic (New Drivers) Act 1995](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1995/13/contents) (the underlying statute) - GOV.UK — [Penalty points (endorsements): new drivers](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers) - GOV.UK — [Endorsement codes and penalty points](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/endorsement-codes-and-penalty-points) - GOV.UK — [Using a phone, sat nav or other device when driving](https://www.gov.uk/using-mobile-phones-when-driving-the-law) - GOV.UK — [Apply for your first provisional driving licence](https://www.gov.uk/apply-first-provisional-driving-licence) (£34 / £43) - GOV.UK — [Driving test cost](https://www.gov.uk/driving-test-cost) (theory £23, practical £62 / £75) - GOV.UK — [Speeding penalties](https://www.gov.uk/speeding-penalties) - GOV.UK — [Driving without insurance](https://www.gov.uk/vehicle-insurance/driving-without-insurance) (£300 fixed-penalty and 6 points) --- ## UK theory test pass mark, explained Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/pass-mark/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-05-30T20:32:18-04:00 To pass the UK **car** driving theory test you need at least **43 out of 50** on the multiple-choice section and **44 out of 75** on the hazard perception section, in a single sitting. Both parts must be passed independently — there is no combined-score path. > You must pass both parts to pass the test. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result ## Multiple-choice section: 43 out of 50 The car theory test multiple-choice section is **50 questions in 57 minutes**. The pass mark is 43 out of 50. Three of those 50 questions are based on a short, silent driving video clip — you can replay the clip as many times as you like during the test before answering. The remaining questions are single-answer multiple choice drawn from the official DVSA syllabus. ## Hazard perception section: 44 out of 75 After an optional break of up to 3 minutes, you move to the hazard perception test. You watch **14 short CGI video clips**. Thirteen of them contain one developing hazard each; one clip contains two — giving you **15 scoring opportunities**. Each developing hazard is worth up to 5 points, for a maximum total of 75. You need 44 out of 75 to pass. Each developing hazard is worth up to 5 points — click early and you score 5, click later and you score 4, 3, 2 or 1 as the window closes. You don't lose points for a wrong click, but clicking continuously or in a pattern zeros that hazard. There's no on-screen score during the test — you only see your total at the end. ## Pass marks by test category *Table: UK driving theory test pass marks by category (source: gov.uk)* | Test | Multiple-choice | Hazard perception | | --- | --- | --- | | Car | 43 / 50 (57 min) | 44 / 75 | | Motorcycle | 43 / 50 (57 min) | 44 / 75 | | Lorry / Bus (Driver CPC Part 1) | 85 / 100 (1 h 55 min) | 67 / 100 (19 clips, 20 hazards) | | ADI Part 1 (instructor) | 85 / 100 overall, and at least 20 / 25 in each of 4 bands | 57 / 75 | ## Both sections must be passed Failing either part fails the whole test, and you cannot retake one section in isolation. The next sitting requires you to do both parts again, with a fresh fee (£23 for the car or motorcycle test) and a minimum wait of 3 working days between attempts. The pass certificate is valid for 2 years from the day you pass — if you don’t pass the practical test in that window, you’ll need to retake the theory test. See the dedicated [2-year certificate expiry guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/theory-certificate-expiry/) for the rules in detail and a date calculator. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - GOV.UK — [Motorcycle theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - GOV.UK — [Driver CPC Part 1 theory test](https://www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver/driver-cpc-part-1-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [ADI Part 1 test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/adi-part-1-test/pass-mark-and-result) --- ## UK roundabouts — Highway Code rules and lane discipline Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/roundabouts/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 Roundabouts generate more theory-test questions, more practical-test failures and more confused Reddit posts than any other UK road feature. The Highway Code covers them in five consecutive rules — **184 to 188** — plus the 2022 hierarchy update that explicitly stops drivers overtaking cyclists in their own lane. Every rule and the lane discipline that flows from it, below. > When reaching the roundabout you should give priority to traffic approaching from your right, unless directed otherwise by signs, road markings or traffic lights. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203 ## Rule 184 — approach On approaching a roundabout, apply the **Mirrors – Signal – Manoeuvre (MSM)** routine at every stage and decide as early as possible which exit you need to take. Look well ahead: the second or third sign on the approach usually shows lane allocation, and the first chance to slow safely is well before the give-way line. Cancel your signal correctly. A signal that stays on when you don’t intend to turn is one of the most-cited examiner faults — and on the theory test it’s a familiar wrong-answer trap. ## Rule 185 — priority Give priority to traffic **approaching from your right**. The rule has one universal override: signs, road markings or traffic lights take precedence over the general right-of-way rule. - If the roundabout has traffic lights, treat the lights as you would at any junction. - If road markings direct otherwise (e.g. arrows pointing across), follow the markings even if it feels counter-intuitive. - If signs indicate otherwise (some larger junctions have non-standard priority), follow the signs. “Give priority to traffic from your right” is the answer to the single most-asked roundabout question on the theory test — but only in the absence of signs, markings or lights. ## Rule 186 — signals and lane choice Rule 186 is the most-tested roundabout rule because the lane and signal differ for every exit. Use this matrix when the exit you want is … *Table: UK roundabout signalling — Rule 186, with the common '12 o'clock' clock-face shorthand* | Your exit | Lane on approach | Signal on approach | On the roundabout | Signal to leave | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Left (first exit, before 12 o’clock) | Left | Left | Keep left | Continue signalling left | | Straight ahead (around 12 o’clock) | Left, unless signs direct otherwise | None on approach | Keep left | Left signal after the exit before yours | | Right (past 12 o’clock) | Right | Right | Keep right until you need to change lane to exit | Left signal after the exit before yours | | Full circle / U-turn | Right | Right | Stay right until past 12 o’clock | Left signal after the exit before yours | Rule 186 itself uses the phrasings *"first exit to the left"* for left turns, *"any intermediate exit"* for the straight-on or middle case, and *"an exit to the right or going full circle"* for right turns — with the general advice to take "the most appropriate lane on approach and through it" when there are more lanes. The 12 o'clock framing is a memory aid that maps onto those three cases. ## Rule 187 — extra care for pedestrians, motorcyclists and long vehicles Rule 187 lists the categories of road user that need extra care at every roundabout: - **Pedestrians** who may be crossing the approach and exit roads. Give them time. - **Traffic crossing in front of you on the roundabout**, especially vehicles intending to leave by the next exit, and traffic which may be straddling lanes or positioned incorrectly. - **Motorcyclists** — small profile, easy to miss in a quick mirror check. - **Long vehicles (including those towing trailers)** may straddle two lanes because of their turning circle. Give them room. They may signal differently from a car because of the path they need to follow. ## Rule 186 — cyclists, horse riders and horse-drawn vehicles on the roundabout Rule 186 (final paragraph, added in the January 2022 update) is the one that often catches drivers out: *“Cyclists, horse riders and horse drawn vehicles may stay in the left-hand lane when they intend to continue across or around the roundabout and should signal right to show you they are not leaving the roundabout.”* Drivers must not assume a cyclist in the left-hand lane is taking the next exit — look for the right-arm signal as the cue that the cyclist is staying on the roundabout. Rule 186 also explicitly says *“do not attempt to overtake them within their lane.”* See the 2022 H3 update below. ## Rule 188 — mini-roundabouts Mini-roundabouts are approached and treated like normal roundabouts. Two specific rules apply: > All vehicles MUST pass round the central markings except large vehicles which are physically incapable of doing so. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203 The “physically incapable” exemption is narrow — it covers long lorries and articulated vehicles, not regular cars or vans. Driving straight over the painted central island in a normal car is an offence. Avoid making a U-turn at a mini-roundabout if possible. Drivers behind you have very little time to see what you’re doing. ### Sequential (double) mini-roundabouts Where two mini-roundabouts sit close together, **treat each one separately**. Apply Rule 185 (give way to the right) at the first; once you’ve cleared it, repeat the routine for the second. People who try to read both junctions as one feature get it wrong on test and in real life — including signalling once for the combined manoeuvre, which is incorrect. ### Multi-lane and spiral roundabouts Larger roundabouts (often called “magic” or spiral roundabouts) have lane markings that spiral outwards as you cross the junction. The rule is: **follow your lane** — don’t change lanes on the roundabout itself unless arrows direct otherwise. The painted arrows tell you which exit each lane allows; an early lane choice is what protects you. ## The 2022 hierarchy change — Rule H3 + Rule 186 update The Hierarchy of Road Users introduced on 29 January 2022 explicitly applies at roundabouts. Drivers must **not** attempt to overtake a cyclist within that cyclist’s lane on a roundabout, even if there appears to be space. The cyclist may be staying in the left lane on the way to taking the third exit — exactly as the cyclists’ rule allows. See [the full 2022 changes summary](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/changes/). ## Common test questions and the answers ### “Who has priority at a mini-roundabout?” Traffic from the right has priority — the same as a normal roundabout. The smaller scale doesn’t change Rule 185. ### “I’m taking the third exit. When do I signal left?” After you pass the exit immediately before yours. Signal too early and the driver behind thinks you’re leaving at the wrong exit; signal too late and the driver behind has no warning. ### “The right lane is empty and the left lane is busy. Can I take the second (straight-on) exit from the right lane?” Only if signs or arrows explicitly allow it. The default for a straight-ahead exit is the left lane. Some larger roundabouts mark the right lane as straight-on permitted (look for arrows on approach) — but assume left-lane unless the markings say otherwise. ### “There’s a cyclist on the roundabout in the left lane. I want to take the second exit. What should I do?” Wait behind them rather than overtake. The cyclist may be going to the third or fourth exit in the left lane, which the Code expressly permits. The 2022 hierarchy makes the overtake explicitly wrong. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Highway Code: Using the road (Rules 184–188)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) - GOV.UK — [Highway Code: Rules for cyclists (76 — junction priority)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-cyclists-59-to-82) - GOV.UK — [Highway Code: introduction (H1–H3 hierarchy)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/introduction) - GOV.UK — [The Highway Code: 8 changes you need to know from 29 January 2022](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/the-highway-code-8-changes-you-need-to-know-from-29-january-2022) Highway Code excerpts are reproduced under the [Open Government Licence v3.0](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/). --- ## Teaching a UK learner driver — what's legal, what's safe Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/teaching-a-learner/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 Private practice with a parent, friend or partner — alongside professional lessons with an Approved Driving Instructor (ADI) — is how most UK learners build the hours they need to pass. The widely-cited industry rule of thumb, drawn from older DSA / DVSA research, is an average of **45 hours of professional lessons plus 22 hours of private practice**. The legal rules for the person in the passenger seat are short but strict, and the consequences of getting them wrong (driving without proper insurance or supervision) sit on both of you. > It's illegal to accept any payment, including money for fuel, when you're supervising someone who's learning to drive. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/guidance/supervise-a-learner-driver ## What the law requires of the supervisor Anyone in the front passenger seat of a vehicle being driven by a learner on a public road is the legal supervisor. They are treated as being "in charge of" the vehicle by police and DVSA for the purposes of alcohol, mobile phone and other in-vehicle offences. The minimum requirements: - **Age 21 or older** — full stop, no exceptions. - **A full driving licence held for at least 3 years** — for the category of vehicle being driven. Per gov.uk, the licence must be from the UK, the EU, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland or Liechtenstein; provisional licences do not count. If you only have a manual full licence, you can only supervise in a manual car (and vice versa for automatic). - **Fit to drive** — within the same alcohol limits as if you were driving yourself (80mg / 100ml blood in England, Wales and Northern Ireland; 50mg / 100ml in Scotland). A supervisor over the limit is committing the offence of *being in charge of a motor vehicle while over the limit* under section 5 of the Road Traffic Act 1988. - **Not holding a mobile phone** — the hand-held phone law applies to the supervisor because they are "in charge" of the vehicle. The 25 March 2022 tightening means even touching the phone at a red light counts. ## The vehicle: L plates, insurance, MOT Three vehicle requirements you have to get right before the first private lesson: ### L plates (or D plates in Wales) A **red "L" on a white square, 178mm by 178mm**, fixed to both the front and the back of the car, must be visible when the learner is driving and removed (or covered) when an already-qualified driver takes the wheel. In Wales you can use either L plates or **"D" plates** (Welsh: *Dysgwr*, learner). In Scotland, England and Northern Ireland only L plates are legal. Magnetic L plates are fine if they actually stay on at speed. ### Insurance that covers learner drivers The learner driver's name must be on a policy that covers them as a learner. The three common options: - **Add the learner to a family member's existing policy** as a named learner driver. Usually the cheapest option — the additional premium is typically £40–£80 per month on top of the parent's existing policy. - **A short-term learner-only policy** — typically 1 to 6 months. Useful when practising in a family car you're not the registered keeper of. £80–£200 per month is the usual range. - **A standalone annual learner policy** if the learner owns or is the main driver of the car they're practising in. Driving without insurance is a 6-point offence (endorsement code IN10) with a £300 fixed penalty or potentially an unlimited fine and disqualification at court. The supervisor commits the related offence of *permitting use* of an uninsured vehicle under section 143(2) of the Road Traffic Act 1988. See our [driving offences guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/lesser-known-driving-offences/) for the full chain. ### A roadworthy car Current MOT (if 3+ years old), valid road tax, tyres with at least 1.6mm tread across the central three-quarters of the breadth, working lights, indicators, brakes, mirrors and washers. Faults in any of those become the supervisor's problem at a roadside stop. ## Where learners can — and cannot — drive *Table: Where a UK learner driver can practise* | Road type | Allowed? | Conditions | | --- | --- | --- | | Most public roads (A-roads, B-roads, residential) | Yes | L plates, supervisor, insurance. | | Dual carriageways | Yes | Same conditions as other public roads. | | Motorways in Great Britain (England, Wales, Scotland) | Conditionally | Only with an **Approved Driving Instructor (ADI)** in a car with **dual controls**. This rule changed on 4 June 2018; before then learners could not drive on motorways at all. Lessons with a parent, partner or friend on a motorway are **not** permitted. | | Motorways in Northern Ireland | No | Learner drivers are not permitted on motorways in Northern Ireland. | | Private land (a farm, an estate, a closed track) | No supervisor or licence required by law | The Road Traffic Act applies only to roads and other public places. Driving on truly private land (with the landowner's permission) is unregulated — but insurance and the C&U Regs still apply if the land has public access. | ## You can't be paid for it (unless you're an ADI) Charging a learner for driving instruction is a criminal offence unless you are a **DVSA-registered Approved Driving Instructor (ADI)** or a trainee Potential Driving Instructor (PDI) on a registered Trainee Licence. The statutory offence is in section 123 of the Road Traffic Act 1988. ADIs display a green octagonal badge in the windscreen; PDIs a pink triangular one. The gov.uk supervise-a-learner-driver page goes further than section 123: it states explicitly that *"it's illegal to accept any payment, including money for fuel, when you're supervising someone who's learning to drive"* . So while a parent or friend in the passenger seat is free to supervise, even a tenner for petrol from the learner falls foul of DVSA's guidance. ## How much practice — the 45+22 rule of thumb The widely-cited industry rule of thumb, drawn from older DSA / DVSA research, is that learners who pass first time typically have, on average, **45 hours of professional driving instruction combined with 22 hours of private practice** . The figures are averages — learners vary widely, and the numbers do not appear verbatim on the current gov.uk/learn-to-drive-a-car page — but they're useful as a planning anchor: - **Mix professional lessons with private practice** — don't replace one with the other. ADIs teach the technique; private practice consolidates it. - **Coordinate with the ADI** — ask what they covered each lesson, then practise that on the private hours. Don't introduce new manoeuvres on private practice; reinforce ones already taught. - **Keep a logbook** — DVSA suggests a learner driver record (a paper or app log) tracking each session, route, conditions and skills covered. Useful for the ADI to see progress and for the learner to spot gaps. ## Where to start — and what to avoid in the first 10 hours Pick the environment carefully. The first ~10 hours of private practice should look like: - **Empty residential streets at low-traffic times** — Sunday morning, weekday mid-afternoon outside the school run. - **Large empty car parks** (supermarket out of hours, retail park early morning) with the landowner's tacit consent — useful for clutch control, biting point, manoeuvres. - **Loops you can repeat** — choose a 10-minute route the learner can do over and over until it's reflexive, then expand. Things to defer until the ADI has explicitly taught them: - **Roundabouts** — the lane and signal discipline (see our [roundabouts guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/roundabouts/)) is more nuanced than it looks from the passenger seat. - **Busy urban junctions, multi-lane traffic lights**. - **Night driving** until clutch and gear control are confident. - **Country roads with no centre line** — these are where most newly-passed drivers crash. Skill, not bravery. ## What a productive supervised hour looks like The temptation is to give running commentary on every gear change. That fights the learner. The technique most ADIs recommend for parents: 1. **Brief before you set off.** "Today we're practising left-hand junctions. I'll tell you the next turn 200 metres out, and only intervene if there's a safety issue." 2. **Use early warnings.** "Take the next left, the one after the postbox" gives time to mirror, signal, position. Telling them at the junction is too late. 3. **Debrief at the end**, not mid-drive. Note the one thing that worked, the one thing to improve, save the rest for the next session. 4. **Resist the dual-pedal reach.** Unless the supervisor's car has a dual brake (ADI cars do, family cars don't), trying to reach across is more dangerous than letting the learner handle the consequence at low speed in a safe environment. ## If something goes wrong A minor knock during a supervised lesson is treated like any other road traffic incident. The supervisor — as the legal "person in charge" — is liable for the insurance claim, the report (if anyone is injured or property is damaged, you must report within 24 hours), and any consequences of failing to do so. The Highway Code Rules 286–287 cover reporting duties. If the supervisor's insurance is the active policy (the learner is a named driver on the parent's car), the parent's no-claims bonus is on the line. Some insurers offer telematics-based policies that protect a parent's no-claims when a named learner has an at-fault claim — worth asking. ## Quick reference - **Supervisor must be:** 21+, full UK / EU / Switzerland / Norway / Iceland / Liechtenstein licence in the right category for at least 3 years, sober, not holding a phone, and not accepting any payment (including for fuel). - **Vehicle must have:** L plates (or D plates in Wales) front and back, valid insurance covering the learner, MOT, road tax. - **Where:** all public roads except motorways (motorways need an ADI + dual controls; not permitted at all for learners in Northern Ireland). - **Don't take money for it** — that requires DVSA ADI registration. - **How much:** DVSA suggests ~45 professional hours + ~22 private practice hours on average to pass. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Supervise a learner driver](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/supervise-a-learner-driver) (age 21, 3-year full licence, eligible country list, no payment including for fuel) - GOV.UK — [Learner drivers on motorways from 4 June 2018](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/learner-drivers-will-be-allowed-on-motorways-from-2018) (ADI + dual controls only) - GOV.UK — [Learn to drive a car](https://www.gov.uk/learn-to-drive-a-car) (starting-out guidance; the ~45 hours professional + ~22 hours private practice figure is widely-cited industry knowledge from older DSA/DVSA research, not currently on the page) - GOV.UK — [Become a driving instructor (ADI / PDI registration)](https://www.gov.uk/become-car-driving-instructor) - GOV.UK — [Highway Code Rules 274–287 (breakdowns, incidents and reporting)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/breakdowns-and-incidents-274-to-287) - legislation.gov.uk — [Road Traffic Act 1988 section 123 (paid driving instruction must be by an ADI)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/123) - legislation.gov.uk — [Road Traffic Act 1988 section 143 (using or permitting use of a vehicle without insurance)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/143) --- ## UK theory test nerves: how to walk in calm Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/test-anxiety/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 Pre-test nerves are universal — even candidates who've done the revision and the mocks feel them. Two things meaningfully help. First, the **DVSA-recognised adjustments** (an English or Welsh voiceover is free, no evidence needed; extra time, a reader, question rewording and several others are available with supporting evidence). Second, a small set of **practical and cognitive techniques** that work as well for driving tests as they do for any high-stakes exam. None of this is rocket science — it's logistics, sleep, and reframing arousal. > You can ask to hear the test through headphones when you book your test. You can hear it in English or Welsh. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition ## The free DVSA adjustment that nobody knows about The English (or Welsh) voiceover is **free, requires no evidence, and is available to every candidate who asks for it when booking** . It reads every multiple-choice question and answer option out loud through headphones — useful for candidates who find reading the question on-screen slower, who have mild dyslexia, who are more confident in spoken English than written, or who simply find the on-screen text more nervous to parse under time pressure. The voiceover does **not** extend the 57-minute time limit on its own. If you also need extra time, request it separately when booking and provide supporting evidence. ## All DVSA adjustments at a glance *Table: DVSA adjustments for the theory test (source: gov.uk)* | Adjustment | Evidence required? | What it gives you | | --- | --- | --- | | English-language voiceover | No | Questions and options read aloud through headphones in English. | | Welsh-language voiceover | No | Questions and options read aloud in Welsh. | | British Sign Language (BSL) on-screen video | No | BSL translation appears next to the questions and answers. | | BSL interpreter in person | No | An interpreter with you during the test. | | Lip-speaker | No | A person who repeats spoken text clearly for lip-reading. | | Hearing loop | No | Induction loop for hearing-aid users. | | Extra time | Yes (medical or educational) | More than 57 minutes for the multiple-choice section. gov.uk does not publish a precise maximum; industry sources commonly cite "up to double" the standard window. | | A reader | Yes | A person who reads the questions aloud and records your verbal answers. | | Question rewording | Yes | A member of staff rewords the questions to make them easier to understand. | Declare the adjustment when you book at gov.uk. For evidence-required adjustments DVSA will tell you what proof they need (an email, letter or report from a teacher or other educational professional, a doctor or medical professional, an occupational therapist, or an online dyslexia screening product) and will arrange the accommodation for your booked test. The full DVSA help page is linked in Sources below. ## What actually helps on the day — the practical bit The DVSA arrival regime is the same for every candidate — phone in the locker, ID check, brief on the test format. The variables you control are sleep, food, arrival timing and what you've rehearsed. These four together cover most of the gap between "nervous" and "panicked": ### Sleep the night before Cognitive performance under stress is robustly degraded by poor sleep — that's well-established in the academic literature on test performance and working memory. Aim for your normal sleep duration the night before, not a marathon revision session. The last 1–2 hours of revision the morning of the test add far less than 8 hours of sleep. ### Eat something with slow-release energy A normal breakfast 1–2 hours before is fine. Avoid heavy meals immediately before the test, and avoid a sugar spike that crashes mid-test. Drink water but not so much that the 15-minute arrival plus 57-minute multiple-choice plus optional 3-minute break plus hazard perception becomes a problem. ### Arrive 15 minutes early — and know where the centre is DVSA requires you to arrive 15 minutes before your appointment time. Arriving late means the test is cancelled with no refund (see also our [cost guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/cost-2026/) for the refund rules). Drive or walk the route to the test centre at least once before the day so parking, traffic, and entrance location are not surprises. If you're using public transport, pad an extra 30 minutes. ### Bring the right ID and the right phone-storage plan You must bring your UK photocard driving licence. Phones, smartwatches, fitness trackers and any device that can record or transmit must be off and stored in the locker DVSA provides — or in a clear plastic box outside the test room if no locker is available. You cannot wear a smartwatch into the test room. Plan to leave devices at home or in the car if storage at the centre is crowded. ## The cognitive bit — reframe, breathe, rehearse ### Reframe nerves as readiness Anxiety and excitement have nearly identical physiological signatures: elevated heart rate, quickened breathing, alert mind. Research on "anxiety reappraisal" suggests that mentally relabelling the sensation as *excitement* rather than *fear* measurably improves performance on cognitive tasks. The technique is as simple as saying to yourself: "I'm not nervous, I'm ready." It sounds small; it works because the body is already in an alert state and just needs the right interpretation. ### Box breathing if your chest is tight A standard breathing pattern that interrupts the sympathetic-nervous-system loop: breathe in for 4 seconds, hold for 4, out for 4, hold for 4. Three or four cycles in the car park before going in is usually enough. There's nothing magical about the numbers — slow controlled exhalation is the active ingredient. ### Mentally rehearse the steps Visualise walking in, showing your licence, being shown to the seat, starting the first question, using the on-screen "flag" to mark a question for review, finishing the multiple-choice, taking the optional 3-minute break, doing the hazard clips. Knowing the physical sequence means the test centre is not a new environment when you walk in. Our [on-the-day walkthrough](https://drivingtheorytest.io/on-the-day/) covers each step. ## During the test — three controls that take pressure off The multiple-choice section has three built-in features you can use freely: 1. **Flag for review.** If a question is hard, flag it and move on. You can come back to flagged questions at the end. Spending 5 minutes stuck on one question burns time you'll want for the last few. 2. **Skip and return.** Same idea — answer the easy ones first, build confidence and momentum, then come back. 3. **The 3 video-based questions.** Three of the 50 multiple-choice questions are based on a short silent video clip. You can replay the clip as many times as you like before answering. There's no penalty for replaying. The hazard perception section is separate. Each clip plays once, but you don't have to spot every hazard — only the developing ones DVSA scored — and a wrong click is not penalised (clicking in a pattern is, but a wrong individual click isn't). See [our hazard perception page](https://drivingtheorytest.io/hazard-perception/) for the scoring rules. ## If you failed before — handling the retake A failed theory test is not a setback that needs an emotional reset. You can rebook the moment the result email lands, with the minimum statutory wait of **3 working days** between attempts. The £23 fee is payable again. What changes between attempts is your knowledge of which topics tripped you up — the result email breaks down your score by topic section so you can target the gaps. Two practical retake moves: - **Drill the topics where you scored lowest.** Don't redo the whole syllabus — focus on the weak sections. Our [14 topic pages](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/) are organised the same way DVSA reports your score. - **Take more mock tests under time pressure.** If you ran out of time, the issue isn't knowledge — it's pace. Mock tests with the 57-minute timer rebuild the right speed. ## When test anxiety is something bigger If the anxiety persists outside the test-day context, or stops you booking the test at all, it has stopped being "test nerves" and is worth talking to a GP about. Free NHS and charity resources for ongoing anxiety: - **NHS** — [Generalised anxiety disorder](https://www.nhs.uk/mental-health/conditions/generalised-anxiety-disorder-gad/) and [breathing exercises for stress](https://www.nhs.uk/mental-health/self-help/guides-tools-and-activities/breathing-exercises-for-stress/). - **Mind** — [anxiety problems](https://www.mind.org.uk/information-support/types-of-mental-health-problems/anxiety-problems/). - **Anxiety UK** — [anxietyuk.org.uk](https://www.anxietyuk.org.uk/), helpline 03444 775 774. None of this replaces a GP visit if anxiety is interfering with day-to-day life. A free DVSA voiceover and a good night's sleep solve test-day nerves; longer-running anxiety is a different problem with a different answer. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Theory test: reading difficulty, disability or health condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) (all DVSA adjustments, with evidence requirements) - GOV.UK — [Theory test (overview)](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: when you arrive at the test centre](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/when-you-arrive-at-the-test-centre) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) (the per-topic score breakdown is in the result email) - NHS — [Generalised anxiety disorder in adults](https://www.nhs.uk/mental-health/conditions/generalised-anxiety-disorder-gad/) - Mind — [Anxiety problems](https://www.mind.org.uk/information-support/types-of-mental-health-problems/anxiety-problems/) --- ## Your theory certificate expires in 2 years — what to do Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/theory-certificate-expiry/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 Your UK theory test pass certificate is valid for **exactly 2 years** from the day you pass. If you do not *pass* the practical driving test inside that window, the certificate lapses and you must take a new theory test before you can re-book. The 2-year limit **cannot be extended** in Great Britain — not for waiting times, instructor availability, illness or any other reason. > Your pass certificate number lasts for 2 years. You must pass your driving test in that time, otherwise you’ll have to pass the theory test again. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result ## When the 2-year clock starts The clock starts on the date printed on your pass certificate — the day you sat and passed the theory test. The 2-year window runs to the **same calendar day** two years later, inclusive. For example, a certificate dated **21 May 2026** is valid for a practical test taken on or before **21 May 2028**; from **22 May 2028** onward you must pass the theory test again. Find the date by looking at the printed letter the test centre handed you, or — since the digital result rollout — the email DVSA sent. If you have lost the certificate number, you can request it free of charge via the official [gov.uk service to find your theory test pass number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number); you need your UK driving licence number and your test booking reference. ## When the clock stops Only one thing stops the clock: **passing** the practical driving test inside the 2-year window. *Booking* a practical in the window is not enough — if the actual test date falls after the certificate expires, DVSA cannot let you sit it. Failing a practical does **not** reset or extend the theory clock. Nor does sitting a fresh mock test, paying a bigger fee, or contacting DVSA. The only “reset” is to pass a brand-new theory test before the current certificate expires — then a new 2-year clock starts from that pass date. ## When does my theory test expire? Enter the date you passed your theory test. Your certificate is valid for exactly two years — your practical test must be passed on or before the expiry date below. Date you passed your theory test ## Why the limit cannot be extended The 2-year limit is set in regulation, not policy, and is based on the road-safety argument that theory knowledge and hazard perception skills go stale. The Department for Transport refused one-off extensions during the COVID-19 lockdowns of 2020–21 in Great Britain, even though practical tests were suspended for months. (Northern Ireland — administered by the DVA, not DVSA — did grant pandemic-era extensions; those are not available in England, Scotland or Wales.) DVSA’s booking service enforces the rule automatically: a practical test cannot be booked for a date after the certificate expires. If the system shows no available dates inside your window, your only options are to sit a new theory test or to wait for a slot at a different centre. ## If you’re running out of time With practical-test waiting times currently running several months at many centres, a tight expiry window is a real risk for hundreds of thousands of learners. A safe sequence: 1. **Find your exact expiry date** (use the calculator above, or count two calendar years from your pass certificate date). 2. **Search for practical-test slots at multiple test centres**, not just your nearest. Slots open and close throughout the day, and the [official gov.uk practical booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-driving-test) shows availability across centres. 3. **Book the earliest slot you can attend**, even at a less convenient centre — you can change it later, subject to the practical-test rule of **10 full working days’ notice** for a free change. The shorter **3 full working days** notice rule applies to theory tests and to motorcycle, lorry and bus practical tests. 4. **If no slot exists inside your window**, book a new theory test. The £23 fee is a smaller setback than letting the certificate lapse with a partly-finished practical in progress. Avoid the common trap of booking a practical you are not ready for in the hope that a fail will “buy time.” A failed practical does not extend the theory certificate, the £62 (or £75 for an evening, weekend or bank holiday) test fee is gone, and you forfeit an early slot another learner could have used. ## If your certificate has already expired Take the theory test again. You can book it any time at [gov.uk/book-theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) — the fee is £23 for car or motorcycle, payable by credit or debit card. There is no penalty for the original certificate having expired, no upper limit on retakes, and no obligation to wait any specific period before re-booking (other than the standard 3 working days after any failed theory attempt). Once you pass the new theory test, a fresh 2-year window opens from that pass date. ## Special cases ### Foreign-licence holders Non-GB licence holders who must take a UK driving test (typically because their issuing country is not on the [designated-country exchange list](https://www.gov.uk/driving-nongb-licence)) are subject to the same 2-year window from their UK theory test pass — there is no extended grace for international applicants. ### Driver CPC Part 1 (lorry / bus) The Driver CPC Part 1 theory test has two parts — multiple-choice questions and hazard perception — booked and paid for separately. The 2-year clock runs from the date you pass the **first** part. You must pass the Driver CPC Part 3a (off-road exercises — an “S”-shaped reverse into a bay, plus uncoupling and recoupling if you’re testing with a trailer) and Part 3b (on-road driving) practical tests within that 2-year window or you must take Part 1 again. ### ADI Part 1 (instructor) The ADI Part 1 theory pass certificate also lasts 2 years. You must pass ADI Part 2 (driving ability) and ADI Part 3 (instructional ability) within that window, or you start the application from scratch. ## The 2-year rule in summary - **2 years from your pass date.** Counted to the same calendar day. - **Pass, not book.** The practical must be passed, not just booked. - **No extensions.** Including for DVSA-side cancellations or waiting times. - **Failed practicals don’t help.** Only a fresh theory pass restarts the clock. - **Same rule across categories.** Car, motorcycle, lorry/bus and ADI all 2 years. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) (statutory 2-year validity) - GOV.UK — [Book your driving (practical) test](https://www.gov.uk/book-driving-test) (practical-test booking, which enforces the window) - GOV.UK — [Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (re-booking after expiry) - GOV.UK — [Find your theory test pass number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number) - GOV.UK — [Driver CPC Part 1 theory test](https://www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver/driver-cpc-part-1-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [ADI Part 1 test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/adi-part-1-test/pass-mark-and-result) (Parts 2 and 3 must be passed within 2 years of Part 1) --- ## The trickiest UK theory test questions, explained Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/trick-questions/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 A handful of UK theory test questions trip up the vast majority of candidates. They are not “unfair” — every one is anchored in a specific Highway Code rule — but the trick lies in spotting which rule applies. 16 of them, grouped by the pattern that makes them difficult, with the Highway Code citation that supplies the correct answer. ## Five patterns to watch for - [Niche symbol knowledge](#symbol-knowledge) — Questions that hinge on a single visual cue you either know or you don’t — a coloured cane, a stud colour, a sign shape. Memorise the cue list and you trade a guess for a free mark. - [Negative or double-negative phrasing](#negative-phrasing) — “Which of these is NOT permitted?” and “What must you avoid doing?” reverse the intuitive read of the question. Slow down, underline the word, then answer. - [Two answers seem equally correct](#two-plausible) — Two of the four options look defensible. The right one is usually the one with the strongest Highway Code anchor; the wrong one is plausible behaviour but not the rule. - [Smart-motorway and emergency procedures](#smart-motorway) — Smart-motorway rules changed in 2018 and again in 2022–24. Older revision materials still describe the hard shoulder as a refuge — they’re wrong, and the test reflects the current rules. - [Priority, hierarchy and signalling](#priority-and-hierarchy) — Right of way questions test the 2022 Hierarchy of Road Users and signalling rules. The instinctive answer is often the polite one, which is not always what the Code says. ## Niche symbol knowledge Questions that hinge on a single visual cue you either know or you don’t — a coloured cane, a stud colour, a sign shape. Memorise the cue list and you trade a guess for a free mark. Vulnerable road users ### A pedestrian is waiting to cross the road. They are carrying a white cane with a red band painted around it. What does the cane tell you about this pedestrian? Show answer ▾ - A They are blind - B They are deaf - C They are deafblind ✓ - D They are partially sighted only #### Why this trips people up A plain white cane signals blindness alone, which is the answer most candidates instinctively reach for. The red band is the differentiator — it specifically indicates deafblindness (significant vision and hearing impairment), not just hearing impairment. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 207 lists “deafblind people who may be carrying a white cane with a red band or using a dog with a red and white harness.” A plain white cane (no red band) signals blindness or partial sightedness. A red-and-white harness on a dog means the dog’s handler is deafblind. [Highway Code — Rule 207 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-users-requiring-extra-care-204-to-225#rule207) Motorways ### You are driving on a motorway at night. What colour are the reflective road studs between the left-hand lane and the hard shoulder? Show answer ▾ - A White - B Red ✓ - C Amber - D Green #### Why this trips people up Four stud colours — white, red, amber, green — sit on most exam papers, and amber is easy to confuse with red. The mnemonic that works: red on your left, amber on your right. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 132: “White studs mark the lanes or the middle of the road. Red studs mark the left edge of the road. Amber studs mark the central reservation of a dual carriageway or motorway. Green studs mark the edge of the main carriageway at lay-bys and slip roads. Green/yellow studs indicate temporary adjustments to lane layouts, e.g. where road works are taking place.” [Highway Code — Rule 132 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158#rule132) Motorways ### You are joining a motorway from a slip road at night. What colour are the reflective road studs between the main carriageway and the slip road? Show answer ▾ - A White - B Red - C Amber - D Green ✓ #### Why this trips people up The pair with the “red on the left edge” answer above. Green is the one most people forget — it specifically marks the boundary where the main carriageway meets a lay-by or slip road. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 132: “Green studs mark the edge of the main carriageway at lay-bys and slip roads.” At night, watching for green studs tells you you’re crossing onto the main carriageway from a slip road. [Highway Code — Rule 132 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158#rule132) Vehicle loading ### You are driving a car and towing a caravan on a motorway in England. What is the maximum speed limit? Show answer ▾ - A 50 mph - B 60 mph ✓ - C 70 mph - D The same limit as a car without a trailer #### Why this trips people up Towing limits are reduced from the standard car limits, but only on roads above 30 mph. People often answer 50 mph (which is the limit on a single carriageway when towing) or 70 mph (the car limit). #### The Highway Code says A car towing a caravan or trailer is limited to 30 mph in built-up areas in England, Scotland and Northern Ireland (20 mph in Wales since 17 September 2023), 50 mph on single carriageways, 60 mph on dual carriageways, and 60 mph on motorways. On a motorway with three or more lanes, a vehicle towing a trailer must not use the right-hand lane. [Highway Code — gov.uk speed limits + Rule 265 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/speed-limits) Safety and your vehicle ### You are checking the tyres on your car before a long journey. What is the minimum legal tread depth for car tyres in the UK? Show answer ▾ - A 1 mm - B 1.6 mm ✓ - C 2 mm - D 3 mm #### Why this trips people up Many drivers know there is a minimum but not the exact figure. The number to memorise is 1.6 mm — and the law adds that this minimum must hold across the central 3/4 of the breadth of the tread and around the entire circumference. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Annex 6 sets the minimum tread depth at 1.6 mm across the central three-quarters of the breadth of the tread and around the entire circumference. Each defective tyre carries its own penalty — they stack across all four tyres. [Highway Code — Annex 6 — vehicle maintenance, safety and security ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security) Documents ### You are about to start your driving test. The examiner asks you to read a vehicle number plate. From what distance must you be able to read a vehicle number plate in good daylight? Show answer ▾ - A 15 metres - B 20 metres ✓ - C 25 metres - D Any distance — there is no fixed figure #### Why this trips people up The figure to know is 20 metres — roughly five parked cars. Rule 92 also recognises 20.5 metres for old-style pre-2001 plates, which is rarely tested. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 92: you must be able to read a vehicle number plate from 20 metres in good daylight (or 20.5 metres for pre-September-2001 old-style plates) — about the length of 5 parked cars. Failure on test day means the test is terminated without driving. [Highway Code — Rule 92 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-drivers-and-motorcyclists-89-to-102#rule92) ## Negative or double-negative phrasing “Which of these is NOT permitted?” and “What must you avoid doing?” reverse the intuitive read of the question. Slow down, underline the word, then answer. Vulnerable road users ### A pedestrian is waiting at a zebra crossing. You have stopped to let them cross, but they are hesitating because they cannot see if the lane beyond yours is clear. What should you do? Show answer ▾ - A Wave them across to encourage them - B Flash your headlights to signal it is safe - C Sound your horn briefly to let them know you have stopped - D Wait patiently without any signal until they choose to cross ✓ #### Why this trips people up All three wrong answers feel helpful. The Highway Code explicitly rules them all out: any signal could give a pedestrian false confidence that the next lane is also stopping when it might not be. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 195: “do not wave, flash your lights or use your horn to invite pedestrians across; this could be dangerous if another vehicle is approaching.” The patient wait is the rule. [Highway Code — Rule 195 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203#rule195) Rules of the road ### You are driving on a single carriageway with double white lines down the middle, the line nearest to you being solid. A cyclist ahead of you is travelling at 15 mph in the same direction. Are you allowed to cross the solid white line to overtake the cyclist? Show answer ▾ - A No, never cross a solid white line - B Yes, if the cyclist is travelling at 10 mph or less - C Yes, but only if the road is clear - D No, because the cyclist is travelling faster than 10 mph ✓ #### Why this trips people up The general rule is “don’t cross a solid white line.” But there’s a specific exception for slow-moving traffic — and the exam tests whether you know the exception applies only to vehicles travelling at 10 mph or less. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 129: a solid white line nearest to you means you MUST NOT cross or straddle it unless it’s safe and you need to enter adjoining premises or a side road, pass a stationary vehicle, or overtake a pedal cycle, horse or road maintenance vehicle travelling at 10 mph or less. [Highway Code — Rule 129 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158#rule129) Safety and your vehicle ### You are stopped at a red traffic light in a queue of traffic and the engine is running. Your phone rings. Are you allowed to pick up the phone? Show answer ▾ - A Yes, because the vehicle is stationary - B Yes, but only for an emergency call - C No, because the law applies while supervising a learner driver too - D No, you are still “driving” for the purposes of the law ✓ #### Why this trips people up Until March 2022 the law only covered “interactive communication” (calls and texts), so drivers could argue that taking photos, scrolling videos or playing games on a hand-held phone fell outside it. The 25 March 2022 amendment closed that loophole — using a hand-held phone for any purpose while driving is now an offence. Picking it up while stopped at lights or in traffic still counts as driving — the law only lets you use a hand-held phone once you are safely parked. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 149: “You MUST NOT use a hand-held mobile phone, or similar device, capable of interactive communication (such as a tablet) for any purpose when driving or when supervising a learner driver.” Until March 2022 the law only covered “interactive communication” such as calls and texts; the rule was broadened so that any hand-held use — taking photos, scrolling, gaming — counts. The fixed penalty is 6 points and a £200 fine, and for a new driver inside the 2-year probation that means an automatic licence revocation. [Highway Code — Rule 149 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158#rule149) ## Two answers seem equally correct Two of the four options look defensible. The right one is usually the one with the strongest Highway Code anchor; the wrong one is plausible behaviour but not the rule. Rules of the road ### You are approaching a Pelican crossing. The lights have turned to a flashing amber. What must you do? Show answer ▾ - A Stop and wait for the next green - B Give way to any pedestrians already on the crossing, then proceed ✓ - C Proceed with caution — pedestrians have already cleared the road - D Sound your horn to alert pedestrians before crossing #### Why this trips people up B and C both look defensible — the amber light feels like permission to go, and a sweep of the crossing might suggest it is clear. The Highway Code is explicit: anyone on the crossing keeps priority during flashing amber. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 196: “Pelican crossings… when the amber light is flashing, you MUST give way to any pedestrians on the crossing.” You may continue once the crossing is clear, but the priority on the flashing-amber phase belongs to pedestrians already on it. [Highway Code — Rule 196 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203#rule196) Rules of the road ### You are stopped at a light-controlled crossing where you see a cyclist riding across alongside pedestrians. What kind of crossing is this? Show answer ▾ - A Pelican crossing - B Puffin crossing - C Toucan crossing ✓ - D Pegasus crossing #### Why this trips people up Pelican, Puffin, Toucan, Pegasus all sound similar and all describe light-controlled crossings. The distinguishing fact is who is allowed on the crossing: Toucan = “two can” (cyclists + pedestrians together); Pegasus is for horse riders. #### The Highway Code says The defining feature of a Toucan is that cyclists ride across alongside pedestrians (“two can” use it); Pegasus crossings are for horse riders, Puffins are pedestrian-only with kerb-side sensors. Highway Code Rule 199 covers the shared traffic-light sequencing for Toucan, Puffin and Equestrian (Pegasus) crossings — there is no flashing amber phase; the sequence is the same as at ordinary traffic lights. [Highway Code — Rule 199 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203#rule199) Rules of the road ### You are at a box junction wanting to turn right. The lane you want to enter is clear, but oncoming traffic is preventing you from completing the right turn. What are you allowed to do? Show answer ▾ - A Wait outside the box until oncoming traffic clears - B Enter the box and wait for the oncoming traffic to clear ✓ - C Sound your horn so other drivers know you intend to turn right - D Reverse and look for an alternative route #### Why this trips people up Most learners are taught “never enter a box junction unless your exit is clear” — true as a default, but the right-turn exception is the single most-tested twist on the rule. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 174: “You MUST NOT enter the box until your exit road or lane is clear. However, you may enter the box and wait when you want to turn right, and are only stopped from doing so by oncoming traffic, or by other vehicles waiting to turn right.” [Highway Code — Rule 174 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203#rule174) ## Smart-motorway and emergency procedures Smart-motorway rules changed in 2018 and again in 2022–24. Older revision materials still describe the hard shoulder as a refuge — they’re wrong, and the test reflects the current rules. Motorways ### You have stopped in a smart-motorway emergency area (blue sign with an orange SOS phone symbol). Your problem has been resolved and you are ready to rejoin the motorway. What should you do before rejoining the carriageway? Show answer ▾ - A Switch on your hazard warning lights and accelerate to join - B Wait for a gap in traffic and pull straight onto the main carriageway - C Use the SOS phone to contact the Regional Control Centre, who will arrange your safe re-entry ✓ - D Drive forward along the hard shoulder until you reach a slip road #### Why this trips people up Anecdotally one of the most-failed motorway items in learner forums. The instinctive answer — pull out when traffic is clear — would be correct on a 1990s hard shoulder, but it’s wrong for a modern smart-motorway emergency area, where re-entry must be coordinated by National Highways. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 270 defines emergency areas as locations along motorways with no hard shoulder, or where the hard shoulder can be used as an extra lane, which must only be used in an emergency. They are marked by blue signs with an orange SOS telephone symbol. Rule 278 covers re-joining the carriageway: you must use the emergency telephone and follow the operator's advice; a lane may need to be closed so you can rejoin safely. Pulling out without that call is unsafe and not permitted. [Highway Code — Rule 278 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/breakdowns-and-incidents-274-to-287#rule278) Motorways ### You are driving on a motorway and the overhead gantry over your lane shows a red X. What must you do? Show answer ▾ - A Slow to 40 mph in the same lane - B Leave that lane as soon as it is safe ✓ - C Switch on your hazard warning lights and continue - D Stop in the lane and wait for further signals #### Why this trips people up Red X enforcement only became automatic in 2019, and many older revision books still describe it as advisory. It is now an offence (with cameras enforcing it) to drive in a Red X lane — confusion remains about what the right action is. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 258: “Red flashing light signals and a red ‘X’ on a sign identify a closed lane in which people, stopped vehicles or other hazards are present.” You must leave the lane at the earliest safe opportunity — Rule 258 closures are enforced by the police. Separately, since June 2019 motorway cameras can automatically detect drivers who ignore a Red X, with a fixed penalty of up to £100 and three penalty points. [Highway Code — Rule 258 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/motorways-253-to-273#rule258) ## Priority, hierarchy and signalling Right of way questions test the 2022 Hierarchy of Road Users and signalling rules. The instinctive answer is often the polite one, which is not always what the Code says. Vulnerable road users ### You are driving and want to turn left into a side road. A pedestrian has started to cross the side road from the pavement, on foot. What should you do? Show answer ▾ - A Continue your turn — the pedestrian should wait for vehicles - B Sound your horn to warn the pedestrian and proceed - C Give way to the pedestrian and let them complete their crossing ✓ - D Stop only if the pedestrian is in the road, not if they are still on the kerb #### Why this trips people up The 2022 Highway Code update introduced the Hierarchy of Road Users (H1, H2, H3), giving pedestrians priority at junctions even when they have just started to cross. The intuitive “vehicles have right of way until pedestrians are clearly in the road” is now wrong. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule H2: “At a junction you should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross a road into which or from which you are turning.” The update came into force on 29 January 2022 and is one of the most-tested rule changes in modern theory test material. [Highway Code — Rule H2 (Hierarchy of Road Users) ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/introduction#ruleh2) Rules of the road ### You are at a normal roundabout and want to take the third (last) exit, which is past the 12 o’clock position. How should you signal? Show answer ▾ - A No signal on approach, left signal once past the 12 o’clock exit - B Right signal on approach and on the roundabout, left signal as you pass the exit before yours ✓ - C Left signal on approach and throughout - D Right signal on approach, then no signal once on the roundabout #### Why this trips people up Most learners can get the “left exit” and “straight ahead” cases right but freeze on the “past 12 o’clock” case. The rule is the same in spirit (signal right because you are going past 12 o’clock; signal left to leave) but the timing of the left signal is what trips people up. #### The Highway Code says Highway Code Rule 186: when taking an exit to the right or going full circle (anything past 12 o'clock), signal right on approach and stay in the right-hand lane on the roundabout. Signal left after you pass the exit immediately before the one you want, so the driver behind knows you are leaving. [Highway Code — Rule 186 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203#rule186) ## Sources - GOV.UK — [The Highway Code (full text)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) (the authoritative source for every answer above) - GOV.UK — [Speed limits](https://www.gov.uk/speed-limits) (including towing limits) - GOV.UK — [Driving eyesight rules](https://www.gov.uk/driving-eyesight-rules) - legislation.gov.uk — [The Motor Vehicles (Construction and Use) Regulations 1986, Reg 27](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/27) (tyre tread depth) Highway Code excerpts are reproduced under the [Open Government Licence v3.0](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/). --- ## UK hazard perception test, explained Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/hazard-perception/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 The UK **hazard perception test** is the second part of the driving theory test. You watch **14 short CGI video clips** and click as soon as you see a *developing* hazard. There are **15 scoring opportunities** in total (one clip contains two hazards). Each developing hazard is worth up to 5 points, giving a maximum score of **75**. You need **44 out of 75** to pass. > You do not lose points if you click and get it wrong. However, you will not score anything if you click continuously or in a pattern. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test ## What counts as a "developing hazard" A developing hazard is anything that would cause you to take action — change speed, change direction or both. A car parked safely on the road is a **static** hazard. The same parked car whose right-hand indicator starts to flash and which then starts to move away is a **developing** hazard from the moment the indicator appears, because that's when a real driver would need to slow down. Another common pattern: the parked car whose door begins to open. Either cue is the moment to click. ## How the scoring works Each developing hazard has a scoring window that opens when the hazard begins to develop and runs through the next few seconds. You can score up to 5 points per hazard — click early and you score 5, click later and you score 4, 3, 2 or 1 as the window closes. Wait too long and you score zero on that hazard. You don’t see a score during the test — there is no on-screen score bar — and you only get one attempt at each clip. The result is shown at the end. ## The anti-cheat rule You can’t game the scoring window. If the system detects continuous clicking or a click pattern, it zeros that hazard — costing you 5 points, or 10 across the double-hazard clip if you trigger it on both hazards. The reliable approach is one deliberate click as the hazard begins to develop, optionally followed by a single confirmation click moments later. The safe rule is simple: *fewer, well-timed clicks are better than more*. One deliberate click as the hazard develops — and at most one short confirmation click — keeps you well clear of the anti-cheat threshold. ## Click strategy — when and how often Three rules let you score well without ever risking the anti-cheat zero: ### 1\. Click the moment the hazard *starts* to develop, not when it’s fully unfolded The 5-point scoring window opens the moment the hazard begins to require action — a pedestrian stepping off the kerb, a parked car’s door starting to open, a cyclist visibly drifting toward your line. Click then. Waiting another second (“to be sure”) often drops the score to 3 or 2, even though you have spotted the same hazard. ### 2\. Don’t click on the static scene before the hazard develops Clicks placed *before* the scoring window opens score nothing on that hazard and add to the “pattern” signal across the clip. A single early click isn't catastrophic on its own — you do not lose points for one wrong click — but a chain of early clicks across multiple clips is exactly what the anti-cheat detector is built to flag. ### 3\. One deliberate click is enough — add a single confirmation if you must A common, reliable pattern: one click the instant the hazard begins to develop, then optionally a second click 1–2 seconds later if you genuinely think your first might have been mistimed. Two well-spaced clicks per clip never trigger the anti-cheat rule. Three or four clicks per clip is where the risk starts climbing — and there's no reward for the extra coverage, only published risk. ## How the 5-point window plays out — example Take a typical clip: you’re driving along a residential road, a parked white van is on the left with no obvious sign of movement, and then the van’s reverse lights come on. The seconds and per-click scores below are an illustrative guide — exact thresholds vary clip to clip. - **Seconds 0–6 (van parked, nothing visibly happening):** the scene contains a *potential* hazard (any parked vehicle could move), but the scoring window is closed. Clicks here score nothing on this hazard. - **Second 7 (reverse lights illuminate):** the hazard has just begun to develop. A click here scores 5. - **Second 8:** the van begins to roll backward. A click here scores 4. - **Second 9:** the van is now visibly reversing into your path. A click here scores 3. - **Second 10:** you would already be braking in real life. A click here scores 2. - **Second 11:** the van is most of the way across the lane. A click here scores 1. - **Second 12 onwards:** the scoring window has closed. The clip continues, but no points are available. The exact timings vary clip to clip, but the pattern is the same: the highest score belongs to whoever spots and acts on the earliest sign of trouble, not to whoever clicks the most. ## Two-hazard clip — what to expect One of the 14 clips contains two scored developing hazards rather than one. You are *not* told which clip it is, and the second hazard is not necessarily related to the first. A typical set-up: you spot and click an oncoming car drifting out of its lane (hazard 1, scored 0–5), drive on, and a pedestrian later steps off the kerb a few hundred metres further along (hazard 2, scored 0–5). The maximum on the double-hazard clip is therefore 10 points, not 5. The same anti-cheat rule applies — clicking continuously between the two hazards would zero the entire clip and lose you both opportunities. Treat each developing hazard with the one-deliberate-click rule. ## Practise on the official free clips first GOV.UK provides 3 free practice clips that show the genuine click mechanic. They are not the clips used in the live test, but they are the *only* clips DVSA itself endorses for learning the timing. Run through them several times, deliberately experimenting: - What happens if you click extremely early (no points, no penalty) - What happens if you click slightly late (3 or 2 points instead of 5) - What happens if you spam-click (zero — the anti-cheat triggers immediately) Five minutes with the official clips will calibrate your sense of the scoring window faster than any text explanation. ## CGI clips since January 2015 The hazard perception clips switched from live-action filmed footage to computer-generated imagery (CGI) on **12 January 2015**. The new clips updated the vehicles, roads and surroundings to look modern. The underlying scoring mechanic and the "developing hazard" concept have not changed. ## Pass marks by test category *Table: UK hazard perception pass marks by category (source: gov.uk)* | Test | Clips | Scored hazards | Maximum | Pass mark | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Car | 14 | 15 | 75 | 44 | | Motorcycle | 14 | 15 | 75 | 44 | | Lorry / Bus (Driver CPC Part 1b) | 19 | 20 | 100 | 67 | | ADI Part 1 (instructor) | 14 | 15 | 75 | 57 | ## Free official practice GOV.UK provides **3 free hazard perception practice clips** at [gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test). They are not the real test clips and don’t appear in the test itself, but they’re enough to learn the click mechanic and timing. Want more practice? Get **additional hazard perception clips** alongside 750+ free DVSA revision questions in our app. Want to see the kind of scenes the clips cover first? Browse a [sample gallery of hazard perception clip scenarios](https://drivingtheorytest.io/hazard-perception/clips/) — country lanes, town high streets, residential streets, snow, fog, night and low sun. ## Common mistakes - **Spam-clicking.** Triggers the anti-cheat rule. Zero for the clip. - **Clicking on the static scene before anything develops.** No points awarded; if you keep doing it across clips, the pattern detection will fire. - **Waiting too long.** The 5-point window closes quickly. As soon as you see the hazard *start* to develop, click — not after it has fully unfolded. - **Trying to retake just the hazard perception section.** Not allowed. If you fail either section you must retake the whole test (£23 again, minimum 3 working days’ wait). ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Theory test: hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - GOV.UK — [Take a practice theory test](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Hazard perception clips get a modern makeover](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/hazard-perception-clips-get-a-modern-makeover) (12 January 2015) - GOV.UK — [Driver CPC Part 1 theory test](https://www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver/driver-cpc-part-1-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [ADI Part 1 test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/adi-part-1-test/pass-mark-and-result) --- ## Hazard perception clip scenarios Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/hazard-perception/clips/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 Our **Driving Theory Test Kit UK** app puts you on every kind of UK road. These are the 38 hazard perception scenarios you'll practise on — from quiet country lanes to busy motorways, town high streets to snow, night and driving rain. No two clips are alike. You'll read rural villages and stone bridges, residential estates and shopping streets, dual carriageways and low winter sun — the real situations a learner has to handle — with fresh clips added regularly. Practise every one of these scenarios with **timed, scored hazard perception clips** — plus 750+ free DVSA revision questions. Download the app and start now. ## Rural roads & villages Country lanes, A-roads, stone bridges and village streets. - - - - - - - - - - - - ## Towns & high streets Shopping streets, box junctions and busy urban roads. - - - - ## Residential & suburban streets Estate roads, tree-lined avenues and streets full of parked cars. - - - - - - - - - - - - ## Motorways & dual carriageways Multi-lane roads, gantry signs and merging traffic. - - - - ## In tougher conditions Snow, night, heavy rain and low winter sun. - - - - - - Still frames from the hazard perception clips in the Driving Theory Test Kit UK app. The playable, timed clips are available in the app, not on this page. ## How to practise hazard perception Stills show you the variety of scenes, but the test scores your *timing* — when you click as a hazard develops. Read [how the hazard perception test works](https://drivingtheorytest.io/hazard-perception/) for the scoring window, the anti-cheat rule and a click strategy, then practise on moving clips. GOV.UK offers [3 free official practice clips](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test), and our app adds a larger set with instant scoring. Practise the full set of **hazard perception clips** — timed, scored and regularly updated — alongside 750+ free DVSA revision questions in our app. --- ## The UK Highway Code Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Search the Highway Code × ## Most-asked rules A handful of Highway Code rules generate the bulk of "which rule says…" searches. Direct links below — each jumps to the rule in the full text. - [H2 **Pedestrians at junctions** Drivers give way to people crossing or waiting to cross at junctions (29 Jan 2022 hierarchy).](#ruleh2) - [129 **Double white lines** When you may cross a solid white line — enter adjoining premises or a side road, pass a stationary vehicle, or overtake a pedal cycle / horse / road maintenance vehicle at 10 mph or less.](#rule129) - [132 **Road stud colours** White between lanes or in the middle of the road, red on the left edge, amber at the central reservation, green at lay-bys / slip roads, green-and-yellow for temporary lane shifts (e.g. road works).](#rule132) - [170 **Turning at junctions** Give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross; watch for cyclists and motorcyclists.](#rule170) - [174 **Box junctions** Don't enter unless your exit is clear — exception: when turning right and only stopped by oncoming traffic or other vehicles waiting to turn right. At signalled roundabouts you MUST NOT enter the box unless you can cross over it completely without stopping.](#rule174) - [186 **Roundabout signals** Lane and signal by exit — the matrix that catches everyone on the third-exit case.](#rule186) - [195 **Pedestrian crossings** Do not wave, flash your lights or use your horn to invite pedestrians across — this could be dangerous if another vehicle is approaching.](#rule195) - [264 **Motorway lane discipline** Keep in the left lane unless overtaking — return to the left lane when it is safe to do so.](#rule264) Jump to a chapter (30) 1. [Introduction](#chapter-introduction) 2. [Rules for pedestrians (1 to 35)](#chapter-rules-for-pedestrians-1-to-35) 3. [Rules for users of powered wheelchairs and mobility scooters (36 to 46)](#chapter-rules-for-users-of-powered-wheelchairs-and-mobility-scooters-36-to-46) 4. [Rules about animals (47 to 58)](#chapter-rules-about-animals-47-to-58) 5. [Rules for cyclists (59 to 82)](#chapter-rules-for-cyclists-59-to-82) 6. [Rules for motorcyclists (83 to 88)](#chapter-rules-for-motorcyclists-83-to-88) 7. [Rules for drivers and motorcyclists (89 to 102)](#chapter-rules-for-drivers-and-motorcyclists-89-to-102) 8. [General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](#chapter-general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) 9. [Using the road (159 to 203)](#chapter-using-the-road-159-to-203) 10. [Road users requiring extra care (204 to 225)](#chapter-road-users-requiring-extra-care-204-to-225) 11. [Driving in adverse weather conditions (226 to 237)](#chapter-driving-in-adverse-weather-conditions-226-to-237) 12. [Waiting and parking (238 to 252)](#chapter-waiting-and-parking-238-to-252) 13. [Motorways (253 to 274)](#chapter-motorways-253-to-273) 14. [Breakdowns and incidents (275 to 287)](#chapter-breakdowns-and-incidents-274-to-287) 15. [Road works, level crossings and tramways (288 to 307)](#chapter-road-works-level-crossings-and-tramways-288-to-307) 16. [Light signals controlling traffic](#chapter-light-signals-controlling-traffic) 17. [Signals to other road users](#chapter-signals-to-other-road-users) 18. [Signals by authorised persons](#chapter-signals-by-authorised-persons) 19. [Traffic signs](#chapter-traffic-signs) 20. [Road markings](#chapter-road-markings) 21. [Vehicle markings](#chapter-vehicle-markings) 22. [Annex 1. You and your bicycle](#chapter-annex-1-you-and-your-bicycle) 23. [Annex 2. Motorcycle licence requirements](#chapter-annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements) 24. [Annex 3. Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements](#chapter-annex-3-motor-vehicle-documentation-and-learner-driver-requirements) 25. [Annex 4. The road user and the law](#chapter-annex-4-the-road-user-and-the-law) 26. [Annex 5. Penalties](#chapter-annex-5-penalties) 27. [Annex 6. Vehicle maintenance, safety and security](#chapter-annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security) 28. [Annex 7. First aid on the road](#chapter-annex-7-first-aid-on-the-road) 29. [Annex 8. Safety code for new drivers](#chapter-annex-8-safety-code-for-new-drivers) 30. [Other information](#chapter-other-information) ## Introduction [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/introduction) #### Introduction This Highway Code applies to England, Scotland and Wales. The Highway Code is essential reading for everyone. The aim of The Highway Code is to promote safety on the road, whilst also supporting a healthy, sustainable and efficient transport system. #### Wording of The Highway Code Many of the rules in the Code are legal requirements, and if you disobey these rules you are committing a criminal offence. You may be fined, given penalty points on your licence or be disqualified from driving. In the most serious cases you may be sent to prison. Such rules are identified by the use of the words ‘**MUST/MUST NOT**’. In addition, the rule includes an abbreviated reference to the legislation which creates the offence. See an [explanation of the abbreviations](#abbrev). Although failure to comply with the other rules of the Code will not, in itself, cause a person to be prosecuted, The Highway Code may be used in evidence in any court proceedings under the Traffic Acts (see The road user and the law) to establish liability. This includes rules which use advisory wording such as ‘should/should not’ or ‘do/do not’. #### Knowing and applying the rules Knowing and applying the rules contained in The Highway Code could significantly reduce road casualties. Cutting the number of deaths and injuries that occur on our roads every day is a responsibility we all share. The Highway Code can help us discharge that responsibility. Further information on driving/riding techniques can be found in ‘[The Official DVSA Guide to Driving - the essential skills](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/shop/official-dvsa-guide-driving-essential-skills/?utm_source=gov.uk&utm_medium=website&utm_campaign=highway-code&utm_content=introduction)’ and ‘[The Official DVSA Guide to Riding - the essential skills](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/shop/official-dvsa-guide-riding-essential-skills/?utm_source=gov.uk&utm_medium=website&utm_campaign=highway-code&utm_content=introduction)’. #### Self-driving vehicles By ‘self-driving vehicles’, we mean those listed as automated vehicles by the Secretary of State for Transport under the [Automated and Electric Vehicles Act 2018](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2018/18/contents/enacted). To check if your vehicle is self-driving, visit [Self-driving vehicles listed for use in Great Britain](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/self-driving-vehicles-listed-for-use-in-great-britain). These vehicles are capable of safely driving themselves when the self-driving function is correctly turned on and the driver follows the manufacturer’s instructions. While the vehicle is driving itself, you do not need to monitor it. Self-driving vehicles differ from vehicles that are fitted only with assisted driving features (like cruise control and lane-keeping assistance). Assisted driving features can do some of the driving, but the driver still needs to be responsible for driving at all times. If you are driving a vehicle using only its assisted driving features, [Rule 150](#rule150) applies. A self-driving vehicle’s ability to drive itself may be limited to certain situations or parts of a journey. Things like the type of road, time of day, weather, location and speed may affect this. You should follow the manufacturer’s instructions about when and how to use the self-driving function safely. While a self-driving vehicle is driving itself in a valid situation, you are not responsible for how it drives. You may turn your attention away from the road and you may also view content through the vehicle’s built-in infotainment apparatus, if available. But you **MUST** still follow all relevant laws - You **MUST** be fit to drive (for example, you must be within the drink-drive legal limits and not be under the influence of drugs). See [Rules 90 to 96](#rule90). - The vehicle **MUST** be road legal (for example, it must have an MOT certificate, if applicable, and it must be taxed and insured). The vehicle must be roadworthy (see [Rules 89](#rule89) and [97](#rule97); and [Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements](#chapter-annex-3-motor-vehicle-documentation-and-learner-driver-requirements) and [Vehicle maintenance, safety and security](#chapter-annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security)). You will also still be responsible for your passengers and anything else you are carrying (see [Rules 98 to 102](#rule98)). - You **MUST NOT** do anything illegal – like using a handheld mobile phone, or similar hand-held device. There are exceptions to this, which are set out in [Rule 149](#rule149). If a self-driving vehicle needs to hand control back to the driver, it will give you enough warning to do this safely. You **MUST** always be able and ready to take control, and do it when the vehicle prompts you. For example, you should stay in the driving seat and stay awake. When you have taken back control or turned off the self-driving function, you are responsible for all aspects of driving. **Laws [RTA sects 2](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/2), [3](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/3), [4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/4), [5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/5), [5A](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/5A), [14](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/14) & [15](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/15), [AEVA section 1](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2018/18/section/1) & [CUR regs 100](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/100/), [104](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/104/), [109](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/109/) (as modified by the [Road Vehicles (Construction and Use) (Automated Vehicles) Order 2022)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2022/470) & [110 as amended by CUR(A)(No.2 Regulations 2022)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2022/81/regulation/3/made#regulation-3-1-b)** #### Hierarchy of Road Users The ‘hierarchy of road users’ is a concept that places those road users most at risk in the event of a collision at the top of the hierarchy. The hierarchy does not remove the need for everyone to behave responsibly. The road users most likely to be injured in the event of a collision are pedestrians, cyclists, horse riders and motorcyclists, with children, older adults and disabled people being more at risk. The following H rules clarify this concept. ### Rule H1 It is important that ALL road users are aware of The Highway Code, are considerate to other road users and understand their responsibility for the safety of others. Everyone suffers when road collisions occur, whether they are physically injured or not. But those in charge of vehicles that can cause the greatest harm in the event of a collision bear the greatest responsibility to take care and reduce the danger they pose to others. This principle applies most strongly to drivers of large goods and passenger vehicles, vans/minibuses, cars/taxis and motorcycles. Cyclists, horse riders and drivers of horse drawn vehicles likewise have a responsibility to reduce danger to pedestrians. None of this detracts from the responsibility of ALL road users, including pedestrians, cyclists and horse riders, to have regard for their own and other road users’ safety. Always remember that the people you encounter may have impaired sight, hearing or mobility and that this may not be obvious. ### Rule H2 - Rule for drivers, motorcyclists, horse drawn vehicles, horse riders and cyclists At a junction you should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross a road into which or from which you are turning. You **MUST** give way to pedestrians on a zebra crossing, and to pedestrians and cyclists on a parallel crossing (see [Rule 195](#rule195)). Pedestrians have priority when on a zebra crossing, on a parallel crossing or at light controlled crossings when they have a green signal. You should give way to pedestrians waiting to cross a zebra crossing, and to pedestrians and cyclists waiting to cross a parallel crossing. Horse riders should also give way to pedestrians on a zebra crossing, and to pedestrians and cyclists on a parallel crossing. Cyclists should give way to pedestrians on shared use cycle tracks and to horse riders on bridleways. Only pedestrians may use the pavement. Pedestrians include wheelchair and mobility scooter users. Pedestrians may use any part of the road and use cycle tracks as well as the pavement, unless there are signs prohibiting pedestrians. **Laws [TSRGD Schedule 14 part 1 and part 5](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made) & [HA 1835 sect 72](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Will4/5-6/50/section/72), [R(S)A 1984, sect 129](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/54/section/129) & [Countryside Act 1968 Sect 1 part 30](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1968/41/section/30)** ### Rule H3 - Rule for drivers and motorcyclists You should not cut across cyclists, horse riders or horse drawn vehicles going ahead when you are turning into or out of a junction or changing direction or lane, just as you would not turn across the path of another motor vehicle. This applies whether they are using a cycle lane, a cycle track, or riding ahead on the road and you should give way to them. Do not turn at a junction if to do so would cause the cyclist, horse rider or horse drawn vehicle going straight ahead to stop or swerve. You should stop and wait for a safe gap in the flow of cyclists if necessary. This includes when cyclists are: - approaching, passing or moving off from a junction - moving past or waiting alongside stationary or slow-moving traffic - travelling around a roundabout ## Rules for pedestrians (1 to 35) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-pedestrians-1-to-35) #### General guidance (rules 1 to 6) ### Rule 1 **Pavements and footways** (including any path along the side of a road) should be used if provided. Where possible, avoid being next to the kerb with your back to the traffic. If you have to step into the road, look both ways first. Always remain aware of your environment and avoid unnecessary distractions. Always show due care and consideration for others. ### Rule 2 **If there is no pavement,** keep to the right-hand side of the road so that you can see oncoming traffic. You should take extra care and - be prepared to walk in single file, especially on narrow roads or in poor light - keep close to the side of the road. It may be safer to cross the road well before a sharp right-hand bend so that oncoming traffic has a better chance of seeing you. Cross back after the bend. ### Rule 3 **Help other road users to see you.** Wear or carry something light-coloured, bright or fluorescent in poor daylight conditions. When it is dark, use reflective materials (eg armbands, sashes, waistcoats, jackets, footwear), which can be seen by drivers using headlights up to three times as far away as non-reflective materials. ### Rule 4 **Young children** should not be out alone on the pavement or road (see [Rule 7](#rule7)). When taking children out, keep between them and the traffic and hold their hands firmly. Strap very young children into pushchairs or use reins. When pushing a young child in a buggy, do not push the buggy into the road when checking to see if it is clear to cross, particularly from between parked vehicles. ### Rule 5 **Organised walks or parades** involving large groups of people walking along a road should use a pavement if available; if one is not available, they should keep to the left. Look-outs should be positioned at the front and back of the group, and they should wear fluorescent clothes in daylight and reflective clothes in the dark. At night, the look-out in front should show a white light and the one at the back a red light. People on the outside of large groups should also carry lights and wear reflective clothing. ### Rule 6 **Motorways.** Pedestrians **MUST NOT** be on motorways or slip roads except in an emergency (see [Rules 272](#rule272) and [277](#rule277)). **Laws [RTRA sect 17](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/17), [MT(E&W)R reg 15(1)(b)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/15/made) & [MT(S)R reg 13](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/13/made)** #### Crossing the road (rules 7 to 17) ### Rule 7 **The Green Cross Code.** The advice given below on crossing the road is for all pedestrians. Children should be taught the Code and should not be allowed out alone until they can understand and use it properly. The age when they can do this is different for each child. Many children cannot judge how fast vehicles are going or how far away they are. Children learn by example, so parents and carers should always use the Code in full when out with their children. They are responsible for deciding at what age children can use it safely by themselves. **A First find a safe place to cross** and where there is space to reach the pavement on the other side. Where there is a crossing nearby, use it. It is safer to cross using a subway, a footbridge, an island, a zebra, pelican, toucan or puffin crossing, or where there is a crossing point controlled by a police officer, a school crossing patrol or a traffic warden. Otherwise choose a place where you can see clearly in all directions. Try to avoid crossing between parked cars (see [Rule 14](#rule14)), on a blind bend, or close to the brow of a hill. Move to a space where drivers and riders can see you clearly. Do not cross the road diagonally. **B Stop just before you get to the kerb,** where you can see if anything is coming. Do not get too close to the traffic. If there’s no pavement, keep back from the edge of the road but make sure you can still see approaching traffic. **C Look all around for traffic and listen.** Traffic could come from any direction. Listen as well, because you can sometimes hear traffic before you see it. **D If traffic is coming, let it pass**. Look all around again and listen. Do not cross until there is a safe gap in the traffic and you are certain that there is plenty of time. Remember, even if traffic is a long way off, it may be approaching very quickly. **E When it is safe, go straight across the road – do not run.** Keep looking and listening for traffic while you cross, in case there is any traffic you did not see, or in case other traffic appears suddenly. Look out for cyclists and motorcyclists travelling between lanes of traffic. Do not walk diagonally across the road. ### Rule 8 **At a junction.** When you are crossing or waiting to cross the road, other traffic should give way. Look out for traffic turning into the road, especially from behind you, and cross at a place where drivers can see you. If you have started crossing and traffic wants to turn into the road, you have priority and they should give way (see [Rules H2](#ruleh2) and [170](#rule170)). ### Rule 9 **Pedestrian Safety Barriers.** Where there are barriers, cross the road only at the gaps provided for pedestrians. Do not climb over the barriers or walk between them and the road. ### Rule 10 **Tactile paving.** Raised surfaces that can be felt underfoot provide warning and guidance to blind or partially sighted people. The most common surfaces are a series of raised studs, which are used at crossing points with a dropped kerb, or a series of rounded raised bars which are used at level crossings, at the top and bottom of steps and at some other hazards. ### Rule 11 **One-way streets.** Check which way the traffic is moving. Do not cross until it is safe to do so without stopping. Bus and cycle lanes may operate in the opposite direction to the rest of the traffic. ### Rule 12 **Bus and cycle lanes.** Take care when crossing these lanes as traffic may be moving faster than in the other lanes, or against the flow of traffic. ### Rule 13 **Routes shared with cyclists.** Cycle tracks may run alongside footpaths or pavements and be separated from them by a feature such as a change of material, a verge, a kerb or a white line. Such routes may also incorporate short lengths of tactile paving to help visually impaired people stay on the correct side. On the pedestrian side this may comprise a series of flat-topped bars running across the direction of travel (ladder pattern). On the cyclist side the same bars are orientated in the direction of travel (tramline pattern). Some routes shared with cyclists will not be separated by such a feature allowing cyclists and pedestrians to share the same space. Cyclists should respect your safety (see [Rule 62](#rule62)) but you should also take care not to obstruct or endanger them. Always remain aware of your environment and avoid unnecessary distractions. Where signs indicate, some routes are shared between pedestrians, cyclists, horse riders and horse drawn vehicles. Cyclists, horse riders and drivers of horse drawn vehicles should respect your safety, but you should take care not to obstruct or endanger them. Always remain aware of your environment and avoid unnecessary distractions. ### Rule 14 **Parked vehicles.** If you have to cross between parked vehicles, use the outside edges of the vehicles as if they were the kerb. Stop there and make sure you can see all around and that the traffic can see you. Make sure there is a gap between any parked vehicles on the other side, so you can reach the pavement. Never cross the road in front of, or behind, any vehicle with its engine running, especially a large vehicle, as the driver may not be able to see you. ### Rule 15 **Reversing vehicles.** Never cross behind a vehicle which is reversing, showing white reversing lights or sounding a warning. ### Rule 16 **Moving vehicles.** You **MUST NOT** get onto or hold onto a moving vehicle. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 26](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/26)** ### Rule 17 **At night.** Wear something reflective to make it easier for others to see you (see [Rule 3](#rule3)). If there is no pedestrian crossing nearby, cross the road near a street light so that traffic can see you more easily. #### Crossings (rules 18 to 30) ### Rule 18 **At all crossings.** When using any type of crossing you should - always check that the traffic has stopped before you start to cross or push a pram onto a crossing - always cross between the studs or over the zebra markings. Do not cross at the side of the crossing or on the zig-zag lines, as it can be dangerous. You **MUST NOT** loiter on any type of crossing. **Laws [TSRGD Schedule 14 part 5](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made) and [RTRA sect 25(5)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/25)** ### Rule 19 **Zebra crossings.** Give traffic plenty of time to see you and to stop before you start to cross. Vehicles will need more time when the road is slippery. Wait until traffic has stopped from both directions or the road is clear before crossing. Remember that traffic does not have to stop until someone has moved onto the crossing. Drivers and riders should give way to pedestrians waiting to cross and **MUST** give way to pedestrians on a zebra crossing (see [Rule H2](#ruleh2)). Keep looking both ways, and listening, in case a driver or rider has not seen you and attempts to overtake a vehicle that has stopped. A zebra crossing with a central island is two separate crossings (see [Rule 20](#rule20)). **Law [TSRGD Schedule 14 part 5](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 20 Where there is an island in the middle of a zebra crossing, wait on the island and follow [Rule 19](#rule19) before you cross the second half of the road - it is a separate crossing. ### Rule 21 **At traffic lights.** There may be special signals for pedestrians. You should only start to cross the road when the green figure shows. If you have started to cross the road and the green figure goes out, you should still have time to reach the other side, but do not delay. If no pedestrian signals have been provided, watch carefully and do not cross until the traffic lights are red and the traffic has stopped. Keep looking and check for traffic that may be turning the corner. Remember that traffic lights may let traffic move in some lanes while traffic in other lanes has stopped. ### Rule 22 **Pelican crossings.** These are signal-controlled crossings operated by pedestrians. Push the control button to activate the traffic signals. When the red figure shows, do not cross. When a steady green figure shows, check the traffic has stopped then cross with care. When the green figure begins to flash you should not start to cross. If you have already started you should have time to finish crossing safely. ### Rule 23 **Puffin crossings** differ from pelican crossings as the red and green figures are above the control box on your side of the road and there is no flashing green figure phase. Press the button and wait for the green figure to show. ### Rule 24 When the road is congested, traffic on your side of the road may be forced to stop even though their lights are green. Traffic may still be moving on the other side of the road, so press the button and wait for the signal to cross. ### Rule 25 **Toucan crossings** are light-controlled crossings which allow cyclists and pedestrians to share crossing space and cross at the same time. They are push-button operated. Pedestrians and cyclists will see the green signal together. Cyclists are permitted to ride across. ### Rule 26 At some crossings there is a bleeping sound or voice signal to indicate to blind or partially sighted people when the steady green figure is showing, and there may be a tactile signal to help deafblind people. ### Rule 27 **Equestrian crossings** are for horse riders. They have pavement barriers, wider crossing spaces, horse and rider figures in the light panels and either two sets of controls (one higher), or just one higher control panel. ### Rule 28 **Staggered’ pelican or puffin crossings.** When the crossings on each side of the central refuge are not in line they are two separate crossings. On reaching the central island, press the button again and wait for a steady green figure. ### Rule 29 **Crossings controlled by an authorised person.** Do not cross the road unless you are signalled to do so by a police officer, traffic warden or school crossing patrol. Always cross in front of them. ### Rule 30 Where there are no controlled crossing points available it is advisable to cross where there is an island in the middle of the road. Use the Green Cross Code (see [Rule 7](#rule7)) to cross to the island and then stop and use it again to cross the second half of the road. #### Situations needing extra care (rules 31 to 35) ### Rule 31 **Emergency vehicles.** If an ambulance, fire engine, police or other emergency vehicle approaches using flashing blue lights, headlights and/or sirens, keep off the road. ### Rule 32 **Buses.** Get on or off a bus only when it has stopped to allow you to do so. Watch out for cyclists when you are getting off. Never cross the road directly behind or in front of a bus. Wait until it has moved off and you can see clearly in both directions. ### Rule 33 **Tramways.** These may run through pedestrian areas. Their path will be marked out by shallow kerbs, changes in the paving or other road surface, white lines or yellow dots. Cross at designated crossings where provided. Elsewhere treat trams as you would other road vehicles and look both ways along the track before crossing. Do not walk along the track as trams may come up behind you. Trams move quietly and cannot steer to avoid you. ### Rule 34 **Railway level crossings.** You **MUST NOT** cross or pass a stop line when the red lights show, (including a red pedestrian figure). Also do not cross if an alarm is sounding or the barriers are being lowered. The tone of the alarm may change if another train is approaching. If there are no lights, alarms or barriers, stop, look both ways and listen before crossing. A tactile surface comprising rounded bars running across the direction of pedestrian travel may be installed on the footpath approaching a level crossing to warn visually impaired people of its presence. The tactile surface should extend across the full width of the footway and should be located at an appropriate distance from the barrier or projected line of the barrier. **Law [TSRGD schedule 14 part 1](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 35 **Street and pavement repairs.** A pavement may be closed temporarily because it is not safe to use. Take extra care if you are directed to walk in or to cross the road. ## Rules for users of powered wheelchairs and mobility scooters (36 to 46) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-users-of-powered-wheelchairs-and-mobility-scooters-36-to-46) (Called Invalid Carriages in law) #### Powered wheelchairs and mobility scooters (rules 36 to 37) ### Rule 36 There is one class of manual wheelchair (called a Class 1 invalid carriage) and two classes of powered wheelchairs and powered mobility scooters. Manual wheelchairs and Class 2 vehicles are those with an upper speed limit of 4 mph (6 km/h) and are designed to be used on pavements. Class 3 vehicles are those with an upper speed limit of 8 mph (12 km/h) and are equipped to be used on the road as well as the pavement. ### Rule 37 When you are on the road you should obey the guidance and rules for other vehicles; when on the pavement you should follow the guidance and rules for pedestrians. #### On pavements (rules 38 to 40) ### Rule 38 Pavements are safer than roads and should be used when available. You should give pedestrians priority and show consideration for other pavement users, particularly those with a hearing or visual impairment who may not be aware that you are there. ### Rule 39 Powered wheelchairs and scooters **MUST NOT** travel faster than 4 mph (6 km/h) on pavements or in pedestrian areas. You may need to reduce your speed to adjust to other pavement users who may not be able to move out of your way quickly enough or where the pavement is too narrow. **Law [UICHR reg 4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1988/2268/regulation/4/made)** ### Rule 40 When moving off the pavement onto the road, you should take special care. Before moving off, always look round and make sure it’s safe to join the traffic. Always try to use dropped kerbs when moving off the pavement, even if this means travelling further to locate one. If you have to climb or descend a kerb, always approach it at right angles and don’t try to negotiate a kerb higher than the vehicle manufacturer’s recommendations. #### On the road (rules 41 to 46) ### Rule 41 You should take care when travelling on the road as you may be travelling more slowly than other traffic (your machine is restricted to 8 mph (12 km/h) and may be less visible). ### Rule 42 When on the road, Class 3 vehicles should travel in the direction of the traffic. Class 2 users should always use the pavement when it is available. When there is no pavement, you should use caution when on the road. Class 2 users should, where possible, travel in the direction of the traffic. If you are travelling at night when lights **MUST** be used, you should travel in the direction of the traffic to avoid confusing other road users. **Law [UICHR reg 9](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1988/2268/regulation/9/made)** ### Rule 43 You **MUST** follow the same rules about using lights, indicators and horns as for other road vehicles, if your vehicle is fitted with them. At night, lights **MUST** be used. Be aware that other road users may not see you and you should make yourself more visible - even in the daytime and also at dusk - by, for instance, wearing a reflective jacket or reflective strips on the back of the vehicle. **Law [UICHR reg 9](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1988/2268/regulation/9/made)** ### Rule 44 Take extra care at road junctions. When going straight ahead, check to make sure there are no vehicles about to cross your path from the left, the right, or overtaking you and turning left. There are several options for dealing with right turns, especially turning from a major road. If moving into the middle of the road is difficult or dangerous, you can - stop on the left-hand side of the road and wait for a safe gap in the traffic - negotiate the turn as a pedestrian, i.e. travel along the pavement and cross the road between pavements where it is safe to do so. Class 3 users should switch the vehicle to the lower speed limit when on pavements. If the junction is too hazardous, it may be worth considering an alternative route. Similarly, when negotiating major roundabouts (i.e. with two or more lanes) it may be safer for you to use the pavement or find a route which avoids the roundabout altogether. ### Rule 45 All normal parking restrictions should be observed. Your vehicle should not be left unattended if it causes an obstruction to other pedestrians - especially those in wheelchairs. Parking concessions provided under the Blue Badge scheme (see [Further reading](#reading)) will apply to those vehicles displaying a valid badge. ### Rule 46 These vehicles **MUST NOT** be used on motorways (see [Rule 253](#rule253)). They should not be used on unrestricted dual carriageways where the speed limit exceeds 50 mph (80 km/h) but if they are used on these dual carriageways, they **MUST** have a flashing amber beacon. A flashing amber beacon should be used on all other dual carriageways (see [Rule 220](#rule220)). **Laws [RTRA sects 17(2) & (3)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/17), & [RVLR regs 17(1)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/17/made) & [26](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/26/made)** ## Rules about animals (47 to 58) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-about-animals-47-to-58) #### Horse-drawn vehicles (rules 47 to 48) ### Rule 47 Horse-drawn vehicles used on the highway should be operated and maintained in accordance with standards set out in the Department for Transport’s [Code of Practice for Horse-Drawn Vehicles](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/code-of-practice-for-horse-drawn-vehicles). This Code lays down the requirements for a road driving assessment and includes a comprehensive list of safety checks to ensure that a carriage and its fittings are safe and in good working order. The standards set out in the Road Driving Assessment may be required to be met by a Local Authority if an operator wishes to obtain a local authority licence to operate a passenger-carrying service. ### Rule 48 **Safety equipment and clothing.** All horse-drawn vehicles should have two red rear reflectors. It is safer not to drive at night but if you do, a light showing white to the front and red to the rear **MUST** be fitted. **Law [RVLR reg 4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/4/made)** #### Horse riders (rules 49 to 55) ### Rule 49 **Safety equipment.** Children under the age of 14 **MUST** wear a helmet which complies with the Regulations. It **MUST** be fastened securely. Other riders should also follow these requirements. These requirements do not apply to a child who is a follower of the Sikh religion while wearing a turban. **Laws [H(PHYR)A sect 1](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1990/25/section/1) & [H(PHYR)R reg 3](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1992/1201/regulation/3/made)** ### Rule 50 **Other clothing.** You should wear - boots or shoes with hard soles and heels - light-coloured or fluorescent clothing in daylight - reflective clothing if you have to ride at night or in poor visibility. ### Rule 51 **At night.** It is safer not to ride on the road at night or in poor visibility, but if you do, make sure you wear reflective clothing and your horse has reflective bands above the fetlock joints. A light which shows white to the front and red to the rear should be fitted, with a band, to the rider’s right arm and/or leg/riding boot. If you are leading a horse at night, carry a light in your right hand, showing white to the front and red to the rear, and wear reflective clothing on both you and your horse. It is strongly recommended that a fluorescent/reflective tail guard is also worn by your horse. ### Riding ### Rule 52 Before you take a horse or horse drawn vehicle on to the road, you should - ensure all tack fits well and is in good condition - make sure you can control the horse. If you are an inexperienced horse rider or have not ridden for a while, consider taking the Ride Safe Award from the British Horse Society. The Ride Safe Award provides a foundation for any horse rider to be safe and knowledgeable when riding in all environments but particularly on the road. For more information, see [www.bhs.org.uk](https://www.bhs.org.uk/) Always ride with other, less nervous horses if you think that your horse will be nervous of traffic. Never ride a horse without both a saddle and bridle. ### Rule 53 Before riding off or turning, look behind you to make sure it is safe, then give a clear arm signal. When riding on the road, you should - keep to the left - keep both hands on the reins unless you are signalling - keep both feet in the stirrups - not carry another person - not carry anything which might affect your balance or get tangled up with the reins - keep a horse you are leading to your left - move in the direction of the traffic flow in a one-way street - never ride more than two abreast, and ride in single file on narrow or busy roads and when riding round bends. ### Rule 54 You **MUST NOT** take a horse onto a footpath or pavement, and you should not take a horse onto a cycle track. Use a bridleway where possible. Equestrian crossings may be provided for horse riders to cross the road and you should use these where available (see [Rule 27](#rule27)). You should dismount at level crossings where a ‘horse rider dismount’ sign is displayed. **Laws [HA 1835 sect 72](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Will4/5-6/50/section/72) & [R(S)A sect 129(5)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/54/section/129)** ### Rule 55 Avoid roundabouts wherever possible. If you use them, you should - keep to the left and watch out for vehicles crossing your path to leave or join the roundabout - signal right when riding across exits to show you are not leaving - signal left just before you leave the roundabout. #### Other animals (rules 56 to 58) ### Rule 56 **Dogs.** Do not let a dog out on the road on its own. Keep it on a short lead when walking on the pavement, road or path shared with cyclists or horse riders. ### Rule 57 When in a vehicle make sure dogs or other animals are suitably restrained so they cannot distract you while you are driving or injure you, or themselves, if you stop quickly. A seat belt harness, pet carrier, dog cage or dog guard are ways of restraining animals in cars. ### Rule 58 **Animals being herded.** These should be kept under control at all times. You should, if possible, send another person along the road in front to warn other road users, especially at a bend or the brow of a hill. It is safer not to move animals after dark, but if you do, then wear reflective clothing and ensure that lights are carried (white at the front and red at the rear of the herd). ## Rules for cyclists (59 to 82) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-cyclists-59-to-82) These rules are in addition to those in the following sections, which apply to all vehicles (except the [motorway section](#chapter-motorways-253-to-273)). See also [You and your bicycle](#chapter-annex-1-you-and-your-bicycle). #### Overview (rules 59 to 72) ### Rule 59 **Clothing.** You should avoid clothes that may get tangled in the chain, or in a wheel or may obscure your lights when you are cycling. Light-coloured or fluorescent clothing can help other road users to see you in daylight and poor light, while reflective clothing and/or accessories (belt, arm or ankle bands) can increase your visibility in the dark. You should wear a cycle helmet that conforms to current regulations, is the correct size and securely fastened. Evidence suggests that a correctly fitted helmet will reduce your risk of sustaining a head injury in certain circumstances. ### Rule 60 **At night** your cycle **MUST** have white front and red rear lights lit. It **MUST** also be fitted with a red rear reflector (and amber pedal reflectors, if manufactured after 1/10/85). White front reflectors and spoke reflectors will also help you to be seen. Flashing lights are permitted but it is recommended that cyclists who are riding in areas without street lighting use a steady front lamp. **Law [RVLR regs 13](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/13/made), [18](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/18/made) & [24](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/24/made)** ### Rule 61 **Cycle Routes and Other Facilities.** Cycle lanes are marked by a white line (which may be broken) along the carriageway (see [Rule 140](#rule140)). Use facilities such as cycle lanes and tracks, advanced stop lines and toucan crossings (see [Rules 62](#rule62) and [73](#rule73)) where they make your journey safer and easier. This will depend on your experience and skills and the situation at the time. While such facilities are provided for reasons of safety, cyclists may exercise their judgement and are not obliged to use them. ### Rule 62 **Cycle Tracks.** These are routes for cyclists that are physically protected or located away from motor traffic, other than where they cross side roads (see [Rule 206](#rule206)). Cycle tracks may run alongside footpaths or pavements and be separated by a feature such as a change of material, a verge, a kerb or a white line. You **MUST** keep to the side intended for cyclists as the pedestrian side remains a pavement or footpath. Some cycle tracks shared with pedestrians will not be separated by such a feature. On such shared use routes, you should always take care when passing pedestrians, especially children, older or disabled people, and allow them plenty of room. Always be prepared to slow down and stop if necessary (see [Rule H2](#ruleh2)). **Law [HA 1835 sect 72](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Will4/5-6/50/section/72)** ### Rule 63 **Sharing space with pedestrians, horse riders and horse drawn vehicles.** When riding in places where sharing with pedestrians, horse riders or horse drawn vehicles is permitted, take care when passing pedestrians and horse riders, especially children, older adults or disabled people. Slow down when necessary and let them know you are there; for example, by ringing your bell (it is recommended that a bell is fitted to your bike), or by calling out politely. Remember that pedestrians may be deaf, blind or partially sighted and that this may not be obvious. Do not pass pedestrians, horse riders or horse drawn vehicles closely or at high speed, particularly from behind. You should not pass a horse on their left. Remember that horses can be startled if passed without warning. Always be prepared to slow down and stop when necessary. ### Rule 64 You **MUST NOT** cycle on a pavement. **Laws [HA 1835 sect 72](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Will4/5-6/50/section/72) & [R(S)A sect 129](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/54/section/129)** ### Rule 65 **Bus Lanes.** Most bus lanes may be used by cyclists as indicated on signs. Watch out for people getting on or off a bus. Be very careful when overtaking a bus or leaving a bus lane as you will be entering a busier traffic flow. Do not pass between the kerb and a bus when it is at a stop. ### Rule 66 You should - avoid any actions that could reduce your control of your cycle - be considerate of the needs of other road users when riding in groups. You can ride two abreast and it can be safer to do so, particularly in larger groups or when accompanying children or less experienced riders. Be aware of drivers behind you and allow them to overtake (for example, by moving into single file or stopping) when you feel it is safe to let them do so - not ride close behind another vehicle in case it stops suddenly - not carry anything which will affect your balance or may get tangled up with your wheels or chain - be considerate of other road users, particularly blind and partially sighted pedestrians, and horse riders (see [Rule H1](#ruleh1)). Let them know you are there when necessary, for example, by calling out or ringing your bell if you have one. It is recommended that a bell be fitted. ### Rule 67 You should - look all around to make sure it is safe before moving away from the kerb, when pulling out to overtake or to pass stationary vehicles, or when turning at junctions or stopping - watch out for obstructions in the road, such as drains, service covers and potholes, positioning yourself so you can move to the left (as well as to the right) to avoid them safely - take care when passing parked vehicles, leaving enough room (a door’s width or 1 metre) to avoid being hit if a car door is opened, and watch out for pedestrians stepping into your path - be aware of traffic coming up behind you, including other cyclists, and give a clear signal to show other road users what you intend to do see ‘[Signals to other road users](#chapter-signals-to-other-road-users)’) - take extra care near road humps, narrowings and other traffic calming features - when cycling on the road, only pass to the left of large vehicles when they are stationary or slow moving and you should proceed with caution as the driver may not be able to see you. Be particularly careful on the approach to junctions or where a large vehicle could change lanes to the left. ### Rule 68 You **MUST NOT** - carry a passenger unless your cycle has been built or adapted to carry one - hold onto a moving vehicle or trailer - ride in a dangerous, careless or inconsiderate manner - ride when under the influence of drink or drugs, including medicine. **Law [RTA 1988 sects 24](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/24), [26](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/26), [28](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/28), [29](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/29) & [30](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/30) as amended by [RTA 1991](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1991/40/contents)** ### Rule 69 You **MUST** obey all traffic signs and traffic light signals. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 3 part 3](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/3/made), [schedule 7 part 4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/7/made), [schedule 9 parts 4 and 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made), [schedule 13 part 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/13/made), [schedule 14 part 2](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 70 When parking your cycle - find a conspicuous location where it can be seen by passers-by - use cycle stands or other cycle parking facilities wherever possible - do not leave it where it would cause an obstruction or hazard to other road users - secure it well so that it will not fall over and become an obstruction or hazard. ### Rule 71 At traffic light junctions and at cycle-only crossings with traffic lights, you **MUST NOT** cross the stop line when the traffic lights are red. Some junctions have an advanced stop line to enable you to position yourself ahead of other traffic and wait (see [Rule 178](#rule178)). When the traffic lights are red, you may cross the first stop line, but you **MUST NOT** cross the final stop line. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD Schedule 14 part 1](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 72 **Road positioning.** When riding on the roads, there are two basic road positions you should adopt, depending on the situation. 1) Ride in the centre of your lane, to make yourself as clearly visible as possible, in the following situations - on quiet roads or streets – if a faster vehicle comes up behind you, move to the left to enable them to overtake, if you can do so safely - in slower-moving traffic - when the traffic around you starts to flow more freely, move over to the left if you can do so safely so that faster vehicles behind you can overtake - at the approach to junctions or road narrowings where it would be unsafe for drivers to overtake you 2) When riding on busy roads, with vehicles moving faster than you, allow them to overtake where it is safe to do so whilst keeping at least 0.5 metres away, and further where it is safer, from the kerb edge. Remember that traffic on most dual carriageways moves quickly. Take extra care crossing slip roads. #### Road junctions (rules 73 to 77) ### Rule 73 **Junctions.** Some junctions, particularly those with traffic lights, have special cycle facilities, including small cycle traffic lights at eye-level height, which may allow you to move or cross separately from or ahead of other traffic. Use these facilities where they make your journey safer and easier. At junctions with no separate cyclist facilities, it is recommended that you proceed as if you were driving a motor vehicle (see [Rules 170 to 190](#rule170)). Position yourself in the centre of your chosen lane, where you feel able to do this safely, to make yourself as visible as possible and to avoid being overtaken where this would be dangerous. If you do not feel safe to proceed in this way, you may prefer to dismount and wheel your bike across the junction. ### Rule 74 **Turning.** When approaching a junction on the left, watch out for vehicles turning in front of you, out of or into the side road. If you intend to turn left, check first for other cyclists or motorcyclists before signalling. Do not ride on the inside of vehicles signalling or slowing down to turn left. If you are turning right, check the traffic to ensure it is safe, then signal and move to the centre of the road. Wait until there is a safe gap in the oncoming traffic and give a final look before completing the turn. It may be safer to wait on the left until there is a safe gap or to dismount and push your cycle across the road. When turning into or out of a side road, you should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross (see [Rule H2](#ruleh2)). ### Rule 75 **Two Stage Turns.** At some signal-controlled junctions there may be signs and markings informing cyclists to turn right in two stages: Stage 1: When the traffic lights turn green, cyclists wishing to make the turn should go straight ahead to the location marked by a cycle symbol and turn arrow on the carriageway; then stop and wait there Stage 2: When the traffic lights on the far side of the junction, now facing the cyclists, turn green, they should then complete the manoeuvre ### Rule 76 **Going straight ahead.** If you are going straight ahead at a junction, you have priority over traffic waiting to turn into or out of the side road, unless road signs or markings indicate otherwise (see [Rule H3](#ruleh3)). Check that you can proceed safely, particularly when approaching junctions on the left alongside stationary or slow-moving traffic. Watch out for drivers intending to turn across your path. Remember the driver ahead may not be able to see you, so bear in mind your speed and position in the road. Take great care when deciding whether it is safe to pass stationary or slow-moving lorries and other long vehicles, especially at the approach to junctions, as their drivers may not be able to see you. Remember that they may have to move over to the right before turning left, and that their rear wheels may then come very close to the kerb while turning (see [Rule 67](#rule67)). ### Rule 77 **Busy roads.** When crossing faster or busy main roads, you may find it safer and easier to - dismount and push your cycle across - wait for a safe gap in the traffic before doing so, especially on faster roads and dual carriageways - make use of traffic islands or central reservations to help you where appropriate. #### Roundabouts (rules 78 to 80) ### Rule 78 Full details about the correct procedure at roundabouts without cycle facilities are contained in [Rules 184 to 190](#rule184). Watch out for vehicles crossing your path to leave or join the roundabout, remembering that drivers may not easily see you. ### Rule 79 If you are turning right, you can ride in the left or right-hand lanes and move left when approaching your exit. Position yourself in the centre of your lane if it is safe to do so (see [Rule 72](#rule72)) and signal right to indicate that you are not leaving the roundabout. Alternatively, you may feel safer walking your cycle round on the pavement or verge. If you decide to ride round keeping to the left-hand lane you should - be aware that drivers may not easily see you - take extra care when cycling across exits. You should signal right to show you are not leaving the roundabout - watch out for vehicles crossing your path to leave or join the roundabout. Where a roundabout has separate cycle facilities, you should use these facilities where they make your journey safer and easier although you are not obliged to use them. This will depend on your experience and skills and the situation at the time. ### Rule 80 Give plenty of room to long vehicles on the roundabout as they need more space to manoeuvre. Do not ride in the space they need to get round the roundabout. It may be safer to wait until they have cleared the roundabout. #### Crossing the road (rules 81 to 82) ### Rule 81 Do not ride across equestrian crossings, as they are for horse riders only. Do not ride across a pelican, puffin or zebra crossing. Dismount and wheel your cycle across. ### Rule 82 **Crossings.** Toucan crossings are light-controlled crossings which allow cyclists and pedestrians to share crossing space and cross at the same time. They are push-button operated. Pedestrians and cyclists will see the green signal together. Cyclists are permitted to ride across. Cycle tracks on opposite sides of the road may be linked by cycle-only signalled crossings. You may ride across but you **MUST NOT** cross until the green cycle symbol is showing. Cycle track crossings can be in spacious pedestrian environments. Cyclists should look out and be prepared to stop for pedestrians crossing the track informally as well as at these designated points. Take extra care when crossing level crossings and tramways (see [Rule 306](#rule306)). You should dismount at level crossings where a ‘cyclist dismount’ sign is displayed. **Law [TSRGD schedule 14 part 1](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ## Rules for motorcyclists (83 to 88) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-motorcyclists-83-to-88) These Rules are in addition to those in the following sections which apply to all vehicles. See ‘[Motorcycle licence requirements](#chapter-annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements)’. ### Rule 83 On all journeys, the rider and pillion passenger on a motorcycle, scooter or moped **MUST** wear a protective helmet. This does not apply to a follower of the Sikh religion while wearing a turban. Helmets **MUST** comply with the Regulations and they **MUST** be fastened securely. Riders and passengers of motor tricycles and quadricycles, also called quadbikes, should also wear a protective helmet. Before each journey check that your helmet visor is clean and in good condition. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 16](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/16) & [17](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/17), & [MC(PH)R as amended reg 4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1998/1807/regulation/4/made)** ### Rule 84 It is also advisable to wear eye protectors, which **MUST** comply with the Regulations. Scratched or poorly fitting eye protectors can limit your view when riding, particularly in bright sunshine and the hours of darkness. Consider wearing ear protection. Strong boots, gloves and suitable clothing may help to protect you if you are involved in a collision. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 18](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/18) & [MC(EP)R as amended reg 4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/535/regulation/4/made)** ### Rule 85 You **MUST NOT** carry more than one pillion passenger who **MUST** sit astride the machine on a proper seat. They should face forward with both feet on the footrests. You **MUST NOT** carry a pillion passenger unless your motorcycle is designed to do so. Provisional licence holders **MUST NOT** carry a pillion passenger. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 23](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/23), [MV(DL)R reg 16(6)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/16/made) & [CUR reg 102](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/102/made)** ### Rule 86 **Daylight riding.** Make yourself as visible as possible from the side as well as the front and rear. You could wear a light or brightly coloured helmet and fluorescent clothing or strips. Dipped headlights, even in good daylight, may also make you more conspicuous. However, be aware that other vehicle drivers may still not have seen you, or judged your distance or speed correctly, especially at junctions. ### Rule 87 **Riding in the dark.** Wear reflective clothing or strips to improve your visibility in the dark. These reflect light from the headlamps of other vehicles, making you visible from a longer distance. See [Rules 113 to 116](#rule113) for lighting requirements. ### Rule 88 **Manoeuvring.** You should be aware of what is behind and to the sides before manoeuvring. Look behind you; use mirrors if they are fitted. When in traffic queues look out for pedestrians crossing between vehicles and vehicles emerging from junctions or changing lanes. Position yourself so that drivers in front can see you in their mirrors. Additionally, when filtering in slow-moving traffic, take care and keep your speed low. **Remember: Observation – Signal – Manoeuvre** ## Rules for drivers and motorcyclists (89 to 102) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-drivers-and-motorcyclists-89-to-102) #### Vehicle condition (rule 89) ### Rule 89 **Vehicle condition.** You **MUST** ensure your vehicle and trailer comply with the full requirements of the Road Vehicles (Construction and Use) Regulations and Road Vehicles Lighting Regulations (see ‘[The road user and the law](#chapter-annex-4-the-road-user-and-the-law)’). #### Fitness to drive (rules 90 to 94) ### Rule 90 Make sure that you are fit to drive. You **MUST** report to the Driver and Vehicle Licensing Agency (DVLA) any health condition likely to affect your driving. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 94](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/94)** ### Rule 91 Driving when you are tired greatly increases your risk of collision. To minimise this risk - make sure you are fit to drive. Do not begin a journey if you are tired. Get sufficient sleep before embarking on a long journey - avoid undertaking long journeys between midnight and 6 am, when natural alertness is at a minimum - plan your journey to take sufficient breaks. A minimum break of at least 15 minutes after every two hours of driving is recommended - if you feel sleepy, stop in a safe place. Do not stop in an emergency area or on a hard shoulder of a motorway (see [Rule 262](#rule262) for guidance on places to take a break when travelling on motorways). ### Rule 92 **Vision.** You **MUST** be able to read a vehicle number plate, in good daylight, from a distance of 20 metres (or 20.5 metres where the old style number plate is used). If you need to wear glasses (or contact lenses) to do this, you **MUST** wear them at all times while driving. The police have the power to require a driver to undertake an eyesight test. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 96](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/96), & [MV(DL)R reg 40](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/40/made) & [sched 8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/schedule/8/made)** ### Rule 93 Slow down, and if necessary stop, if you are dazzled by bright sunlight. ### Rule 94 At night or in poor visibility, do not use tinted glasses, lenses or visors if they restrict your vision. #### Alcohol and drugs (rules 95 to 96) ### Rule 95 **Do not drink and drive** as it will seriously affect your judgement and abilities. In England and Wales you **MUST NOT** drive with a breath alcohol level higher than 35 microgrammes/100 millilitres of breath or a blood alcohol level of more than 80 milligrammes/100 millilitres of blood. In Scotland the legal limits are lower. You **MUST NOT** drive with a breath alcohol level higher than 22 microgrammes/100 millilitres of breath or a blood alcohol level of more than 50 milligrammes/100 millilitres of blood. Alcohol will - give a false sense of confidence - reduce co-ordination and slow down reactions - affect judgement of speed, distance and risk - reduce your driving ability, even if you’re below the legal limit - take time to leave your body; you may be unfit to drive in the evening after drinking at lunchtime, or in the morning after drinking the previous evening. The best solution is not to drink at all when planning to drive because any amount of alcohol affects your ability to drive safely. If you are going to drink, arrange another means of transport. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/4), [5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/5) & [11(2)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/11), & [PLSR](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/sdsi/2014/9780111024478)** ### Rule 96 You **MUST NOT** drive under the influence of drugs or medicine. For medicines, check with your doctor or pharmacist and do not drive if you are advised that you may be impaired. You **MUST NOT** drive if you have illegal drugs or certain medicines in your blood above specified limits. It is highly dangerous so never take illegal drugs if you intend to drive; the effects are unpredictable, but can be even more severe than alcohol and result in fatal or serious road crashes. Illegal drugs have been specified at very low levels so even small amounts of use could be above the specified limits. The limits for certain medicines have been specified at higher levels, above the levels generally found in the blood of patients who have taken normal therapeutic doses. If you are found to have a concentration of a drug above its specified limit in your blood because you have been prescribed or legitimately supplied a particularly high dose of medicine, then you can raise a statutory medical defence, provided your driving was not impaired by the medicine you are taking. **Law [RTA 1988 sects 4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/4) & [5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/5)** #### Before setting off (rule 97) ### Rule 97 **Before setting off.** You **MUST** ensure that - you have a valid licence and insurance to drive the vehicle you intend to use (see [Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements](#chapter-annex-3-motor-vehicle-documentation-and-learner-driver-requirements)) - your vehicle is legal and roadworthy (see [Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements](#chapter-annex-3-motor-vehicle-documentation-and-learner-driver-requirements) and [Vehicle maintenance, safety and security](#chapter-annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security) for important vehicle maintenance and safety checks). You **SHOULD** ensure that - you have planned your route and allowed sufficient time for breaks and possible delays - you have sufficient fuel or charge for your journey, especially if it includes motorway driving - you know where all the controls are and how to use them - clothing and footwear do not prevent you using the controls in the correct manner - your mirrors and seat are adjusted correctly to ensure comfort, full control and maximum vision - head restraints are properly adjusted to reduce the risk of neck and spine injuries in the event of a collision. It is recommended for emergency use that - you have a mobile telephone containing emergency contacts (e.g. breakdown assistance) - you have high-visibility clothing. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 42](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/42), [45](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/45), [47](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/47), [49](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/49), [53](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/53), [87](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/87), [99(4)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/99) & [143](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/143), [MV(DL)R reg 16](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/16/made), [40](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/40/made) & [sched 4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/schedule/4/made), [VERA sect 29](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1994/22/section/29), [RVLR 1989 regs 23](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/23/made) & [27](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/27/made), & [CUR regs 27](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/27/made), [30](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/30/made), [32](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/32/made) & [61](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/61/made)** #### Vehicle towing and loading (rule 98) ### Rule 98 **Before towing.** As a driver - you **MUST NOT** tow more than your licence permits. If you passed your car driving test on or after 1 January 1997, you are restricted on the weight of trailer you can tow - you **MUST** ensure that both your vehicle and your trailer are in a roadworthy condition. This includes checking that all tyres are legal, the trailer braking system is in full working order and all trailer lights are working correctly - you **MUST NOT** overload your vehicle or trailer. You should not tow a weight greater than that recommended by the manufacturer of your vehicle - you should distribute the weight in your caravan or trailer evenly with heavy items over the axle(s) and ensure a downward load on the tow ball. The manufacturer’s recommended weight and tow ball load should not be exceeded. This should minimise the possibility of swerving or snaking and loss of control - you **MUST** secure your load and it **MUST NOT** stick out dangerously. Make sure any heavy or sharp objects and any animals are secured safely. If there is a collision, they might hit someone inside the vehicle and cause serious injury - if your vehicle is narrower than your trailer or load, or your trailer or load obstructs your rearward view, then towing mirrors **MUST** be used - your trailer **MUST** be fitted with a secondary coupling device, such as a safety chain - carrying a load or pulling a trailer may require you to adjust your headlights. **During towing.** As a driver - you should be aware that reduced speed limits apply (see [Rule 124](#rule124)) - you should be aware that your stopping distance may increase significantly when towing (see [Rule 126](#rule126)) - you **MUST NOT** drive in the right-hand lane on motorways with three or more lanes (see [Rule 265](#rule265)) - if the trailer starts to swerve or snake, or you lose control, ease off the accelerator and reduce speed gently to regain control. Do not brake harshly. **Breakdowns.** In the event of a breakdown, be aware - that towing a vehicle on a tow rope is potentially dangerous. You should consider using a solid tow bar or professional recovery - it may take longer to build up speed when rejoining a carriageway (see also [Rule 278](#rule278)). For additional advice about towing safely, see [Further reading](#best-practice). **Laws [CUR regs 27](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/27/made), [33](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/33/made), [86a](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/86/made) & [100](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/100/made), [RVLR reg 18](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/18/made), [MT(E&W)R reg 12](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/12/made) & [MV(DL)R reg 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/6/made), [7](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/7/made), [76](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/76/made) & [sched 2](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/schedule/2/made)** #### Seat belts and child restraints (rules 99 to 102) ### Rule 99 You **MUST** wear a seat belt in cars, vans and other goods vehicles if one is fitted (see table below). Adults, and children aged 14 years and over, **MUST** use a seat belt or child restraint, where fitted, when seated in minibuses, buses and coaches. Exemptions are allowed for the holders of medical exemption certificates and those making deliveries or collections in goods vehicles when travelling less than 50 metres (approx 162 feet). **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 14](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/14) & [15](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/15), [MV(WSB)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1993/176/contents/made), [MV(WSBCFS)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1993/31/contents/made) & [MV(WSB)(A)R 2005](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2005/27/contents/made) & [2006](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2006/1892/contents/made)** **Seat belt requirements.** This table summarises the main legal requirements for wearing seat belts in cars, vans and other goods vehicles. | | Front seat | Rear seat | Who is responsible? | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Driver | Seat belt **MUST** be worn if fitted | \- | **Driver** | | Child under 3 years of age | Correct child restraint **MUST** be used | Correct child restraint **MUST** be used. If one is not available in a taxi, may travel unrestrained. | **Driver** | | Child from 3rd birthday up to 1.35 metres in height (or 12th birthday, whichever they reach first) | Correct child restraint **MUST** be used | Correct child restraint **MUST** be used where seat belts fitted. **MUST** use adult belt if correct child restraint is not available in a licensed taxi or private hire vehicle, or for reasons of unexpected necessity over a short distance, or if two occupied restraints prevent fitment of a third. | **Driver** | | Child over 1.35 metres (approx 4ft 5ins) in height or 12 or 13 years | Seat belt **MUST** be worn if available | Seat belt **MUST** be worn if available | **Driver** | | Adult passengers aged 14 and over | Seat belt **MUST** be worn if available | Seat belt **MUST** be worn if available | **Passenger** | ### Rule 100 The driver **MUST** ensure that all children under 14 years of age in cars, vans and other goods vehicles wear seat belts or sit in an approved child restraint where required (see table above). If a child is under 1.35 metres (approx 4 feet 5 inches) tall, a baby seat, child seat, booster seat or booster cushion **MUST** be used suitable for the child’s weight and fitted to the manufacturer’s instructions. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 14](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/14) & [15](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/15), [MV(WSB)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1993/176/contents/made), [MV(WSBCFS)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1993/31/contents/made) & [MV(WSB)(A)R 2006](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2006/1892/contents/made)** ### Rule 101 A rear-facing baby seat **MUST NOT** be fitted into a seat protected by an active frontal airbag, as in a crash it can cause serious injury or death to the child. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 14](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/14) & [15](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/15), [MV(WSB)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1993/176/contents/made), [MV(WSBCFS)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1993/31/contents/made) & [MV(WSB)(A)R 2006](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2006/1892/contents/made)** ### Rule 102 **Children in cars, vans and other goods vehicles.** Drivers who are carrying children in cars, vans and other goods vehicles should also ensure that - children should get into the vehicle through the door nearest the kerb - child restraints are properly fitted to manufacturer’s instructions - children do not sit behind the rear seats in an estate car or hatchback, unless a special child seat has been fitted - the child safety door locks, where fitted, are used when children are in the vehicle - children are kept under control. ## General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) This section should be read by all drivers, motorcyclists, cyclists and horse riders. The rules in **The Highway Code** do not give you the right of way in any circumstance, but they advise you when you should give way to others. Always give way if it can help to avoid an incident. #### Signals (rules 103 to 106) ### Rule 103 Signals warn and inform other road users, including pedestrians (see ‘[Signals to other road users](#chapter-signals-to-other-road-users)), of your intended actions. You should always - give clear signals in plenty of time, having checked it is not misleading to signal at that time - use them to advise other road users before changing course or direction, stopping or moving off - cancel them after use - make sure your signals will not confuse others. If, for instance, you want to stop after a side road, do not signal until you are passing the road. If you signal earlier it may give the impression that you intend to turn into the road. Your brake lights will warn traffic behind you that you are slowing down - use an arm signal to emphasise or reinforce your signal if necessary. Remember that signalling does not give you priority. ### Rule 104 You should also - watch out for signals given by other road users and proceed only when you are satisfied that it is safe - be aware that an indicator on another vehicle may not have been cancelled. ### Rule 105 You **MUST** obey signals given by police officers, traffic officers, traffic wardens (see ‘[Signals by authorised persons](#chapter-signals-by-authorised-persons)’) and signs used by school crossing patrols. **Laws [RTRA sect 28](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/28), [RTA 1988 sect 35](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/35), [TMA sect 6](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2004/18/part/6) & [FTWO art 3](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2002/2975/made)** ### Rule 106 **Police stopping procedures.** If the police want to stop your vehicle they will, where possible, attract your attention by - flashing blue lights, headlights or sounding their siren or horn, usually from behind - directing you to pull over to the side by pointing and/or using the left indicator. You **MUST** then pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so. Then switch off your engine. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 163](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/163/enacted)** #### Other stopping procedures (rules 107 to 112) ### Rule 107 **Driver and Vehicle Standards Agency officers** have the power to stop vehicles on all roads, including motorways and trunk roads. They will attract your attention by flashing amber lights - either from the front requesting you to follow them to a safe place to stop - or from behind directing you to pull over to the side by pointing and/or using the left indicator. It is an offence not to comply with their directions. You **MUST** obey any signals given (see ‘[Signals by authorised persons](#chapter-signals-by-authorised-persons)’). **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 67](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/67/enacted), & [PRA sect 41](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2002/30/section/41) & [sched 5(8)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2002/30/schedule/5)** ### Rule 108 **Traffic officers** have powers to stop vehicles on most motorways and some ‘A’ class roads, in England and Wales. If traffic officers in uniform want to stop your vehicle on safety grounds (e.g. an insecure load) they will, where possible, attract your attention by - flashing amber lights, usually from behind - directing you to pull over to the side by pointing and/or using the left indicator. You **MUST** then pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so. Then switch off your engine. It is an offence not to comply with their directions (see ‘[Signals by authorised persons](#chapter-signals-by-authorised-persons)’). **Law [RTA 1988 sects 35](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/35) & [163](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/163) as amended by [TMA sect 6](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2004/18/section/6)** ### Rule 109 **Traffic light signals and traffic signs.** You **MUST** obey all traffic light signals (see ‘[Light signals controlling traffic](#chapter-light-signals-controlling-traffic)’) and traffic signs giving orders, including temporary signals & signs (see ‘[Traffic signs](#chapter-traffic-signs)’). Make sure you know, understand and act on all other traffic and information signs and road markings (see ‘[Traffic signs](#chapter-traffic-signs)’, ‘[Road markings](#chapter-road-markings)’ and ‘[Vehicle markings](#chapter-vehicle-markings)’). **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 3 part 4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/3/made), [schedule 9 parts 7 and 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made), [schedule 14 parts 1 and 5](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made), [schedule 7 part 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/7/made), [schedule 15 part 1](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/15/made)** ### Rule 110 **Flashing headlights.** Only flash your headlights to let other road users know that you are there. Do not flash your headlights to convey any other message or intimidate other road users. ### Rule 111 Never assume that flashing headlights is a signal inviting you to proceed. Use your own judgement and proceed carefully. ### Rule 112 **The horn.** Use only while your vehicle is moving and you need to warn other road users of your presence. Never sound your horn aggressively. You **MUST NOT** use your horn - while stationary on the road - when driving in a built-up area between the hours of 11.30 pm and 7.00 am **except** when another road user poses a danger. **Law [CUR reg 99](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/99/made)** #### Lighting requirements (rules 113 to 116) ### Rule 113 You **MUST** - ensure all sidelights and rear registration plate lights are lit between sunset and sunrise - use headlights at night, except on a road which has lit street lighting. These roads are generally restricted to a speed limit of 30 mph (48 km/h), or 20mph (32km/h) in Wales, unless otherwise specified - use headlights when visibility is seriously reduced (see [Rule 226](#rule226)). Night (the hours of darkness) is defined as the period between half an hour after sunset and half an hour before sunrise. **Laws [RVLR regs 3](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/3/made), [24](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/24/made) & [25](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/part/III/made) (In Scotland - [RTRA sect 82 (as amended by NRSWA, para 59 of sched 8)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1991/22/schedule/8/made)), [RR(20)O](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/en/wsi/2022/800/made)** ### Rule 114 You **MUST NOT** - use any lights in a way which would dazzle or cause discomfort to other road users, including pedestrians, cyclists and horse riders - use front or rear fog lights unless visibility is seriously reduced. You **MUST** switch them off when visibility improves to avoid dazzling other road users (see [Rule 226](#rule226)). In stationary queues of traffic, drivers should apply the parking brake and, once the following traffic has stopped, take their foot off the footbrake to deactivate the vehicle brake lights. This will minimise glare to road users behind until the traffic moves again. **Law [RVLR reg 27](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/27/made)** ### Rule 115 You should also - use dipped headlights, or dim-dip if fitted, at night in built-up areas and in dull daytime weather, to ensure that you can be seen - keep your headlights dipped when overtaking until you are level with the other vehicle and then change to main beam if necessary, unless this would dazzle oncoming road users - slow down, and if necessary stop, if you are dazzled by oncoming headlights. ### Rule 116 **Hazard warning lights.** These may be used when your vehicle is stationary, to warn that it is temporarily obstructing traffic. Never use them as an excuse for dangerous or illegal parking. You **MUST NOT** use hazard warning lights while driving or being towed unless you are on a motorway or unrestricted dual carriageway and you need to warn drivers behind you of a hazard or obstruction ahead. Only use them for long enough to ensure that your warning has been observed. **Law [RVLR reg 27](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/27/made)** #### Control of the vehicle (rules 117 to 126) ### Braking ### Rule 117 **In normal circumstances.** The safest way to brake is to do so early and lightly. Brake more firmly as you begin to stop. Ease the pressure off just before the vehicle comes to rest to avoid a jerky stop. ### Rule 118 **In an emergency.** Brake immediately. Try to avoid braking so harshly that you lock your wheels. Locked wheels can lead to loss of control. ### Rule 119 **Skids**. Skidding is usually caused by the driver braking, accelerating or steering too harshly or driving too fast for the road conditions. If skidding occurs, remove the cause by releasing the brake pedal fully or easing off the accelerator. Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the skid. For example, if the rear of the vehicle skids to the right, steer immediately to the right to recover. ### Rule 120 **ABS.** If your vehicle is fitted with anti-lock brakes, you should follow the advice given in the vehicle handbook. However, in the case of an emergency, apply the footbrake firmly; do not release the pressure until the vehicle has slowed to the desired speed. The ABS should ensure that steering control will be retained, but do not assume that a vehicle with ABS will stop in a shorter distance. ### Rule 121 **Brakes affected by water.** If you have driven through deep water your brakes may be less effective. Test them at the first safe opportunity by pushing gently on the brake pedal to make sure that they work. If they are not fully effective, gently apply light pressure while driving slowly. This will help to dry them out. ### Rule 122 **Coasting.** This term describes a vehicle travelling in neutral or with the clutch pressed down. It can reduce driver control because - engine braking is eliminated - vehicle speed downhill will increase quickly - increased use of the footbrake can reduce its effectiveness - steering response will be affected, particularly on bends and corners - it may be more difficult to select the appropriate gear when needed. ### Rule 123 **The driver and the environment.** You **MUST NOT** leave a parked vehicle unattended with the engine running or leave a vehicle engine running unnecessarily while that vehicle is stationary on a public road. Generally, if the vehicle is stationary and is likely to remain so for more than a couple of minutes, you should apply the parking brake and switch off the engine to reduce emissions and noise pollution. However it is permissible to leave the engine running if the vehicle is stationary in traffic or for diagnosing faults. **Law [CUR regs 98](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/98/made) & [107](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/107/made)** ### Rule 124 You **MUST NOT** exceed the maximum speed limits for the road and for your vehicle (see the table below). A speed limit of 30 mph (48 km/h), or 20mph (32km/h) in Wales, generally applies to all roads with street lights (excluding motorways) unless signs show otherwise. ### Speed limits | Speed Limits | Built-up areas, England, Scotland | Built up areas, Wales | Single carriageways | Dual carriageways | Motorways | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Type of vehicle | mph (km/h) | mph (km/h) | mph (km/h) | mph (km/h) | mph (km/h) | | Cars & motorcycles (including car derived vans up to 2 tonnes maximum laden weight) | **30** (48) | **20** (32) | **60** (96) | **70** (112) | **70** (112) | | Cars towing caravans or trailers (including car derived vans and motorcycles) | **30** (48) | **20** (32) | **50** (80) | **60** (96) | **60** (96) | | Motorhomes or motor caravans (not exceeding 3.05 tonnes maximum unladen weight) | **30** (48) | **20** (32) | **60** (96) | **70** (112) | **70** (112) | | Motorhomes or motor caravans (exceeding 3.05 tonnes maximum unladen weight) | **30** (48) | **20** (32) | **50** (80) | **60** (96) | **70** (112) | | Buses, coaches and minibuses (not exceeding 12 metres in overall length) | **30** (48) | **20** (32) | **50** (80) | **60** (96) | **70†** (112) | | Goods vehicles (not exceeding 7.5 tonnes maximum laden weight) | **30** (48) | **20** (32) | **50** (80) | **60** (96) | **70††** (112) | | Goods vehicles (exceeding 7.5 tonnes maximum laden weight) in England and Wales | **30** (48) | **20** (32) | **50** (80) | **60** (96) | **60** (96) | | Goods vehicles (exceeding 7.5 tonnes maximum laden weight) in Scotland | **30** (48) | **20** (32) | **40** (64) | **50** (80) | **60** (96) | † 60 mph (96 km/h) if exceeding 12 metres in overall length. †† 60 mph (96 km/h) if articulated or towing a trailer. For speed limits that apply to special types of vehicles, such as oversized vehicles, see [Further reading.](#reading) **Locally set speed limits** may apply, for example - 20 mph (32 km/h) in some built-up areas in England and Scotland - 30 mph (48 km/h) in some built-up areas in Wales - 50 mph (80 km/h) on single carriageways with known hazards - variable speed limit signs are used on some motorways and dual carriageways to change the maximum speed limit. **Speed limits are enforced by the police.** **Law [RTRA sects 81](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/part/VI), [86](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/part/VI), [89](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/part/VI) & [sched 6](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/schedule/6) as amended by [MV(VSL)(E&W)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2014/3552/contents/made), [RR(20)O](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/en/wsi/2022/800/made)** ### Rule 125 The speed limit is the absolute maximum and does not mean it is safe to drive at that speed irrespective of conditions. Unsafe speed increases the chances of causing a collision (or being unable to avoid one), as well as its severity. Inappropriate speeds are also intimidating, deterring people from walking, cycling or riding horses. Driving at speeds too fast for the road and traffic conditions is dangerous. You should always reduce your speed when - the road layout or condition presents hazards, such as bends - sharing the road with pedestrians, particularly children, older adults or disabled people, cyclists and horse riders, horse drawn vehicles and motorcyclists - weather conditions make it safer to do so - driving at night as it is more difficult to see other road users. ### Rule 126 **Stopping distances.** Drive at a speed that will allow you to stop well within the distance you can see to be clear. You should - leave enough space between you and the vehicle in front so that you can pull up safely if it suddenly slows down or stops. The safe rule is never to get closer than the overall stopping distance (see Typical Stopping Distances diagram) - allow at least a two-second gap between you and the vehicle in front on high-speed roads and in tunnels where visibility is reduced. The gap should be at least doubled on wet roads and up to ten times greater on icy roads - remember, large vehicles and motorcycles need a greater distance to stop. If driving a large vehicle in a tunnel, you should allow a four-second gap between you and the vehicle in front If you have to stop in a tunnel, leave at least a 5-metre gap between you and the vehicle in front. **Tailgating** is where the gap between you and the vehicle in front is too small for you to be able to stop safely if the vehicle in front suddenly brakes. Tailgating is dangerous, intimidating and can cause collisions, especially when driving at speed. Keeping a safe distance from the vehicle in front gives you time to react and stop if necessary. Dangerous and careless driving offences, such as tailgating, are enforced by the police. #### Lines and lane markings on the road (rules 127 to 132) See ‘[Road markings](#chapter-road-markings)’ to see diagrams of all lines. ### Rule 127 **A broken white line.** This marks the centre of the road. When this line lengthens and the gaps shorten, it means that there is a hazard ahead. Do not cross it unless you can see the road is clear and wish to overtake or turn off. ### Rule 128 **Double white lines where the line nearer to you is broken.** This means you may cross the lines to overtake if it is safe, provided you can complete the manoeuvre before reaching a solid white line on your side. White direction arrows on the road indicate that you need to get back onto your side of the road. ### Rule 129 **Double white lines where the line nearer to you is solid.** This means you **MUST NOT** cross or straddle it unless it is safe and you need to enter adjoining premises or a side road. You may cross the line if necessary, provided the road is clear, to pass a stationary vehicle, or overtake a pedal cycle, horse or road maintenance vehicle, if they are travelling at 10 mph (16 km/h) or less. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 9 part 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made)** ### Rule 130 **Areas of white diagonal stripes** or chevrons painted on the road. These are to separate traffic lanes or to protect traffic turning right. - If the area is bordered by a broken white line, you should not enter the area unless it is necessary and you can see that it is safe to do so. - If the area is marked with chevrons and bordered by solid white lines you **MUST NOT** enter it except in an emergency. **Laws [MT(E&W)R regs 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/contents/made), [9](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/contents/made), [10](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/contents/made) & [16](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/contents/made), [MT(S)R regs 4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/4/made), [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/8/made), [9](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/9/made) & [14](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/14/made), [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 9 part 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made)** ### Rule 131 **Lane dividers.** These are short, broken white lines which are used on wide carriageways to divide them into lanes. You should keep between them. ### Rule 132 **Reflective road studs** may be used with white lines. - White studs mark the lanes or the middle of the road. - Red studs mark the left edge of the road. - Amber studs mark the central reservation of a dual carriageway or motorway. - Green studs mark the edge of the main carriageway at lay-bys and slip roads. - Green/yellow studs indicate temporary adjustments to lane layouts, e.g. where road works are taking place. #### Multi-lane carriageways (rules 133 to 143) ### Lane discipline ### Rule 133 If you need to change lane, first use your mirrors and if necessary take a quick sideways glance to make sure you will not force another road user to change course or speed. When it is safe to do so, signal to indicate your intentions to other road users and when clear, move over. ### Rule 134 You should follow the signs and road markings and get into the lane as directed. In congested road conditions do not change lanes unnecessarily. Merging in turn is recommended but only if safe and appropriate when vehicles are travelling at a very low speed, e.g. when approaching road works or a road traffic incident. It is not recommended at high speed. ### Single carriageway ### Rule 135 Where a single carriageway has three lanes and the road markings or signs do not give priority to traffic in either direction - use the middle lane only for overtaking or turning right. Remember, you have no more right to use the middle lane than a driver coming from the opposite direction - do not use the right-hand lane. ### Rule 136 Where a single carriageway has four or more lanes, use only the lanes that signs or markings indicate. ### Dual carriageways A dual carriageway is a road which has a central reservation to separate the carriageways. ### Rule 137 On a two-lane dual carriageway you should stay in the left-hand lane. Use the right-hand lane for overtaking or turning right. After overtaking, move back to the left-hand lane when it is safe to do so. ### Rule 138 On a dual carriageway with three or more lanes, you may use the middle lanes or the right-hand lane to overtake but you should return to the middle lanes and then the left-hand lane when it is safe to do so. ### Rule 139 **Climbing and crawler lanes.** These are provided on some hills. Use this lane if you are driving a slow-moving vehicle or if there are vehicles behind you wishing to overtake. Be aware of the signs and road markings which indicate the lane is about to end. ### Rule 140 **Cycle lanes and cycle tracks**. Cycle lanes are shown by road markings and signs. You **MUST NOT** drive or park in a cycle lane marked by a solid white line during its times of operation. Do not drive or park in a cycle lane marked by a broken white line unless it is unavoidable. You **MUST NOT** park in any cycle lane whilst waiting restrictions apply. You should give way to any cyclists in a cycle lane, including when they are approaching from behind you – do not cut across them when you are turning or when you are changing lane (see [Rule H3](#ruleh3)). Be prepared to stop and wait for a safe gap in the flow of cyclists before crossing the cycle lane. Cycle tracks are routes for cyclists that are physically protected or located away from motor traffic, other than where they cross side roads. Cycle tracks may be shared with pedestrians. You should give way to cyclists approaching or using the cycle track when you are turning into or out of a junction (see [Rule H3](#ruleh3)). Be prepared to stop and wait for a safe gap in the flow of cyclists before crossing the cycle track, which may be used by cyclists travelling in both directions. Bear in mind that cyclists are not obliged to use cycle lanes or cycle tracks. **Law [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8)** ### Rule 141 **Bus lanes.** These are shown by road markings and signs that indicate which (if any) other vehicles are permitted to use the bus lane. Unless otherwise indicated, you should not drive in a bus lane during its period of operation. You may enter a bus lane to stop, to load or unload where this is not prohibited. ### Rule 142 **High-occupancy vehicle lanes and other designated vehicle lanes.** Lanes may be restricted for use by particular types of vehicle; these restrictions may apply some or all of the time. The operating times and vehicle types will be indicated on the accompanying traffic signs. You **MUST NOT** drive in such lanes during their times of operation unless signs indicate that your vehicle is permitted (see ‘[Traffic signs](#chapter-traffic-signs)’). Vehicles permitted to use designated lanes may or may not include cycles, buses, taxis, licensed private hire vehicles, motorcycles, heavy goods vehicles (HGVs) and high-occupancy vehicles (HOVs). Where HOV lanes are in operation, they **MUST ONLY** be used by - vehicles containing at least the minimum number of people indicated on the traffic signs - any other vehicles, such as buses and motorcycles, as indicated on signs prior to the start of the lane, irrespective of the number of occupants. **Laws [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8), & [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36)** ### Rule 143 **One-way streets.** Traffic **MUST** travel in the direction indicated by signs. Buses and/or cycles may have a contraflow lane. Choose the correct lane for your exit as soon as you can. Do not change lanes suddenly. Unless road signs or markings indicate otherwise, you should use - the left-hand lane when going left - the right-hand lane when going right - the most appropriate lane when going straight ahead. Remember – traffic could be passing on both sides. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8)** #### General advice (rules 144 to 158) ### Rule 144 You **MUST NOT** - drive dangerously - drive without due care and attention - drive without reasonable consideration for other road users. Driving requires focus and attention at all times. Remember, you may be driving dangerously or travelling too fast even if you don’t mean to. **Law [RTA 1988 sects 2 & 3](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52) as amended by [RTA 1991](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1991/40/contents)** ### Rule 145 You **MUST NOT** drive on or over a pavement, footpath or bridleway except to gain lawful access to property, or in the case of an emergency. **Laws [HA 1835 sect 72](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Will4/5-6/50/section/72) & [RTA 1988 sect 34](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/34)** ### Rule 146 **Adapt your driving** to the appropriate type and condition of road you are on. In particular - do not treat speed limits as a target. It is often not appropriate or safe to drive at the maximum speed limit - take the road and traffic conditions into account. Be prepared for unexpected or difficult situations, for example, the road being blocked beyond a blind bend. Be prepared to adjust your speed as a precaution - where there are junctions, be prepared for road users emerging - in side roads and country lanes look out for unmarked junctions where nobody has priority - be prepared to stop at traffic control systems, road works, pedestrian crossings or traffic lights as necessary - try to anticipate what pedestrians and cyclists might do. If pedestrians, particularly children, are looking the other way, they may step out into the road without seeing you. ### Rule 147 **Be considerate.** Be careful of and considerate towards all types of road users, especially those requiring extra care (see [Rule 204](#rule204)). - you **MUST NOT** throw anything out of a vehicle; for example, food or food packaging, cigarette ends, cans, paper or carrier bags. This can endanger other road users, particularly motorcyclists and cyclists. - try to be understanding if other road users cause problems; they may be inexperienced or not know the area well. - be patient; remember that anyone can make a mistake. - do not allow yourself to become agitated or involved if someone is behaving badly on the road. This will only make the situation worse. Pull over, calm down and, when you feel relaxed, continue your journey. - slow down and hold back if a road user pulls out into your path at a junction. Allow them to get clear. Do not over-react by driving too close behind to intimidate them. **Law [EPA sect 87](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1990/43/section/87)** ### Rule 148 **Safe driving and riding needs concentration.** Avoid distractions when driving or riding such as - loud music (this may mask other sounds) - trying to read maps - starting or adjusting any music or radio - arguing with your passengers or other road users - eating and drinking - smoking You **MUST NOT** smoke in public transport vehicles or in vehicles used for work purposes in certain prescribed circumstances. Separate regulations apply to England, Wales and Scotland. In England and Wales, the driver **MUST NOT** smoke or allow anyone to smoke in an enclosed private vehicle carrying someone under 18, including motor caravans. In Scotland it is an offence for anyone aged 18 or over to smoke in a private motor vehicle (unless it is parked and being used as living accommodation) when there is someone under 18 in the vehicle and the vehicle is in a public place. **Laws [TSf(EV)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2007/765/contents/made), [TSfP(W)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/wsi/2007/787/contents/made), [TPSCP(S)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ssi/2006/90/contents/made), [S-f(PV)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2015/9780111126004/contents), [S-f(W)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/wsi/2015/1363/made) & [SP(CIMV)(S)A](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/asp/2016/3/contents)** ### Mobile phones and in-vehicle technology ### Rule 149 You **MUST** exercise proper control of your vehicle at all times. You **MUST NOT** use a hand-held mobile phone, or similar device, capable of interactive communication (such as a tablet) for any purpose when driving or when supervising a learner driver. This ban covers all use of a hand-held interactive communication device and it applies even when the interactive communication capability is turned off or unavailable. You **MUST NOT** pick up the phone or similar device while driving to dial a number and then put it in the cradle for the duration of the conversation. You **MUST NOT** pick up and use your hand-held phone or similar device while stationary in traffic. There is an exception to call 999 or 112 in a genuine emergency when it is unsafe or impractical to stop. There is also an exception if you are using a hand-held mobile phone or similar device to make a contactless payment at a contactless payment terminal. Your vehicle **MUST** be stationary, and the goods or services **MUST** be received at the same time as, or after, the contactless payment. Never use a hand-held microphone when driving. Using hands-free equipment is also likely to distract your attention from the road. It is far safer not to use any telephone or similar device while you are driving or riding - find a safe place to stop first or use the voicemail facility and listen to messages later. You may park your vehicle using a handheld remote control app or device. The app or device **MUST** be legal, and you should not put other people in danger when you use it. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 2 & 3](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52), & [CUR regs 104](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/104/made) & [110](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2003/2695/made)** ### Rule 150 There is a danger of driver distraction being caused by in-vehicle systems such as satellite navigation systems, congestion warning systems, PCs, multi-media, etc. You **MUST** exercise proper control of your vehicle at all times. Do not rely on driver assistance systems such as motorway assist, lane departure warnings, or remote control parking. They are available to assist but you should not reduce your concentration levels. Do not be distracted by maps or screen-based information (such as navigation or vehicle management systems) while driving or riding. If necessary find a safe place to stop. As the driver, you are still responsible for the vehicle if you use a driver assistance system (like motorway assist). This is also the case if you use a hand-held remote control parking app or device. You **MUST** have full control over these systems at all times. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 2 & 3](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52), & [CUR reg 104](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/104/made) & [110](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2018/592/made)** ### Rule 151 **In slow-moving traffic.** You should - reduce the distance between you and the vehicle ahead to maintain traffic flow - never get so close to the vehicle in front that you cannot stop safely - leave enough space to be able to manoeuvre if the vehicle in front breaks down or an emergency vehicle needs to get past - not change lanes to the left to overtake - allow access into and from side roads, as blocking these will add to congestion - allow pedestrians and cyclists to cross in front of you - be aware of cyclists and motorcyclists who may be passing on either side. ### Driving in built-up areas ### Rule 152 **Residential streets.** You should drive slowly and carefully on streets where there are likely to be pedestrians, cyclists and parked cars. In some areas a 20 mph (32 km/h) maximum speed limit may be in force. Look out for - vehicles emerging from junctions or driveways - vehicles moving off - car doors opening - pedestrians - children running out from between parked cars - cyclists and motorcyclists. ### Rule 153 **Traffic-calming measures.** On some roads there are features such as road humps, chicanes and narrowings which are intended to slow you down. When you approach these features reduce your speed. Allow cyclists and motorcyclists room to pass through them. Maintain a reduced speed along the whole of the stretch of road within the calming measures. Give way to oncoming road users if directed to do so by signs. You should not overtake other moving road users while in these areas. ### Country roads ### Rule 154 Take extra care on country roads and reduce your speed at approaches to bends, which can be sharper than they appear, and at junctions and turnings, which may be partially hidden. Be prepared for pedestrians, horse riders, cyclists, slow-moving farm vehicles or mud on the road surface. Make sure you can stop within the distance you can see to be clear. You should also reduce your speed where country roads enter villages. ### Rule 155 **Single-track roads.** These are only wide enough for one vehicle. They may have special passing places. If you see a vehicle coming towards you, or the driver behind wants to overtake, pull into a passing place on your left, or wait opposite a passing place on your right. Give way to road users coming uphill whenever you can. If necessary, reverse until you reach a passing place to let the other vehicle pass. Slow down when passing pedestrians, cyclists and horse riders. ### Rule 156 Do not park in passing places. ### Vehicles prohibited from using roads and pavements ### Rule 157 Certain motorised vehicles do not meet the construction and technical requirements for road vehicles and are generally not intended, not suitable and not legal for road, pavement, footpath, cycle path or bridleway use. These include most types of miniature motorcycles, also called mini motos, and motorised scooters, also called go peds, which are powered by electric or internal combustion engines. These types of vehicle **MUST NOT** be used on roads, pavements, footpaths or bridleways. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 34](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/34), [41a](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/41A), [42](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/42), [47](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/47), [63](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/63/enacted) & [66](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/66), [HA 1835 sect 72](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Will4/5-6/50/section/72) & [R(S)A sect 129](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/54/section/129)** ### Rule 158 Certain models of motorcycles, motor tricycles and quadricycles, also called quad bikes, are suitable only for off-road use and do not meet legal standards for use on roads. Vehicles that do not meet these standards **MUST NOT** be used on roads. They **MUST NOT** be used on pavements, footpaths, cycle paths or bridleways either. You **MUST** make sure that any motorcycle, motor tricycle, quadricycle or any other motor vehicle meets legal standards and is properly registered, taxed and insured before using it on the roads. Even when registered, taxed and insured for the road, vehicles **MUST NOT** be used on pavements. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 34](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/34), [41a](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/41A), [42](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/42), [47](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/47), [63](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/63), [66](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/66) & [156](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/156), [HA 1835 sect 72](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/Will4/5-6/50/section/72), [R(S)A sect 129](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/54/section/129) & [VERA sects 1](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1994/22/section/1), [29](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1994/22/section/29), [31A](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1994/22/section/31A) & [43A](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1994/22/section/43A)** ## Using the road (159 to 203) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) #### General rules (rules 159 to 161) ### Rule 159 Before moving off you should - use all mirrors to check the road is clear - look round to check the blind spots (the areas you are unable to see in the mirrors) - signal if necessary before moving out - look round for a final check. Move off only when it is safe to do so. ### Rule 160 **Once moving** you should - keep to the left, unless road signs or markings indicate otherwise. The exceptions are when you want to overtake, turn right or pass parked vehicles or pedestrians in the road - keep well to the left on right-hand bends. This will improve your view of the road and help avoid the risk of colliding with traffic approaching from the opposite direction - drive or ride with both hands on the wheel or handlebars where possible. This will help you to remain in full control of the vehicle at all times. You may use driver assistance systems while you are driving. Make sure you use any system according to the manufacturer’s instructions. - be aware of other road users, especially cycles and motorcycles who may be filtering through the traffic. These are more difficult to see than larger vehicles and their riders are particularly vulnerable. Give them plenty of room, especially if you are driving a long vehicle or towing a trailer. You should give way to cyclists when you are changing direction or lane – do not cut across them. - select a lower gear before you reach a long downhill slope. This will help to control your speed - when towing, remember the extra length will affect overtaking and manoeuvring. The extra weight will also affect the braking and acceleration. ### Rule 161 **Mirrors.** All mirrors should be used effectively throughout your journey. You should - use your mirrors frequently so that you always know what is behind and to each side of you - use them in good time before you signal or change direction or speed - be aware that mirrors do not cover all areas and there will be blind spots. You will need to look round and check. **Remember: Mirrors – Signal – Manoeuvre** #### Overtaking (rules 162 to 169) ### Rule 162 **Before overtaking** you should make sure - the road is sufficiently clear ahead - road users are not beginning to overtake you - there is a suitable gap in front of the road user you plan to overtake. ### Rule 163 **Overtake only** when it is safe and legal to do so. You should - not get too close to the vehicle you intend to overtake - use your mirrors, signal when it is safe to do so, take a quick sideways glance if necessary into the blind spot area and then start to move out - not assume that you can simply follow a vehicle ahead which is overtaking; there may only be enough room for one vehicle - move quickly past the vehicle you are overtaking, once you have started to overtake. Allow plenty of room. Move back to the left as soon as you can but do not cut in - take extra care at night and in poor visibility when it is harder to judge speed and distance - give way to oncoming vehicles before passing parked vehicles or other obstructions on your side of the road - only overtake on the left if the vehicle in front is signalling to turn right, and there is room to do so - stay in your lane if traffic is moving slowly in queues. If the queue on your right is moving more slowly than you are, you may pass on the left. Cyclists may pass slower moving or stationary traffic on their right or left and should proceed with caution as the driver may not be able to see you. Be careful about doing so, particularly on the approach to junctions, and especially when deciding whether it is safe to pass lorries or other large vehicles. - give motorcyclists, cyclists and horse riders and horse drawn vehicles at least as much room as you would when overtaking a car (see [Rules 211 to 215](#motorcyclists-and-cyclists-rules-211-to-213)). As a guide: - leave at least 1.5 metres when overtaking cyclists at speeds of up to 30mph, and give them more space when overtaking at higher speeds - pass horse riders and horse-drawn vehicles at speeds under 10 mph and allow at least 2 metres of space - allow at least 2 metres of space and keep to a low speed when passing a pedestrian who is walking in the road (for example, where there is no pavement) - take extra care and give more space when overtaking motorcyclists, cyclists, horse riders, horse drawn vehicles and pedestrians in bad weather (including high winds) and at night - you should wait behind the motorcyclist, cyclist, horse rider, horse drawn vehicle or pedestrian and not overtake if it is unsafe or not possible to meet these clearances. **Remember: Mirrors – Signal – Manoeuvre** ### Rule 164 **Large vehicles.** Overtaking these is more difficult. You should - drop back. This will increase your ability to see ahead and should allow the driver of the large vehicle to see you in their mirrors. Getting too close to large vehicles, including agricultural vehicles such as a tractor with a trailer or other fixed equipment, will obscure your view of the road ahead and there may be another slow-moving vehicle in front - make sure that you have enough room to complete your overtaking manoeuvre before committing yourself. It takes longer to pass a large vehicle. If in doubt do not overtake - not assume you can follow a vehicle ahead which is overtaking a long vehicle. If a problem develops, they may abort overtaking and pull back in ### Rule 165 You **MUST NOT** overtake - if you would have to cross or straddle double white lines with a solid line nearest to you (but see [Rule 129](#rule129)) - if you would have to enter an area designed to divide traffic, if it is surrounded by a solid white line - the nearest vehicle to a pedestrian crossing, especially when it has stopped to let pedestrians cross - if you would have to enter a lane reserved for buses, trams or cycles during its hours of operation - after a ‘No Overtaking’ sign and until you pass a sign cancelling the restriction. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 1](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/1/made), [schedule 9 part 7](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made), [schedule 14 part 1](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 166 **DO NOT** overtake if there is any doubt, or where you cannot see far enough ahead to be sure it is safe. For example, when you are approaching - a corner or bend - a hump bridge - the brow of a hill. ### Rule 167 **DO NOT** overtake where you might come into conflict with other road users. For example - approaching or at a road junction on either side of the road - where the road narrows - when approaching a school crossing patrol - on the approach to crossing facilities - where a vehicle ahead is slowing to stop for a pedestrian that is crossing from a pedestrian island (see [Rule 165](#rule165)) - between the kerb and a bus or tram when it is at a stop - where traffic is queuing at junctions or road works - when you would force another road user to swerve or slow down - at a level crossing - when a road user is indicating right, even if you believe the signal should have been cancelled. Do not take a risk; wait for the signal to be cancelled - stay behind if you are following a cyclist approaching a roundabout or junction, and you intend to turn left. Do not cut across cyclists going ahead, including those using cycle lanes and cycle tracks (see [Rule H3](#ruleh3)) - stay behind if you are following a horse rider or horse drawn vehicle approaching a roundabout or junction, and you intend to turn left. Do not cut across a horse rider or horse drawn vehicle going ahead - when a tram is standing at a kerbside tram stop and there is no clearly marked passing lane for other traffic. ### Rule 168 **Being overtaken.** If a driver is trying to overtake you, maintain a steady course and speed, slowing down if necessary to let the vehicle pass. Never obstruct drivers who wish to pass. Speeding up or driving unpredictably while someone is overtaking you is dangerous. Drop back to maintain a two-second gap if someone overtakes and pulls into the gap in front of you. ### Rule 169 Do not hold up a long queue of traffic, especially if you are driving a large or slow-moving vehicle. Check your mirrors frequently, and if necessary, pull in where it is safe and let traffic pass. #### Road junctions (rules 170 to 183) ### Rule 170 Take extra care at junctions. You should - watch out for cyclists, motorcyclists and pedestrians including powered wheelchairs/mobility scooter users as they are not always easy to see. Be aware that they may not have seen or heard you if you are approaching from behind - give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross a road into which or from which you are turning. If they have started to cross they have priority, so give way (see [Rule H2](#ruleh2)) - remain behind cyclists, horse riders, horse drawn vehicles and motorcyclists at junctions even if they are waiting to turn and are positioned close to the kerb - watch out for long vehicles which may be turning at a junction ahead; they may have to use the whole width of the road to make the turn (see [Rule 221](#rule221)) - watch out for horse riders who may take a different line on the road from that which you would expect - not assume, when waiting at a junction, that a vehicle coming from the right and signalling left will actually turn. Wait and make sure - look all around before emerging. Do not cross or join a road until there is a gap large enough for you to do so safely. ### Rule 171 You **MUST** stop behind the line at a junction with a ‘Stop’ sign and a solid white line across the road. Wait for a safe gap in the traffic before you move off. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 9 parts 7 and 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made)** ### Rule 172 The approach to a junction may have a ‘Give Way’ sign or a triangle marked on the road. You **MUST** give way to traffic on the main road when emerging from a junction with broken white lines across the road. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 9 parts 7 and 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made)** ### Rule 173 **Dual carriageways.** When crossing or turning right, first assess whether the central reservation is deep enough to protect the full length of your vehicle. - If it is, then you should treat each half of the carriageway as a separate road. Wait in the central reservation until there is a safe gap in the traffic on the second half of the road. - If the central reservation is too shallow for the length of your vehicle, wait until you can cross both carriageways in one go. ### Rule 174 **Box junctions.** These have criss-cross yellow lines painted on the road (see ‘[Road markings](#chapter-road-markings)’). You **MUST NOT** enter the box until your exit road or lane is clear. However, you may enter the box and wait when you want to turn right, and are only stopped from doing so by oncoming traffic, or by other vehicles waiting to turn right. At signalled roundabouts you **MUST NOT** enter the box unless you can cross over it completely without stopping. **Law [TSRGD schedule 9 parts 7 and 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made)** ### Junctions controlled by traffic lights ### Rule 175 You **MUST** stop behind the white ‘Stop’ line across your side of the road unless the light is green. If the amber light appears you may go on only if you have already crossed the stop line or are so close to it that to stop might cause a collision. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 14 parts 1 and 4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 176 You **MUST NOT** move forward over the white line when the red light is showing. Only go forward when the traffic lights are green if there is room for you to clear the junction safely or you are taking up a position to turn right. If the traffic lights are not working, treat the situation as you would an unmarked junction and proceed with great care. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 14 parts 1 and 4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 177 **Green filter arrow.** This indicates a filter lane only. Do not enter that lane unless you want to go in the direction of the arrow. You may proceed in the direction of the green arrow when it, or the full green light shows. Give other traffic, especially cyclists, time and room to move into the correct lane. ### Rule 178 **Advanced stop lines.** Some signal-controlled junctions have advanced stop lines to allow cyclists to be positioned ahead of other traffic. Motorists, including motorcyclists, **MUST** stop at the first white line reached if the lights are amber or red and should avoid blocking the way or encroaching on the marked area at other times, e.g. if the junction ahead is blocked. If your vehicle has proceeded over the first white line at the time that the signal goes red, you should stop as soon as possible and **MUST** stop at the second white line. Allow cyclists, including any moving or waiting alongside you, enough time and space to move off when the green signal shows. Drivers of large vehicles should stop sufficiently far behind the first white line so that they can see the whole area where cyclists may be waiting, allowing for any blind spot in front of the vehicle. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD Schedule 14 part 1](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Turning right ### Rule 179 **Well before** you turn right you should - use your mirrors to make sure you know the position and movement of traffic behind you - give a right-turn signal - take up a position just left of the middle of the road or in the space marked for traffic turning right - leave room for other vehicles to pass on the left, if possible. ### Rule 180 Wait until there is a safe gap between you and any oncoming vehicle. Watch out for cyclists, motorcyclists, pedestrians and other road users. Check your mirrors and blind spot again to make sure you are not being overtaken, then make the turn. Do not cut the corner. Take great care when turning into a main road; you will need to watch for traffic in both directions and wait for a safe gap. **Remember: Mirrors – Signal – Manoeuvre** ### Rule 181 **When turning** right at crossroads where an oncoming vehicle is also turning right, there is a choice of two methods - turn right side to right side; keep the other vehicle on your right and turn behind it. This is generally the safer method as you have a clear view of any approaching traffic when completing your turn - left side to left side, turning in front of each other. This can block your view of oncoming vehicles, so take extra care. Cyclists and motorcyclists in particular may be hidden from your view. Road layout, markings or how the other vehicle is positioned can determine which course should be taken. ### Turning left ### Rule 182 Use your mirrors and give a left-turn signal well before you turn left. Do not overtake just before you turn left and watch out for traffic coming up on your left before you make the turn, especially if driving a large vehicle. Cyclists, motorcyclists and other road users in particular may be hidden from your view. ### Rule 183 When turning - keep as close to the left as is safe and practicable - give way to any vehicles using a bus lane, cycle lane, cycle track or tramway from either direction, including when they are passing slow moving or stationary vehicles on either side. #### Roundabouts (rules 184 to 190) ### Rule 184 **On approaching a roundabout** take notice and act on all the information available to you, including traffic signs, traffic lights and lane markings which direct you into the correct lane. You should - use **Mirrors – Signal – Manoeuvre** at all stages - decide as early as possible which exit you need to take - give an appropriate signal (see [Rule 186](#rule186), below). Time your signals so as not to confuse other road users - get into the correct lane - adjust your speed and position to fit in with traffic conditions - be aware of the speed and position of all the road users around you. ### Rule 185 **When reaching the roundabout** you should - give priority to traffic approaching from your right, unless directed otherwise by signs, road markings or traffic lights - check whether road markings allow you to enter the roundabout without giving way. If so, proceed, but still look to the right before joining - watch out for all other road users already on the roundabout; be aware they may not be signalling correctly or at all - look forward before moving off to make sure traffic in front has moved off. ### Rule 186 **Signals and position.** When taking the first exit to the left, unless signs or markings indicate otherwise - signal left and approach in the left-hand lane - keep to the left on the roundabout and continue signalling left to leave. When taking an exit to the right or going full circle, unless signs or markings indicate otherwise - signal right and approach in the right-hand lane - keep to the right on the roundabout until you need to change lanes to exit the roundabout - signal left after you have passed the exit before the one you want. When taking any intermediate exit, unless signs or markings indicate otherwise - select the appropriate lane on approach to the roundabout - you should not normally need to signal on approach - stay in this lane until you need to alter course to exit the roundabout - signal left after you have passed the exit before the one you want. When there are more than three lanes at the entrance to a roundabout, use the most appropriate lane on approach and through it. You should give priority to cyclists on the roundabout. They will be travelling more slowly than motorised traffic. Give them plenty of room and do not attempt to overtake them within their lane. Allow them to move across your path as they travel around the roundabout. Cyclists, horse riders and horse drawn vehicles may stay in the left-hand lane when they intend to continue across or around the roundabout and should signal right to show you they are not leaving the roundabout. Drivers should take extra care when entering a roundabout to ensure that they do not cut across cyclists, horse riders or horse drawn vehicles in the left-hand lane, who are continuing around the roundabout. ### Rule 187 **In all cases watch out for** and give plenty of room to - pedestrians who may be crossing the approach and exit roads - traffic crossing in front of you on the roundabout, especially vehicles intending to leave by the next exit - traffic which may be straddling lanes or positioned incorrectly - motorcyclists - long vehicles (including those towing trailers). These might have to take a different course or straddle lanes either approaching or on the roundabout because of their length. Watch out for their signals. ### Rule 188 **Mini-roundabouts.** Approach these in the same way as normal roundabouts. All vehicles **MUST** pass round the central markings except large vehicles which are physically incapable of doing so. Remember, there is less space to manoeuvre and less time to signal. Avoid making U-turns at mini-roundabouts. Beware of others doing this. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 9 parts 7 and 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made)** ### Rule 189 At double mini-roundabouts treat each roundabout separately and give way to traffic from the right. ### Rule 190 **Multiple roundabouts**. At some complex junctions, there may be a series of mini-roundabouts at each intersection. Treat each mini-roundabout separately and follow the normal rules. #### Pedestrian crossings (rules 191 to 199) ### Rule 191 You **MUST NOT** park on a crossing or in the area covered by the zig-zag lines. You **MUST NOT** overtake the moving vehicle nearest the crossing or the vehicle nearest the crossing which has stopped to give way to pedestrians. **Laws [RTRA sect 25(5)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/25) & [TSRGD schedule 14 parts 1 and 5](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 192 In slow-moving and queuing traffic you should keep crossings completely clear, as blocking these makes it difficult and dangerous for pedestrians to cross. You should not enter a pedestrian crossing if you are unable to completely clear the crossing. Nor should you block advanced stop lines for cycles. ### Rule 193 You should take extra care where the view of either side of the crossing is blocked by queuing traffic or incorrectly parked vehicles. Pedestrians may be crossing between stationary vehicles. ### Rule 194 Allow pedestrians plenty of time to cross and do not harass them by revving your engine or edging forward. ### Rule 195 **Zebra and parallel crossings.** As you approach a zebra crossing - look out for pedestrians waiting to cross and be ready to slow down or stop to let them cross - you should give way to pedestrians waiting to cross - you **MUST** give way when a pedestrian has moved onto a crossing - allow more time for stopping on wet or icy roads - do not wave, flash your lights or use your horn to invite pedestrians across; this could be dangerous if another vehicle is approaching - be patient, do not sound your horn or rev your engine as this can be intimidating - be aware of pedestrians approaching from the side of the crossing. A zebra crossing with a central island is two separate crossings (see [Rules 19](#rule19) and [20](#rule20)). Parallel crossings are similar to zebra crossings, but include a cycle route alongside the black and white stripes. As you approach a parallel crossing - look out for pedestrians or cyclists waiting to cross and slow down or stop - you should give way to pedestrians or cyclists waiting to cross - you **MUST** give way when a pedestrian or cyclist has moved onto a crossing - allow more time for stopping on wet or icy roads - do not wave, flash your lights or use your horn to invite pedestrians or cyclists across; this could be dangerous if another vehicle is approaching - be patient, do not sound your horn or rev your engine as this can be intimidating - be aware of pedestrians or cyclists approaching from the side of the crossing. A parallel crossing with a central island is two separate crossings (see [Rules 19](#rule19) and [20](#rule20)). **Law [TSRGD schedule 14 part 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Signal-controlled crossings ### Rule 196 **Pelican crossings.** These are signal-controlled crossings where flashing amber follows the red ‘Stop’ light. You **MUST** stop when the red light shows. When the amber light is flashing, you **MUST** give way to any pedestrians on the crossing. If the amber light is flashing and there are no pedestrians on the crossing, you may proceed with caution. **Laws [TSRGD reg 14](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made) & [RTRA sect 25(5)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/25)** ### Rule 197 Pelican crossings which go straight across the road are one crossing, even when there is a central island. You **MUST** wait for pedestrians who are crossing from the other side of the island. **Law [TSRGD reg 14](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 198 Give way to anyone still crossing after the signal for vehicles has changed to green. This advice applies to all crossings. ### Rule 199 **Toucan, puffin and equestrian crossings.** These are similar to pelican crossings, but there is no flashing amber phase; the light sequence for traffic at these three crossings is the same as at traffic lights. If the signal-controlled crossing is not working, proceed with extreme caution. Do not enter the crossing if you are unable to completely clear it, to avoid obstructing pedestrians, cyclists or horse riders. #### Reversing (200 to 203) ### Rule 200 Choose an appropriate place to manoeuvre. If you need to turn your vehicle around, wait until you find a safe place. Try not to reverse or turn round in a busy road; find a quiet side road or drive round a block of side streets. ### Rule 201 Do not reverse from a side road into a main road. When using a driveway, reverse in and drive out if you can. ### Rule 202 Look carefully before you start reversing. You should - use all your mirrors - check the ‘blind spot’ behind you (the part of the road you cannot see easily in the mirrors) - check there are no pedestrians (particularly children), cyclists, other road users or obstructions in the road behind you. Reverse slowly while - checking all around - looking mainly through the rear window - being aware that the front of your vehicle will swing out as you turn. Get someone to guide you if you cannot see clearly. ### Rule 203 You **MUST NOT** reverse your vehicle further than necessary. **Law [CUR reg 106](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/106/made)** ## Road users requiring extra care (204 to 225) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-users-requiring-extra-care-204-to-225) #### Overview (rule 204) ### Rule 204 The road users most at risk from road traffic are pedestrians, in particular children, older adults and disabled people, cyclists, horse riders and motorcyclists. It is particularly important to be aware of children, older adults and disabled people, and learner and inexperienced drivers and riders. In any interaction between road users, those who can cause the greatest harm have the greatest responsibility to reduce the danger or threat they pose to others. #### Pedestrians (rules 205 to 210) ### Rule 205 There is a risk of pedestrians, especially children, stepping unexpectedly into the road. You should drive with the safety of children in mind at a speed suitable for the conditions. ### Rule 206 **Drive carefully and slowly** when - in crowded shopping streets, Home Zones and Quiet Lanes (see [Rule 218](#rule218)) or residential areas - driving past bus and tram stops; pedestrians may emerge suddenly into the road - passing parked vehicles, especially ice cream vans; children are more interested in ice cream than traffic and may run into the road unexpectedly - needing to cross a pavement, cycle lane or cycle track; for example, to reach or leave a driveway or private access. Give way to pedestrians on the pavement and cyclists using a cycle lane or cycle track - reversing into a side road; look all around the vehicle and give way to any pedestrians who may be crossing the road - turning at road junctions; you should give way to pedestrians who are crossing or waiting to cross the road into which or from which you are turning - going through road works or when passing roadside rescue and recovery vehicles, as there may be people working in or at the side of the road - the pavement is closed due to street repairs and pedestrians are directed to use the road - approaching pedestrians on narrow rural roads without a footway or footpath. Always slow down and be prepared to stop if necessary, giving them plenty of room as you drive past - approaching zebra and parallel crossings as you **MUST** give way to pedestrians and cyclists on the crossing (see [Rule 195](#rule195)) - approaching pedestrians who have started to cross the road ahead of you. They have priority when crossing at a junction or side road so you should give way (see [Rule H2](#ruleh2)). **[Law TSRGD schedule 14 Part 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 207 **Particularly vulnerable pedestrians.** These include: - children and older pedestrians who may not be able to judge your speed and could step into the road in front of you. At 40 mph (64 km/h) your vehicle will probably kill any pedestrians it hits. At 20 mph (32 km/h) there is only a 1 in 20 chance of the pedestrian being killed. So kill your speed - older pedestrians who may need more time to cross the road. Be patient and allow them to cross in their own time. Do not hurry them by revving your engine or edging forward - people with disabilities. People with hearing impairments may not be aware of your vehicle approaching. Those with walking difficulties require more time - blind or partially sighted people, who may be carrying a white cane using a guide dog. They may not be able to see you approaching - deafblind people who may be carrying a white cane with a red band or using a dog with a red and white harness. They may not see or hear instructions or signals. ### Rule 208 **Near schools.** Drive slowly and be particularly aware of young cyclists and pedestrians. In some places, there may be a flashing amber signal below the ‘School’ warning sign which tells you that there may be children crossing the road ahead. Drive very slowly until you are clear of the area. ### Rule 209 Drive carefully and slowly when passing a stationary bus showing a ‘School Bus’ sign as children may be getting on or off. ### Rule 210 You **MUST** stop when a school crossing patrol shows a ‘Stop for children’ sign (see ‘[Signals by authorised persons](#chapter-signals-by-authorised-persons)’ and ‘[Traffic signs](#chapter-traffic-signs)’). **Law [RTRA sect 28](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/28)** #### Motorcyclists and cyclists (rules 211 to 213) ### Rule 211 It is often difficult to see motorcyclists and cyclists, especially when they are waiting alongside you, coming up from behind, coming out of or moving off from junctions, at roundabouts, overtaking you or filtering through traffic. Always look out for them before you emerge from a junction; they could be approaching faster than you think. Do not turn at a junction if to do so would cause the cyclist going straight ahead to stop or swerve, just as you would do with a motor vehicle. When turning right across a line of slow-moving or stationary traffic, look out for and give way to cyclists or motorcyclists on the inside of the traffic you are crossing. Be especially careful when moving off, turning, and when changing direction or lane. Be sure to check mirrors and blind spots carefully. ### Rule 212 Give motorcyclists, cyclists, horse riders, horse drawn vehicles and pedestrians walking in the road (for example, where there is no pavement), at least as much room as you would when overtaking a car (see [Rules 162 to 167](#rule162)). Drivers should take extra care and give more space when overtaking motorcyclists, cyclists, horse riders, horse drawn vehicles and pedestrians in bad weather (including high winds) and at night. If the rider looks over their shoulder it could mean that they intend to pull out, turn right or change direction. Give them time and space to do so. ### Rule 213 On narrow sections of road, on quiet roads or streets, at road junctions and in slower-moving traffic, cyclists may sometimes ride in the centre of the lane, rather than towards the side of the road. It can be safer for groups of cyclists to ride two abreast in these situations. Allow them to do so for their own safety, to ensure they can see and be seen. Cyclists are also advised to ride at least a door’s width or 1 metre from parked cars for their own safety. On narrow sections of road, horse riders may ride in the centre of the lane. Allow them to do so for their own safety to ensure they can see and be seen. Motorcyclists, cyclists, horse riders and horse drawn vehicles may suddenly need to avoid uneven road surfaces and obstacles such as drain covers or oily, wet or icy patches on the road. Give them plenty of room and pay particular attention to any sudden change of direction they may have to make. #### Other road users (rules 214 to 218) ### Rule 214 **Animals.** When passing animals, drive slowly. Give them plenty of room and be ready to stop. Do not scare animals by sounding your horn, revving your engine or accelerating rapidly once you have passed them. Look out for animals being led, driven or ridden on the road and take extra care. Keep your speed down at bends and on narrow country roads. If a road is blocked by a herd of animals, stop and switch off your engine until they have left the road. Watch out for animals on unfenced roads. ### Rule 215 **Horse riders and horse-drawn vehicles.** Be particularly careful of horse riders and horse-drawn vehicles especially when approaching, overtaking, passing or moving away. Always pass wide and slowly. When you see a horse on a road, you should slow down to a maximum of 10 mph. Be patient, do not sound your horn or rev your engine. When safe to do so, pass wide and slow, allowing at least 2 metres of space. Feral or semi feral ponies found in areas such as the New Forest, Exmoor and Dartmoor require the same consideration as ridden horses when approaching or passing. Horse riders are often children, so take extra care and remember riders may ride in double file when escorting a young or inexperienced horse or rider. Look out for horse riders’ and horse drivers’ signals and heed a request to slow down or stop. Take great care and treat all horses as a potential hazard; they can be unpredictable, despite the efforts of their rider/driver. Remember there are three brains at work when you pass a horse; the rider’s, the driver’s and the horse’s. Do not forget horses are flight animals and can move incredibly quickly if startled. ### Rule 216 **Older drivers.** Their reactions may be slower than other drivers. Make allowance for this. ### Rule 217 **Learners and inexperienced drivers.** They may not be so skilful at anticipating and responding to events. Be particularly patient with learner drivers and young drivers. Drivers who have recently passed their test may display a ‘new driver’ plate or sticker (see ‘[Safety code for new drivers](#chapter-annex-8-safety-code-for-new-drivers)’). ### Rule 218 **Home Zones and Quiet Lanes.** These are places where people could be using the whole of the road for a range of activities such as children playing or for a community event. You should drive slowly and carefully and be prepared to stop to allow people extra time to make space for you to pass them in safety. #### Other vehicles (rules 219 to 225) ### Rule 219 **Emergency and Incident Support vehicles.** You should look and listen for ambulances, fire engines, police, doctors or other emergency vehicles using flashing blue, red or green lights and sirens or flashing headlights, or traffic officer and incident support vehicles using flashing amber lights. When one approaches do not panic. Consider the route of such a vehicle and take appropriate action to let it pass, while complying with all traffic signs. If necessary, pull to the side of the road and stop, but try to avoid stopping before the brow of a hill, a bend or narrow section of road. Do not endanger yourself, other road users or pedestrians and avoid mounting the kerb. Do not brake harshly on approach to a junction or roundabout, as a following vehicle may not have the same view as you. ### Rule 220 **Powered vehicles used by disabled people.** These small vehicles travel at a maximum speed of 8 mph (12 km/h). On a dual carriageway where the speed limit exceeds 50 mph (80 km/h) they **MUST** have a flashing amber beacon, but on other roads you may not have that advance warning (see [Rules 36 to 46](#chapter-rules-for-users-of-powered-wheelchairs-and-mobility-scooters-36-to-46) inclusive). **Law [RVLR regs 17(1)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/17/made) & [26](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/26/made)** ### Rule 221 **Large vehicles.** These may need extra road space to turn or to deal with a hazard that you are not able to see. If you are following a large vehicle, such as a bus or articulated lorry, be aware that the driver may not be able to see you in the mirrors. Be prepared to stop and wait if it needs room or time to turn. ### Rule 222 Large vehicles can block your view. Your ability to see and to plan ahead will be improved if you pull back to increase your separation distance. Be patient, as larger vehicles are subject to lower speed limits than cars and motorcycles. Many large vehicles may be fitted with speed limiting devices which will restrict speed to 56 mph (90 km/h) even on a motorway. ### Rule 223 **Buses, coaches and trams.** Give priority to these vehicles when you can do so safely, especially when they signal to pull away from stops. Look out for people getting off a bus or tram and crossing the road. ### Rule 224 **Electric vehicles.** Be careful of electric vehicles such as milk floats and trams. Trams move quickly but silently and cannot steer to avoid you. ### Rule 225 **Vehicles with flashing amber beacons.** These warn of a slow-moving or stationary vehicle (such as a traffic officer vehicle, salt spreader, snow plough or recovery vehicle) or abnormal loads, so approach with caution. On unrestricted dual carriageways, motor vehicles first used on or after 1 January 1947 with a maximum speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or less (such as tractors) **MUST** use a flashing amber beacon (also see [Rule 220](#rule220)). **Law [RVLR reg 17](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/17/made)** ## Driving in adverse weather conditions (226 to 237) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/driving-in-adverse-weather-conditions-226-to-237) #### Overview (rule 226) ### Rule 226 You **MUST** use headlights when visibility is seriously reduced, generally when you cannot see for more than 100 metres (328 feet). You may also use front or rear fog lights but you **MUST** switch them off when visibility improves (see [Rule 236](#rule236)). **Law [RVLR regs 25](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/25/made) & [27](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/27/made)** #### Wet weather (rule 227) ### Rule 227 **Wet weather.** In wet weather, stopping distances will be at least double those required for stopping on dry roads (see [‘Typical stopping distances’](#rule126)). This is because your tyres have less grip on the road. In wet weather - you should keep well back from the vehicle in front. This will increase your ability to see and plan ahead - if the steering becomes unresponsive, it probably means that water is preventing the tyres from gripping the road. Ease off the accelerator and slow down gradually - the rain and spray from vehicles may make it difficult to see and be seen - be aware of the dangers of spilt diesel that will make the surface very slippery (see [Vehicle maintenance, safety and security](#chapter-annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security)) - take extra care around pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists and horse riders. #### Icy and snowy weather (rules 228 to 231) ### Rule 228 In winter check the local weather forecast for warnings of icy or snowy weather. **DO NOT** drive in these conditions unless your journey is essential. If it is, take great care and allow more time for your journey. Take an emergency kit of de-icer and ice scraper, torch, warm clothing and boots, first aid kit, jump leads and a shovel, together with a warm drink and emergency food in case you get stuck or your vehicle breaks down. ### Rule 229 Before you set off - you **MUST** be able to see, so clear all snow and ice from all your windows - you **MUST** ensure that lights are clean and number plates are clearly visible and legible - make sure the mirrors are clear and the windows are demisted thoroughly - remove all snow that might fall off into the path of other road users - check your planned route is clear of delays and that no further snowfalls or severe weather are predicted. **Laws [CUR reg 30](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/30/made), [RVLR reg 23](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/23/made), [VERA sect 43](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1994/22/section/43) & [RV(DRM)R reg 11](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2001/561/regulation/11/made)** ### Rule 230 **When driving** in icy or snowy weather - drive with care, even if the roads have been treated - keep well back from the road user in front as stopping distances can be ten times greater than on dry roads - take care when overtaking vehicles spreading salt or other de-icer, particularly if you are riding a motorcycle or cycle - watch out for snowploughs which may throw out snow on either side. Do not overtake them unless the lane you intend to use has been cleared - be prepared for the road conditions to change over relatively short distances - listen to travel bulletins and take note of variable message signs that may provide information about weather, road and traffic conditions ahead. ### Rule 231 **Drive extremely carefully** when the roads are icy. Avoid sudden actions as these could cause loss of control. You should - drive at a slow speed in as high a gear as possible; accelerate and brake very gently - drive particularly slowly on bends where loss of control is more likely. Brake progressively on the straight before you reach a bend. Having slowed down, steer smoothly round the bend, avoiding sudden actions - check your grip on the road surface when there is snow or ice by choosing a safe place to brake gently. If the steering feels unresponsive this may indicate ice and your vehicle losing its grip on the road. When travelling on ice, tyres make virtually no noise. #### Windy weather (rules 232 to 233) ### Rule 232 High-sided vehicles are most affected by windy weather, but strong gusts can also blow a car, cyclist, motorcyclist or horse rider off course. This can happen on open stretches of road exposed to strong crosswinds, or when passing bridges or gaps in hedges. ### Rule 233 In very windy weather your vehicle may be affected by turbulence created by large vehicles. Motorcyclists are particularly affected, so keep well back from them when they are overtaking a high-sided vehicle. #### Fog (rules 234 to 236) ### Rule 234 **Before entering fog** check your mirrors then slow down. If ‘Fog’ is shown on a sign but the road is clear, be prepared for a bank of fog or drifting patchy fog ahead. Even if it seems to be clearing, you can suddenly find yourself in thick fog. ### Rule 235 **When driving in fog** you should - use your lights as required (see [Rule 226](#rule226)) - keep a safe distance behind the vehicle in front. Rear lights can give a false sense of security - be able to pull up well within the distance you can see clearly. This is particularly important on motorways and dual carriageways, as vehicles are travelling faster - use your windscreen wipers and demisters - beware of other drivers not using headlights - not accelerate to get away from a vehicle which is too close behind you - check your mirrors before you slow down. Then use your brakes so that your brake lights warn drivers behind you that you are slowing down - stop in the correct position at a junction with limited visibility and listen for traffic. When you are sure it is safe to emerge, do so positively and do not hesitate in a position that puts you directly in the path of approaching vehicles. ### Rule 236 You **MUST NOT** use front or rear fog lights unless visibility is seriously reduced (see [Rule 226](#rule226)) as they dazzle other road users and can obscure your brake lights. You **MUST** switch them off when visibility improves. **Law [RVLR regs 25](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/25/made) & [27](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/27/made)** #### Hot weather (rule 237) ### Rule 237 Keep your vehicle well ventilated to avoid drowsiness. Be aware that the road surface may become soft or if it rains after a dry spell it may become slippery. These conditions could affect your steering and braking. If you are dazzled by bright sunlight, slow down and if necessary, stop. ## Waiting and parking (238 to 252) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/waiting-and-parking-238-to-252) #### General (rule 238) ### Rule 238 You **MUST NOT** wait or park on yellow lines during the times of operation shown on nearby time plates (or zone entry signs if in a Controlled Parking Zone) – see [‘Traffic signs’](#chapter-traffic-signs) and [‘Road markings’](#chapter-road-markings). Double yellow lines indicate a prohibition of waiting at any time even if there are no upright signs. You **MUST NOT** wait or park, or stop to set down and pick up passengers, on school entrance markings (see [‘Road markings’](#chapter-road-markings)) when upright signs indicate a prohibition of stopping. **Law [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8)** #### Parking (rules 239 to 247) ### Rule 239 Use off-street parking areas, or bays marked out with white lines on the road as parking places, wherever possible. If you have to stop on the roadside: - do not park facing against the traffic flow - stop as close as you can to the side - do not stop too close to a vehicle displaying a Blue Badge: remember, the occupant may need more room to get in or out - you **MUST** switch off the engine, headlights and fog lights - you **MUST** apply the handbrake before leaving the vehicle - you **MUST** ensure you do not hit anyone when you open your door. Check for cyclists or other traffic by looking all around and using your mirrors - where you are able to do so, you should open the door using your hand on the opposite side to the door you are opening; for example, use your left hand to open a door on your right-hand side. This will make you turn your head to look over your shoulder. You are then more likely to avoid causing injury to cyclists or motorcyclists passing you on the road, or to people on the pavement - it is safer for your passengers (especially children) to get out of the vehicle on the side next to the kerb - put all valuables out of sight and make sure your vehicle is secure - lock your vehicle. Before using a hand-held device to help you to park, you **MUST** make sure it is safe to do so. Then, you should move the vehicle into the parking space in the safest way, and by the shortest route possible. When you use a hand-held device to help you to park, you **MUST** remain in control of the vehicle at all times. Do not use the hand-held device for anything else while you are using it to help you park, and do not put anyone in danger. Use the hand-held device according to the manufacturer’s instructions. When using an electric vehicle charge point, you should park close to the charge point and avoid creating a trip hazard for pedestrians from trailing cables. Display a warning sign if you can. After using the charge point, you should return charging cables and connectors neatly to minimise the danger to pedestrians and avoid creating an obstacle for other road users. **Laws [CUR regs 98](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/98/made), [105](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/105/made), [107](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/107/made) & [110](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2018/592/regulation/2/made#f00003), [RVLR reg 27](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/27/made) & [RTA 1988 sect 42](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/42)** ### Rule 240 You **MUST NOT** stop or park on - the carriageway, an emergency area or a hard shoulder of a motorway except in an emergency (see [Rules 270](#rule270) and [271](#rule271)) - a pedestrian crossing, including the area marked by the zig-zag lines (see [Rule 191](#rule191)) - a clearway (see [Traffic signs](#chapter-traffic-signs)) - taxi bays as indicated by upright signs and markings - an urban clearway within its hours of operation, except to pick up or set down passengers (see [Traffic signs](#chapter-traffic-signs)) - a road marked with double white lines, even when a broken white line is on your side of the road, except to pick up or set down passengers, or to load or unload goods - a tram or cycle lane during its period of operation - a cycle track - red lines, in the case of specially designated ‘red routes’, unless otherwise indicated by signs. Any vehicle may enter a bus lane to stop, load or unload where this is not prohibited (see [Rule 141](#rule141)). **Laws [MT(E&W)R regs 7](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/7/made) & [9](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/9/made) as amended by [MT(E&W)(A)(E)R](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2015/392/contents/made), [MT(S)R regs 6](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/6/made) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/8/made), [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5), [6](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/6) and [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8), [TSRGD schedule 7 parts 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/7/made), [schedule 9 part 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made), [schedule 14 parts 1 and 5](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 241 You **MUST NOT** park in parking spaces reserved for specific users, such as Blue Badge holders, residents or motorcycles, unless entitled to do so. **Laws [CSDPA sect 21](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1970/44/section/21) & [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8)** ### Rule 242 You **MUST NOT** leave your vehicle or trailer in a dangerous position or where it causes any unnecessary obstruction of the road. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 22](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/22) & [CUR reg 103](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/103/made)** ### Rule 243 **DO NOT** stop or park: - near a school entrance - anywhere you would prevent access for Emergency Services - at or near a bus or tram stop or taxi rank - on the approach to a level crossing/tramway crossing - opposite or within 10 metres (32 feet) of a junction, except in an authorised parking space - near the brow of a hill or hump bridge - opposite a traffic island or (if this would cause an obstruction) another parked vehicle - where you would force other traffic to enter a tram lane - where the kerb has been lowered to help wheelchair users and powered mobility vehicles - in front of an entrance to a property - on a bend - where you would obstruct cyclists’ use of cycle facilities **except** when forced to do so by stationary traffic. In Scotland you **MUST NOT** double park or park anywhere the kerb has been lowered to help pedestrians or cyclists. Exceptions are allowed in limited circumstances. **Law [T(Scot)A part 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/asp/2019/17/part/6/enacted)** ### Rule 244 You **MUST NOT** park partially or wholly on the pavement in London or Scotland. Exceptions are allowed in limited circumstances. You should not park partially or wholly on the pavement elsewhere unless signs permit it. Parking on the pavement can obstruct and seriously inconvenience pedestrians, people in wheelchairs or with visual impairments and people with prams or pushchairs. **Law [GL(GP)A sect 15](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukla/1974/24/section/15) & [T(Scot)A part 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/asp/2019/17/part/6/enacted)** ### Rule 245 **Controlled Parking Zones.** The zone entry signs indicate the times when the waiting restrictions within the zone are in force. Parking may be allowed in some places at other times. Otherwise parking will be within separately signed and marked bays. ### Rule 246 **Goods vehicles.** Vehicles with a maximum laden weight of over 7.5 tonnes (including any trailer) **MUST NOT** be parked on a verge, pavement or any land situated between carriageways, without police permission. The only exception is when parking is essential for loading and unloading, in which case the vehicle **MUST NOT** be left unattended. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 19](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/19)** ### Rule 247 **Loading and unloading.** Do not load or unload where there are yellow markings on the kerb and upright signs advise restrictions are in place (see [‘Road markings’](#chapter-road-markings)). This may be permitted where parking is otherwise restricted. On red routes, specially marked and signed bays indicate where and when loading and unloading is permitted. **Law [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8)** #### Parking at night (rules 248 to 252) ### Rule 248 You **MUST NOT** park on a road at night facing against the direction of the traffic flow unless in a recognised parking space. **Laws [CUR reg 101](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/101/made) & [RVLR reg 24](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/24/made)** ### Rule 249 All vehicles **MUST** display parking lights when parked on a road or a lay-by on a road with a speed limit greater than 30 mph (48 km/h). **Law [RVLR reg 24](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/24/made)** ### Rule 250 Cars, goods vehicles not exceeding 2500 kg laden weight, invalid carriages, motorcycles and pedal cycles may be parked without lights on a road (or lay-by) with a speed limit of 30 mph (48 km/h) or less if they are: - at least 10 metres (32 feet) away from any junction, close to the kerb and facing in the direction of the traffic flow - in a recognised parking place or lay-by. Other vehicles and trailers, and all vehicles with projecting loads, **MUST NOT** be left on a road at night without lights. **Laws [RVLR reg 24](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/24/made) & [CUR reg 82(7)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/82/made)** ### Rule 251 **Parking in fog.** It is especially dangerous to park on the road in fog. If it is unavoidable, leave your parking lights or sidelights on. ### Rule 252 **Parking on hills.** If you park on a hill you should: - park close to the kerb and apply the handbrake firmly - select a forward gear and turn your steering wheel away from the kerb when facing uphill - select reverse gear and turn your steering wheel towards the kerb when facing downhill - use ‘park’ if your car has an automatic gearbox. #### Decriminalised Parking Enforcement (DPE) DPE is becoming increasingly common as more authorities take on this role. The local traffic authority assumes responsibility for enforcing many parking contraventions in place of the police. Further details on DPE may be found at the following websites: [Traffic Penalty Tribunal](http://www.trafficpenaltytribunal.gov.uk/) (outside London) [London Tribunals](http://www.londontribunals.gov.uk/) (inside London) ## Motorways (253 to 274) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/motorways-253-to-273) A number of the rules for motorways also apply to other high-speed roads. Many other Rules apply to motorway driving, either wholly or in part: Rules [46](#rule46), [57](#rule57), [83](#rule83) to [126](#rule126), [130](#rule130) to [134](#rule134) , [139](#rule139), [144](#rule144), [146](#rule146) to [151](#rule151), [160](#rule160), [161](#rule161), [219](#rule219), [221](#rule221) to [222](#rule222), [225](#rule225), [226 to 237](#rule226), [274](#rule274) to [278](#rule278), [280](#rule280) and [281](#rule281) to [290](#rule290). #### General (rules 253 to 254) ### Rule 253 **Prohibited vehicles.** Motorways **MUST NOT** be used by pedestrians, holders of provisional motorcycle licences, riders of motorcycles under 50 cc (4 kW), cyclists, horse riders, certain slow-moving vehicles and those carrying oversized loads (except by special permission), agricultural vehicles, and powered wheelchairs/powered mobility scooters (see [Rules 36 to 46](#rule36) inclusive). Provisional car licence holders **MUST NOT** drive on the motorway unless they are accompanied by a DVSA Approved Driving Instructor (ADI) and are driving a car displaying red L plates (or D plates in Wales) with dual controls. Laws [HA 1980 sects 16](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1980/66/section/16), [17](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1980/66/section/17) & [sched 4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1980/66/schedule/4), [MT(E&W)R regs 3(d)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/3/made), [4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/4/made) & [11](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/11/made) as amended by [MT(E&W)(A)R 2004](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2004/3258/contents/made) & [MT(E&W)(A)R 2018](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2018/222/contents/made), [R(S)A sects 7](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/54/section/7), [8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/54/section/8) & [sched 3](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/54/schedule/3), [RTRA sect 17](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/17) & [MT(S)R reg 10](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/10/made) as amended by [MT(S)(A)R 2018](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2018/225/contents/made) ### Rule 254 Traffic on motorways usually travels faster than on other roads, so you have less time to react. It is especially important to use your mirrors earlier and look much further ahead than you would on other roads. #### Motorway signals (rules 255 to 258) ### Rule 255 Signs and signals (see ‘[Light signals controlling traffic](#chapter-light-signals-controlling-traffic)’) are used to warn you of hazards ahead. For example, there may be an incident, fog, a spillage or road workers on the carriageway which you may not immediately be able to see. ### Rule 256 A single sign or signal can display advice, restrictions and warnings for all lanes. Lane specific signs and signals can display advice, restrictions and warnings that apply to individual lanes. ### Rule 257 **Amber flashing lights.** These signals warn of a hazard ahead. You should - reduce your speed - be prepared for the hazard - only increase your speed when you pass a signal that is not flashing, or a sign displaying a national speed limit or the word ‘END’, and you are sure it is safe to do so. ### Rule 258 **Red flashing light** signals and a red ‘X’ on a sign identify a closed lane in which people, stopped vehicles or other hazards are present. You - **MUST** follow the instructions on signs in advance of a closed lane to move safely to an open lane - **MUST NOT** drive in a closed lane. A sign will inform you when the lane is no longer closed by displaying a speed limit or the word ‘END’. Be aware that - there can be several hazards in a closed lane - emergency services and traffic authorities use closed lanes to reach incidents and help people in need - where the left lane is closed at an exit slip road, this means that the exit cannot be used. Where **red flashing light** signals and closure of all lanes are shown on a sign, the road is closed. You - **MUST NOT** go beyond the sign in any lane or use the hard shoulder to avoid the road closure unless directed to do so by a police or traffic officer. Lane and road closures indicated by red flashing lights are enforced by the police. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 35](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/35) & [36](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) as amended by [TMA sect 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2004/18/section/6), [TSRGD reg 3](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/3/made) and [sched 15](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/15/made), [MT(E&W)R reg 9](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/9/made) & [MT(S)R reg 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/8/made).** #### Joining the motorway (rule 259) ### Rule 259 **Joining the motorway.** When you join the motorway you will normally approach it from a road on the left (a slip road) or from an adjoining motorway. You should - give priority to traffic already on the motorway - check the traffic on the motorway and match your speed to fit safely into the traffic flow in the left-hand lane - not cross solid white lines that separate lanes or use the hard shoulder - stay on the slip road if it continues as an extra lane on the motorway - remain in the left-hand lane long enough to adjust to the speed of traffic before considering overtaking. #### On the motorway (rules 260 to 263) ### Rule 260 When you can see well ahead and the road conditions are good, you should - drive at a steady cruising speed which you and your vehicle can handle safely and is within the speed limit (see [Rule 124](#rule124) and the [Speed limits table](#speedlimits)) - keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front and increase the gap on wet or icy roads, or in fog (see Rules [126](#rule126) and [235](#rule235)). ### Rule 261 You **MUST NOT** exceed - a speed limit displayed within a red circle on a sign - the maximum speed limit for the road and for your vehicle (see [Rule 124](#rule124)). Speed limits are enforced by the police (see [Rule 124](#rule124)). **Law [RTRA sects 17](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/17), [86](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/86), [89](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/89) & [sched 6](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/schedule/6)** ### Rule 262 The monotony of driving on motorways and other high-speed roads can make you feel sleepy. To minimise the risk, follow the advice in [Rule 91](#rule91) about ensuring you are fit to drive and taking breaks. Service areas are located along motorways to allow you to take breaks and to obtain refreshments. Refreshment and rest facilities on the local road network may also be accessible from motorway exits. ### Rule 263 Unless directed to do so by a police or traffic officer, you **MUST NOT** - reverse along any part of a motorway, including slip roads, hard shoulders and emergency areas - cross the central reservation - drive against the traffic flow. If you have missed your exit, or have taken the wrong route, carry on to the next exit. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 35](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/35) as amended by [TMA sect 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2004/18/section/6), [MT(E&W)R regs 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/6/made), [8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/8/made) & [10](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/10/made), & [MT(S)R regs 4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/4/made), [5](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/5/made), [7](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/7/made) & [9](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/9/made)** #### Lane discipline (rules 264 to 266) ### Rule 264 Keep in the left lane unless overtaking. - If you are overtaking, you should return to the left lane when it is safe to do so (see also [Rules 267](#rule267) and [268](#rule268)). - Be aware of emergency services, traffic officers, recovery workers and other people or vehicles stopped on the hard shoulder or in an emergency area. If you are driving in the left lane, and it is safe to do so, you should move into the adjacent lane to create more space between your vehicle and the people and stopped vehicles. ### Rule 265 The right-hand lane of a motorway with three or more lanes **MUST NOT** be used (except in prescribed circumstances) if you are driving - any vehicle drawing a trailer - a goods vehicle with a maximum laden weight exceeding 3.5 tonnes but not exceeding 7.5 tonnes, which is required to be fitted with a speed limiter - a goods vehicle with a maximum laden weight exceeding 7.5 tonnes - a passenger vehicle with a maximum laden weight exceeding 7.5 tonnes constructed or adapted to carry more than eight seated passengers in addition to the driver - a passenger vehicle with a maximum laden weight not exceeding 7.5 tonnes which is constructed or adapted to carry more than eight seated passengers in addition to the driver, which is required to be fitted with a speed limiter. **Laws [MT(E&W)R reg 12](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/contents/made), [MT(E&W)(A)R](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/12), [MT(S)R reg 11](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/11/made) & [MT(S)(A)R](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ssi/2004/53/contents/made)** ### Rule 266 **Approaching a junction.** Look well ahead for signals, signs and road markings. Direction signs may be placed over the road. If you need to, you should change lanes well ahead of a junction. At some junctions, a lane may lead directly off the road. Only get in that lane if you wish to go in the direction indicated by signs or road markings. #### Overtaking (rules 267 to 268) ### Rule 267 Do not overtake unless you are sure it is safe and legal to do so. Overtake only on the right. You should - check your mirrors - take time to judge the speeds correctly - make sure that the lane you will be joining is sufficiently clear ahead and behind - take a quick sideways glance into the blind spot area to verify the position of a vehicle that may have disappeared from your view in the mirror - remember that traffic may be coming up behind you very quickly. Check all your mirrors carefully. Look out for motorcyclists. When it is safe to do so, signal in plenty of time, then move out - ensure you do not cut in on the vehicle you have overtaken - be especially careful at night and in poor visibility when it is harder to judge speed and distance. ### Rule 268 Do not overtake on the left or move to a lane on your left to overtake. In congested conditions, where adjacent lanes of traffic are moving at similar speeds, traffic in left-hand lanes may sometimes be moving faster than traffic to the right. In these conditions you may keep up with the traffic in your lane even if this means passing traffic in the lane to your right. Do not weave in and out of lanes to overtake. #### Hard shoulder (rule 269) ### Rule 269 **Hard shoulder** (where present). You **MUST NOT** use a hard shoulder except in an emergency or if directed to do so by the police, traffic officers or a traffic sign. **Hard shoulder** (where used as an extra lane). The hard shoulder is used as an extra lane on some motorways during periods of congestion. A red ‘X’ or blank sign above the hard shoulder means that you **MUST NOT** use the hard shoulder except in an emergency. You can only use the hard shoulder as an extra lane when a speed limit is shown above the hard shoulder. Where the hard shoulder is being used as an extra lane, emergency areas are provided for use in an emergency (see [Rule 270](#rule270)). **Laws [MT(E&W)R regs 5](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/9/made) & [9](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/9/made), [MT(S)R regs 4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/4/made) & [8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/8/made), & [RTA 1988 sects 35](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/35) & [36](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) as amended by [TMA sect 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2004/18/section/6)** #### Stopping (rules 270 to 271) ### Rule 270 **Emergency areas** are located along motorways with no hard shoulder or where the hard shoulder can be used as an extra lane (see [Rule 269](#rule269)) and **MUST** only be used in an emergency. They are marked by blue signs with an orange SOS telephone symbol and may have orange surfacing. Follow the requirements and advice in - [Rule 277](#rule277) if your vehicle develops a problem on the motorway - [Rule 278](#rule278) to rejoin the carriageway from an emergency area. **Laws [MT(E&W)R reg 9](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/9/made) as amended by [MT(E&W)(A)(E)R](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2015/392/contents/made), & [MT(S)R reg 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/8/made)** ### Rule 271 You **MUST NOT** stop on any carriageway, emergency area, hard shoulder, slip road, central reservation or verge except in an emergency, or when told to do so by the police, traffic officers, an emergency sign or by red flashing light signals. Do not stop on any part of a motorway to make or receive mobile telephone calls, except in an emergency. **Laws [MT(E&W)R regs 7](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/7/made), [9](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/9/made), [10](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/10/made) & [16](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/16/made) as amended by MT(E&W)(A)(E)R, [MT(S)R regs 6(1)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/6/made), [8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/8/made), [9](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/9/made) & [14](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/14/made), [PRA sect 41](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2002/30/section/41) & [sched 5(8)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2002/30/schedule/5), [RTA 1988 sects 35](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/35), [36](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [163](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/163) as amended by [TMA sect 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2004/18/section/6), & [CUR reg 110 as amended by CUR(A)(No4)R](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2003/2695/regulation/2/made)** ### Rule 272 You **MUST NOT** pick up or set down anyone, or walk on a motorway, except in an emergency. **Laws [RTRA sect 17](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/17) & [MT(E&W)R reg 15](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/15/made)** #### Leaving the motorway (rules 273 to 274) ### Rule 273 Unless signs indicate that a lane leads directly off the motorway, you will normally leave the motorway by a slip road on your left. You should - watch for the signs letting you know you are getting near your exit - move into the left-hand lane well before reaching your exit - signal left in good time and reduce your speed on the slip road as necessary. ### Rule 274 On leaving the motorway or using a link road between motorways, your speed may be higher than you realise - 50 mph may feel like 30 mph. Check your speedometer and adjust your speed accordingly. Some slip-roads and link roads have sharp bends, so you will need to slow down. ## Breakdowns and incidents (275 to 287) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/breakdowns-and-incidents-274-to-287) #### Place of relative safety (rule 275) ### Rule 275 If you need to stop your vehicle in the event of a breakdown or incident, try to stop in a place of relative safety. A place of relative safety is where you, your passengers and your vehicle are less likely to be at risk from moving traffic. The safest place to stop is a location which is designed for parking. On motorways and other high-speed roads, the safest place to stop is a service area. Other places of relative safety include - lay-bys - emergency areas (see [Rule 270](#rule270)) - hard shoulders (see [Rule 269](#rule269)). Be aware that hard shoulders provide less protection than other places of relative safety because they are so close to high-speed traffic. You and your passengers should, where possible, keep well away from your vehicle and moving traffic. Otherwise moving traffic could collide with your vehicle, forcing it into you and your passengers. #### Breakdowns (rule 276) ### Rule 276 If your vehicle breaks down, think first of all other road users and - get your vehicle off the road if possible - warn other traffic by using your hazard warning lights if your vehicle is causing an obstruction - help other road users see you by wearing light-coloured or fluorescent clothing in daylight and reflective clothing at night or in poor visibility - put a warning triangle on the road at least 45 metres (147 feet) behind your broken-down vehicle on the same side of the road, or use other permitted warning devices if you have them. Always take great care when placing or retrieving them, but never use them on motorways - if possible, keep your sidelights on if it is dark or visibility is poor - do not stand (or let anybody else stand) between your vehicle and oncoming traffic - at night or in poor visibility do not stand where you will prevent other road users seeing your lights #### Additional rules for motorways (rules 277 to 278) ### Rule 277 If your vehicle develops a problem, leave the carriageway at the next exit or pull into a service area if possible (see [Rule 275](#rule275) for places of relative safety). If you cannot, you should **Go left** - move into the left lane - pull into an emergency area or onto a hard shoulder if you can - stop as far to the left as possible, leaving space to exit your vehicle and with your wheels turned to the left - if you can, stop just beyond an emergency telephone - switch your hazard warning lights on - if it’s dark or visibility is poor, use sidelights. **Get safe** - exit your vehicle by the side furthest from traffic, if it is safe and possible to do so, and ensure passengers do the same - put on high-visibility clothing if you have it and it is within easy reach - get behind a safety barrier where there is one, but be aware of any unseen hazards such as sudden drops, uneven ground or debris - **DO NOT** stand in a place where your vehicle could be forced into you if moving traffic collides with it - **DO NOT** return to your vehicle even if it’s raining, cold or dark - remain alert and aware of vehicles or debris coming towards you - keep passengers away from the carriageway and children under control - **DO NOT** attempt repairs on your vehicle - **DO NOT** place a warning triangle on the carriageway - animals **MUST** be kept in the vehicle or, in an emergency, under control on the verge. **Get help** - use the free emergency telephone to obtain advice and assistance - contact a breakdown recovery service - always face the traffic when you speak to remain aware of vehicles or debris coming towards you - inform them if you are a vulnerable motorist such as disabled, older or travelling alone - wait well away from your vehicle and moving traffic, behind the safety barrier where there is one - if you are unable to exit your vehicle or if you have not stopped near a free emergency telephone, call 999 immediately and ask for the police. Alternatively, press your SOS button if your vehicle has one and ask for the police. **Communicating your location.** How to identify your location to the emergency services. | Method | What to do | | | --- | --- | --- | | eCall | Press the SOS button if your vehicle has one. | | | App | Use a mobile telephone mapping application. | | | Marker post or driver location sign | Quote the numbers and letters on marker posts or driver location signs which are located along the edge of the road. | | **Laws [MT(E&W)R reg 14](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1982/1163/regulation/14/made) & [MT(S)R reg 12](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/regulation/12/made)** ### Rule 278 To rejoin the carriageway after a breakdown from - a hard shoulder, build up speed, indicate and watch for a safe gap in the traffic. Be aware that vehicles, obstructions or debris may be present on the hard shoulder - an emergency area, you **MUST** use the emergency telephone provided and follow the operator’s advice for exiting the emergency area. A lane may need to be closed so that you can rejoin the carriageway safely. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 36](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36/enacted)** ### Rule 279 **Disabled drivers.** If you have a disability that prevents you from following the above advice in [Rules 277](#rule277) and [278](#rule278), you should - switch on your hazard warning lights - stay in your vehicle and keep your seat belt on - call 999 immediately and ask for the police. Alternatively, press your SOS button if your vehicle has one and ask for the police. If you are deaf, hard of hearing or speech impaired, it is recommended that you register for the 999 text service (emergencySMS.net) before making a journey. #### Obstructions (rule 280) ### Rule 280 If anything falls from a vehicle on to a motorway or other high-speed road, **DO NOT** remove the obstruction yourself. Stop in a place of relative safety (see [Rule 275](#rule275)) and call the emergency services on 999. On other roads, you should only remove obstructions if it is safe to do so. #### Incidents (rules 281 to 283) ### Rule 281 **Warning signs or flashing lights.** If you see emergency or incident support vehicles displaying flashing lights in the distance, be aware there may be an incident ahead (see [Rule 219](#rule219)). You should slow down and be prepared to move safely into another lane or stop. The emergency services, traffic officers and recovery workers may be required to work in the carriageway; for example, dealing with debris, collisions or conducting rolling roadblocks. You **MUST** follow any directions given by police or traffic officers as to whether you can safely pass the incident or obstruction. **Laws [RTA 1988 sects 35](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/35/enacted) & [163](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/163/enacted) as amended by [TMA sect 6](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2004/18/section/6/enacted)** ### Rule 282 When passing the scene of an incident, remain alert for hazards (such as debris or slow-moving vehicles) and do not slow down unnecessarily (for example, if an incident is on the other side of a dual carriageway). You should focus on the road ahead when passing an incident because a lack of attention may cause a further incident, collision or congestion (see also [Rule 283](#rule283), below). ### Rule 283 If you are involved in an incident or collision or stop to give assistance - if possible, stop in a place of relative safety (see [Rule 275](#rule275)) - use your hazard warning lights to warn other traffic - put on high-visibility clothing if you have it - ask drivers to switch off their engines - ask drivers and passengers to stop smoking - contact the emergency services on 999 and provide full details of the incident location and any casualties. Use an emergency telephone, a mobile telephone, or press the SOS button if your vehicle has one (see [Rule 277](#rule277) on how to identify your location on a motorway or other high-speed road) - move uninjured people away from the vehicles to a place of relative safety (see [Rule 275](#rule275)) - **DO NOT** move injured people from their vehicles unless they are in immediate danger - **DO NOT** remove a motorcyclist’s helmet unless it is essential and you are trained to do so - be prepared to give first aid (see [First aid on the road](#chapter-annex-7-first-aid-on-the-road) and [Useful websites](#websites)) - stay at the scene until the emergency services arrive - be prepared to exchange details (see [Rule 286](#rule286)). If you are involved in any other medical emergency, you should contact the emergency services in the same way. #### Incidents involving dangerous goods (rules 284 to 285) ### Rule 284 Vehicles carrying dangerous goods in packages will be marked with plain orange reflective plates. Road tankers and vehicles carrying tank containers of dangerous goods will have hazard warning plates (see ‘[Vehicle markings](#chapter-vehicle-markings)’). ### Rule 285 If an incident involves a vehicle containing dangerous goods, follow the advice in [Rule 283](#rule283) and, in particular - switch off engines and **DO NOT SMOKE** - keep well away from the vehicle and do not be tempted to try to rescue casualties as you yourself could become one - call the emergency services and give as much information as possible about the labels and markings on the vehicle. **DO NOT** use a mobile phone close to a vehicle carrying flammable loads. #### Documentation (rules 286 to 287) ### Rule 286 If you are involved in a collision which causes damage or injury to any other person, vehicle, animal or property, you **MUST** - stop. If possible, stop in a place of relative safety (see [Rule 275](#rule275) - give your own and the vehicle owner’s name and address, and the registration number of the vehicle, to anyone having reasonable grounds for requiring them - if you do not give your name and address at the time of the collision, report it to the police as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any case within 24 hours. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 170](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/170)** ### Rule 287 If another person is injured and you do not produce your insurance certificate at the time of the crash to a police officer or to anyone having reasonable grounds to request it, you **MUST** - report it to the police as soon as possible and in any case within 24 hours - produce your insurance certificate for the police within seven days. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 170](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/170)** ## Road works, level crossings and tramways (288 to 307) [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-works-level-crossings-and-tramways-288-to-307) #### Road works (rule 288) ### Rule 288 When the ‘Road Works Ahead’ sign is displayed, take extra care and look for additional signs providing more specific instructions. Observe all signs – they are there for your safety and the safety of road workers. - You **MUST NOT** exceed any temporary maximum speed limit. - Keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front (see [Rule 126](#rule126)). - Use your mirrors and get into the correct lane for your vehicle in good time and as signs direct. - Do not switch lanes to overtake queuing traffic. - Take extra care near cyclists and motorcyclists as they are vulnerable to skidding on grit, mud or other debris at road works. - Where lanes are restricted due to road works, merge in turn (see [Rule 134](#rule134)). - Do not drive through an area marked off by traffic cones. - Watch out for vehicles entering or leaving the works area. Where vehicles are travelling in the road and are displaying amber warning lights, leave extra space and expect them to slow or turn into a works area. - Concentrate on the road ahead, not the road works. - Bear in mind that the road ahead may be obstructed by the works or by slow-moving or stationary traffic. **Law [RTRA sect 16](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/16)** #### Additional rules for high-speed roads (rules 289 to 290) ### Rule 289 Take special care on motorways and other high-speed dual carriageways. - Lanes may be closed to traffic and a lower speed limit may apply. - Works vehicles may be used to close lanes or carriageways for repairs. Where large ‘Keep Left’ or ‘Keep Right’ signs are displayed on the back, you **MUST** move over and pass the works vehicle on the side indicated and not return to the closed lane until you can see it is safe to do so. - Where a vehicle displays the sign ‘CONVOY VEHICLE NO OVERTAKING’, you **MUST NOT** pass the vehicle. A flashing light arrow or red ‘X’ may also be used to make the works vehicle more visible from a distance and give earlier warning to drivers. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36/), [TSRGD reg 3](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/part/1/regulation/3) and [sched 13](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/13/made)** ### Rule 290 Road works may contain features that require extra care. - **Narrow lanes.** Lanes may be narrower than normal and will be marked by studs or temporary road markings. Keep a safe distance (see [Rule 126](#rule126)) from the vehicle in front and make sure you can clearly see the edges of the lane ahead. - **Contraflow systems**. These mean that you may be travelling in a narrower lane than normal and with no permanent barrier between you and oncoming traffic. At the start and finish of contraflows, you should slow down and increase the distance to the vehicle in front because changes in the camber of the road may affect vehicle stability. - **Breakdown advice.** If your vehicle breaks down in road works, follow Rules 275, 277 and 278 but be aware that areas marked off by cones contain significant hazards. Where available, you should move your vehicle into a signed road works refuge location. Signs indicate where dedicated recovery services are provided. #### Level crossings (rules 291 to 299) ### Rule 291 A level crossing is where a road crosses a railway or tramway line. Approach and cross it with care. Never drive onto a crossing until the road is clear on the other side and do not get too close to the car in front. Never stop or park on, or near, a crossing. ### Rule 292 **Overhead electric lines.** It is dangerous to touch overhead electric lines. You **MUST** obey the safe height warning road signs and you should not continue forward onto the railway if your vehicle touches any height barrier or bells. The clearance available is usually 5 metres (16 feet 6 inches) but may be lower. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 2 part 7](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/2/made)** ### Rule 293 **Controlled Crossings.** Most crossings have traffic light signals with a steady amber light, twin flashing red stop lights (see [‘Light signals controlling traffic’](#chapter-light-signals-controlling-traffic) and [‘Traffic signs’](#chapter-traffic-signs)) and an audible alarm for pedestrians. They may have full, half or no barriers. - You **MUST** always obey the flashing red stop lights. - You **MUST** stop behind the white line across the road. - Keep going if you have already crossed the white line when the amber light comes on. - Do not reverse onto or over a controlled crossing. - You **MUST** wait if a train goes by and the red lights continue to flash. This means another train will be passing soon. - Only cross when the lights go off and barriers open. - Never zig-zag around half-barriers, they lower automatically because a train is approaching. - At crossings where there are no barriers, a train is approaching when the lights show. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 14 parts 1 and 4](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/14/made)** ### Rule 294 **Railway telephones.** If you are driving a large or slow- moving vehicle, a long, low vehicle with a risk of grounding, or herding animals, a train could arrive before you are clear of the crossing. You **MUST** obey any sign instructing you to use the railway telephone to obtain permission to cross. You **MUST** also telephone when clear of the crossing if requested to do so. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/36) & [TSRGD schedule 9 parts 7 and 8](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/schedule/9/made)** ### Rule 295 **Crossings without traffic lights.** Vehicles should stop and wait at the barrier or gate when it begins to close and not cross until the barrier or gate opens. ### Rule 296 **User-operated gates or barriers.** Some crossings have ‘Stop’ signs and small red and green lights. You **MUST NOT** cross when the red light is showing, only cross if the green light is on. If crossing with a vehicle, you should - open the gates or barriers on both sides of the crossing - check that the green light is still on and cross quickly - close the gates or barriers when you are clear of the crossing. **Laws [TWA 1992 sect 55](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1992/42/section/55) & [PC(SB)R 1996](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1996/1786/contents/made)** ### Rule 297 If there are no lights, follow the procedure in [Rule 296](#rule296). Stop, look both ways and listen before you cross. If there is a railway telephone, always use it to contact the signal operator to make sure it is safe to cross. Inform the signal operator again when you are clear of the crossing. ### Rule 298 **Open crossings.** These have no gates, barriers, attendant or traffic lights but will have a ‘Give Way’ sign. You should look both ways, listen and make sure there is no train coming before you cross. ### Rule 299 **Incidents and breakdowns.** If your vehicle breaks down, or if you have an incident on a crossing you should - get everyone out of the vehicle and clear of the crossing immediately - use a railway telephone if available to tell the signal operator. Follow the instructions you are given - move the vehicle clear of the crossing if there is time before a train arrives. If the alarm sounds, or the amber light comes on, leave the vehicle and get clear of the crossing immediately. #### Tramways (rules 300 to 307) ### Rule 300 You **MUST NOT** enter a road, lane or other route reserved for trams. Take extra care where trams run along the road. You should avoid driving directly on top of the rails and should take care where trams leave the main carriageway to enter the reserved route, to ensure you do not follow them. The width taken up by trams is often shown by tram lanes marked by white lines, yellow dots or by a different type of road surface. Diamond-shaped signs and white light signals give instructions to tram drivers only. **Law [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8)** ### Rule 301 Take extra care where the track crosses from one side of the road to the other and where the road narrows and the tracks come close to the kerb. Tram drivers usually have their own traffic signals and may be permitted to move when you are not. Always give way to trams. Do not try to race or overtake them or pass them on the inside, unless they are at tram stops or stopped by tram signals and there is a designated tram lane for you to pass. ### Rule 302 You **MUST NOT** park your vehicle where it would get in the way of trams or where it would force other drivers to do so. Do not stop on any part of a tram track, except in a designated bay where this has been provided alongside and clear of the track. When doing so, ensure that all parts of your vehicle are outside the delineated tram path. Remember that a tram cannot steer round an obstruction. **Law [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8)** ### Rule 303 **Tram stops**. Where the tram stops at a platform, either in the middle or at the side of the road, you **MUST** follow the route shown by the road signs and markings. At stops without platforms you **MUST NOT** drive between a tram and the left-hand kerb when a tram has stopped to pick up passengers. If there is no alternative route signed, do not overtake the tram - wait until it moves off. **Law [RTRA sects 5](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/5) & [8](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/section/8)** ### Rule 304 Look out for pedestrians, especially children, running to catch a tram approaching a stop. ### Rule 305 Always give priority to trams, especially when they signal to pull away from stops, unless it would be unsafe to do so. Remember that they may be carrying large numbers of standing passengers who could be injured if the tram had to make an emergency stop. Look out for people getting off a bus or tram and crossing the road. ### Rule 306 All road users, but particularly cyclists and motorcyclists, should take extra care when driving or riding close to or crossing the tracks, especially if the rails are wet. You should take particular care when crossing the rails at shallow angles, on bends and at junctions. It is safest to cross the tracks directly at right angles. Other road users should be aware that cyclists and motorcyclists may need more space to cross the tracks safely. ### Rule 307 **Overhead electric lines.** Tramway overhead wires are normally 5.8 metres above any carriageway, but can be lower. You should ensure that you have sufficient clearance between the wire and your vehicle (including any load you are carrying) before driving under an overhead wire. Drivers of vehicles with extending cranes, booms, tipping apparatus or other types of variable height equipment should ensure that the equipment is fully lowered. Where overhead wires are set lower than 5.8 metres, these will be indicated by height clearance markings - similar to ‘low bridge’ signs. The height clearances on these plates should be carefully noted and observed. If you are in any doubt as to whether your vehicle will pass safely under the wires, you should always contact the local police or the tramway operator. Never take a chance as this can be extremely hazardous. ## Light signals controlling traffic [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/light-signals-controlling-traffic) [Download ‘Light signals controlling traffic’ (PDF, 80KB)](https://assets.digital.cabinet-office.gov.uk/media/560aa3f9e5274a036900001c/the-highway-code-light-signals-controlling-traffic.pdf) #### Traffic light signals #### Flashing red lights At level crossings, lifting bridges, airfields, fire stations, etc. #### Motorway signals These signals are also used on other high-speed roads. #### Lane control signals Green arrow - lane available to traffic facing the sign Red crosses - lane closed to traffic facing the sign White diagonal arrow - change lanes in direction shown ## Signals to other road users [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/signals-to-other-road-users) [Download ‘Signals to other road users’ (PDF, 100KB)](https://assets.digital.cabinet-office.gov.uk/media/560aa58be5274a036c00001a/the-highway-code-signals-to-other-road-users.pdf) #### Direction indicator signals **These signals should not be used except for the purpose described.** #### Brake light signals **This signal should not be used except for the purpose described.** #### Reversing light signals **This signal should not be used except for the purpose described.** #### Arm signals For use when direction indicator signals are not used, or when necessary to reinforce direction indicator signals and stop lights. **Also for use by pedal cyclists and those in charge of horses.** **These signals should not be used except for the purpose described.** #### Hazard lights ## Signals by authorised persons [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/signals-by-authorised-persons) [Download ‘Signals by authorised persons’ (PDF, 468KB)](https://assets.digital.cabinet-office.gov.uk/media/560aa62bed915d035c00001b/the-highway-code-signals-by-authorised-persons.pdf) #### Police officers ### Stop ### To beckon traffic on \*In Wales, bilingual signs appear on emergency services vehicles and clothing #### Arm signals to persons controlling traffic #### Driver and Vehicle Standards Agency officers and traffic officers These officers now have new powers to stop/direct vehicles and will be using hand signals and light signals similar to those used by police. You **MUST** obey any signals given (see [Rules 107](#rule107) and [108](#rule108)). #### School crossing patrols ## Traffic signs [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/traffic-signs) Although **The Highway Code** shows many of the signs commonly in use, a comprehensive explanation of our signing system is given in the Department’s booklet [Know Your Traffic Signs](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/know-your-traffic-signs), which is on sale at booksellers. The booklet also illustrates and explains the vast majority of signs the road user is likely to encounter. The signs illustrated in **The Highway Code** are not all drawn to the same scale. In Wales, bilingual versions of some signs are used including Welsh and English versions of place names. Some older designs of signs may still be seen on the roads. [Download ‘Traffic signs’ (PDF, 821KB)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68f8d5c5ec6267c615ed8f99/the-highway-code-traffic-signs.pdf) #### Signs giving orders **Signs with red circles are mostly prohibitive. Plates below signs qualify their message.** ### Signs with blue circles but no red border mostly give positive instruction. #### Warning signs ### Mostly triangular **The priority through route is indicated by the broader line.** **Gradients may be shown as a ratio i.e. 20% = 1:5** #### Direction signs ### Mostly rectangular ### Signs on motorways - blue backgrounds ### Signs on primary routes - green backgrounds Blue panels indicate that the motorway starts at the junction ahead. Motorways shown in brackets can also be reached along the route indicated. White panels indicate local or non-primary routes leading from the junction ahead. Brown panels show the route to tourist attractions. The name of the junction may be shown at the top of the sign. The aircraft symbol indicates the route to an airport. A symbol may be included to warn of a hazard or restriction along that route. ### Signs on non-primary and local routes - black borders Green panels indicate that the primary route starts at the junction ahead. Route numbers on a blue background show the direction to a motorway. Route numbers on a green background show the direction to a primary route. ### Other direction signs #### Information signs ### All rectangular Lane designated for use by high occupancy vehicles (HOV) - see [rule 142](#rule142) #### Road work signs ## Road markings [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-markings) [Download ‘Road markings’ (PDF, 715KB)](https://assets.digital.cabinet-office.gov.uk/media/560aa6c7ed915d035900001a/the-highway-code-road-markings.pdf) #### Across the carriageway #### Along the carriageway Centre line [See Rule 127](#rule127) Hazard warning line [See Rule 127](#rule127) Double white lines See Rules [128](#rule128) and [129](#rule129) Double white lines See Rules [128](#rule128) and [129](#rule129) See [Rule 130](#rule130) Lane line See [Rule 131](#rule131) #### Along the edge of the carriageway ### Waiting restrictions Waiting restrictions indicated by yellow lines apply to the carriageway, pavement and verge. You may stop to load or unload (unless there are also loading restrictions as described below) or while passengers board or alight. Double yellow lines mean no waiting at any time, unless there are signs that specifically indicate seasonal restrictions. The times at which the restrictions apply for other road markings are shown on nearby plates or on entry signs to controlled parking zones. If no days are shown on the signs, the restrictions are in force every day including Sundays and Bank Holidays. White bay markings and upright signs (see below) indicate where parking is allowed. ### Red Route stopping controls Red lines are used on some roads instead of yellow lines. The double and single red lines used on Red Routes indicate that stopping to park, load/unload or to board and alight from a vehicle (except for a licensed taxi or if you hold a Blue Badge) is prohibited. The red lines apply to the carriageway, pavement and verge. The times that the red line prohibitions apply are shown on nearby signs, but the double red line ALWAYS means no stopping at any time. On Red Routes you may stop to park, load/unload in specially marked boxes and adjacent signs specify the times and purposes and duration allowed. A box MARKED IN RED indicates that it may only be available for the purpose specified for part of the day (eg between busy peak periods). A box MARKED IN WHITE means that it is available throughout the day. RED AND SINGLE YELLOW LINES CAN ONLY GIVE A GUIDE TO THE RESTRICTIONS AND CONTROLS IN FORCE AND SIGNS, NEARBY OR AT A ZONE ENTRY, MUST BE CONSULTED. #### On the kerb or at the edge of the carriageway ### Loading restrictions on roads other than Red Routes Yellow marks on the kerb or at the edge of the carriageway indicate that loading or unloading is prohibited at the times shown on the nearby black and white plates. You may stop while passengers board or alight. If no days are indicated on the signs the restrictions are in force every day including Sundays and Bank Holidays. ALWAYS CHECK THE TIMES SHOWN ON THE PLATES. Lengths of road reserved for vehicles loading and unloading are indicated by a white ‘bay’ marking with the words ‘Loading Only’ and a sign with the white on blue ‘trolley’ symbol. This sign also shows whether loading and unloading is restricted to goods vehicles and the times at which the bay can be used. If no times or days are shown it may be used at any time. Vehicles may not park here if they are not loading or unloading. #### Other road markings See [Rule 243](#rule243) See [Rule 141](#rule141) Box junction - See [Rule 174](#rule174) ## Vehicle markings [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/vehicle-markings) [Download ‘Vehicle markings’ (PDF, 537KB)](https://assets.digital.cabinet-office.gov.uk/media/560aa745e5274a036c000020/the-highway-code-vehicle-markings.pdf) #### Large goods vehicle rear markings Motor vehicles over 7500 kilograms maximum gross weight and trailers over 3500 kilograms maximum gross weight The vertical markings are also required to be fitted to builders’ skips placed in the road, commercial vehicles or combinations longer than 13 metres (optional on combinations between 11 and 13 metres) #### Hazard warning plates Certain tank vehicles carrying dangerous goods must display hazard information panels #### Projections markers Both required when load or equipment (eg crane jib) overhangs front or rear by more than two metres #### Other ## Annex 1. You and your bicycle [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-1-you-and-your-bicycle) Make sure that you feel confident of your ability to ride safely on the road. Be sure that - you have the right size and type of cycle for your comfort and safety - the lights and reflectors are kept clean and in good working order - the tyres are in good condition and inflated to the pressure shown on the tyre - the wheels spin freely - the gears are working correctly - the chain is properly adjusted and oiled - the saddle and handlebars are adjusted to the correct height. You should fit a bell to your cycle. You **MUST** - ensure your brakes are efficient - have white front and red rear lights lit when cycling at night. **Laws [PCUR regs 6 & 10](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1983/1176/made) & [RVLR reg 18](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/18/made)** Cycle training: If you are an inexperienced cyclist or have not ridden for a while, consider taking a cycle training course. Some councils offer national standard cycle training such as Bikeability and in certain areas, this is free of charge. It can help build up your skills and confidence. There are three levels to Bikeability, starting with the basics of balancing, stopping and starting safely, through to handling complex and busy junctions. You will also learn about traffic signs and the rules of the road, planning routes, safe road positioning and signalling (particularly at junctions) and basic cycle maintenance. For more information, see [www.bikeability.org.uk](http://www.bikeability.org.uk/) and [www.cycling.scot](http://www.cycling.scot/). ## Annex 2. Motorcycle licence requirements [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-2-motorcycle-licence-requirements) #### Motorcycle licence requirements If you have a provisional motorcycle licence, you **MUST** satisfactorily complete a Compulsory Basic Training (CBT) course. You can then ride unaccompanied on the public road a motorcycle up to 125 cc, with a power output not exceeding 11 kW, with L plates (in Wales either D plates or L plates, or both, can be used), for up to two years. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 97 (3)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/97)** **To ride a moped,** learners **MUST** - be 16 or over - have a provisional moped licence - complete CBT training. **Law [RTA 1988 sects 97(3)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/97) & [101](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/101)** You can then ride unaccompanied on the public road a two-wheeled vehicle with a maximum design speed of 45 km/h (28 mph), with L plates (in Wales either D plates or L plates, or both, can be used), for up to two years. You **MUST** first pass the theory test for motorcycles and then the moped practical test to obtain your full moped licence. **Law [MV(DL)R reg 38(4)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/38/made)** **Note.**If you passed your car driving test before 1 February 2001 you are qualified to ride a moped without L plates (and/or D plates in Wales), although it is recommended that you complete CBT before riding on the road. If you passed your car driving test after this date you **MUST** complete CBT before riding a moped on the road. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 97(3)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/97)** #### Licence categories for mopeds and motorcycles **Category AM** (moped) – minimum age 16 - two-wheeled vehicle with a maximum design speed of 45 km/h (28 mph) - three- or four-wheeled vehicle with a maximum design speed over 25 km/h (15.5 mph), up to 50 cc and with a power output not exceeding 4 kW. **Category A1** – minimum age 17 - motorcycles up to 125 cc, with a power output not exceeding 11 kW - tricycles with a power output not exceeding 15 kW. **Category A2** – minimum age 19 - motorcycles with a power output not exceeding 35 kW. **Category A** - any motorcycle (the minimum age you can obtain a category A licence is 21 under progressive access or 24 under direct access) - tricycles with a power output over 15 kW (minimum age 21). Progressive access is a process that allows a rider to take a higher-category practical test if they already have at least two years’ experience on a lower-category motorcycle. For example, if you have held a category A2 licence for a minimum of two years, you can take the category A practical test at age 21. There is no requirement to take another theory test. If you want to learn to ride motorcycles larger than 125 cc and with a power output over 11 kW, you **MUST** meet the minimum age requirements, satisfactorily complete a CBT course and be accompanied by an approved instructor on another motorcycle in radio contact. **Law [MV(DL)R regs 9](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/9/made) & [16(7)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/16/made), & [RTA 1988 sect 97(3)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/97)** To obtain your full moped or motorcycle licence you **MUST** pass a motorcycle theory test and modules 1 and 2 practical tests on a two-wheeled motorcycle. **Law [MV(DL)R reg 38](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/38/made)** You **MUST NOT** carry a pillion passenger or pull a trailer until you have passed your test. Also see Rule 253 covering vehicles prohibited from motorways. **Law [MV(DL)R reg 16](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/16/made)** ## Annex 3. Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-3-motor-vehicle-documentation-and-learner-driver-requirements) #### Documents **Driving licence.** You **MUST** have a valid driving licence for the category of motor vehicle you are driving. You **MUST** inform the Driver and Vehicle Licensing Agency (DVLA) if you change your name and/or address. **Law [RTA 1988 sects 87](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/87) & [99(4)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/99)** Holders of non-European Community licences who are now resident in the UK may only drive on that licence for a maximum of 12 months from the date they become resident in this country. To ensure continuous driving entitlement - a British provisional licence should be obtained and a driving test(s) passed before the 12-month period elapses, or - in the case of a driver who holds a licence from a country which has been designated in law for licence exchange purposes, the driver should exchange the licence for a British one. **MOT.** Cars and motorcycles **MUST** normally pass an MOT test three years from the date of the first registration and every year after that. You **MUST NOT** drive a motor vehicle without an MOT certificate when it should have one. Exceptionally, you may drive to a pre-arranged test appointment or to a garage for repairs required for the test. Driving an unroadworthy motor vehicle may invalidate your insurance. From 20 May 2018, cars, vans, motorcycles and other light passenger vehicles manufactured or first registered over 40 years ago, will be exempt from the MOT test, unless the vehicle has been substantially changed within the previous 30 years. Guidance on what counts as a substantial change can be found at [www.gov.uk/historic-vehicles](https://www.gov.uk/historic-vehicles). If a vehicle that’s currently exempt from the MOT test is substantially changed, the vehicle keeper cannot continue to claim an exemption from the MOT test. **Law [RTA 1988 sects 45](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/45), [47](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/47), [49](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/49) & [53](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/53)** **Insurance.** To use a motor vehicle on the road, you **MUST** have a valid insurance policy. This **MUST** at least cover you for injury or damage to a third party while using that motor vehicle. Before driving any motor vehicle, make sure that it has this cover for your use or that your own insurance provides adequate cover. You **MUST NOT** drive a motor vehicle without insurance. Also, be aware that even if a road traffic incident is not your fault, you may still be held liable by insurance companies. **Law [RTA 1988 sect 143](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/143)** Uninsured drivers can now be automatically detected by roadside cameras. Further to the penalties for uninsured driving (see [‘Penalty table’](#penaltytable)), an offender’s vehicle can now be seized by the Police, taken away and crushed. **Law [RTA 1988 sects 165a](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/165A) & [165b](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/165B)** The types of cover available are indicated below: **Third-Party insurance** - this is often the cheapest form of insurance, and is the minimum cover required by law. It covers anyone you might injure or whose property you might damage. It does not cover damage to your own motor vehicle or injury to yourself. **Third-Party, Fire and Theft insurance** - similar to third-party, but also covers you against your motor vehicle being stolen, or damaged by fire. **Comprehensive insurance** - this is the most expensive but the best insurance. Apart from covering other persons and property against injury or damage, it also covers damage to your own motor vehicle, up to the market value of that vehicle, and personal injury to yourself. **Registration certificate.** Registration certificates (also called harmonised registration certificates) are issued for all motor vehicles used on the road, describing them (make, model, etc) and giving details of the registered keeper. You MUST notify the Driver and Vehicle Licensing Agency in Swansea as soon as possible when you buy or sell a motor vehicle, or if you change your name or address. The buyer and seller are responsible for completing the registration certificates. The seller is responsible for forwarding them to DVLA. The procedures are explained on the back of the registration certificates. **Law [RV(R&L)R regs 21](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2002/2742/regulation/21/made), [22](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2002/2742/regulation/22/made), [23](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2002/2742/regulation/23/made) & [24](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2002/2742/regulation/24/made)** **Vehicle Excise Duty (VED).** Vehicle Excise Duty **MUST** be paid on all motor vehicles used or kept on public roads. **Law [VERA sects 29](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1994/22/section/29) and [33](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1994/22/section/33)** **Statutory Off-Road Notification (SORN).** This is a notification to the DVLA that a motor vehicle is not being used on the road. If you are the vehicle keeper and want to keep a motor vehicle untaxed and off the public road you **MUST** declare SORN - it is an offence not to do so. The vehicle will remain SORN until you sell, tax or scrap it. If your vehicle is unused or off the road it **MUST** have either a SORN declaration or valid insurance. **Law [RV(RL)R reg 26 & sched 4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2002/2742/regulation/26/made)** **Production of documents.** You **MUST** be able to produce your driving licence, a valid insurance certificate and (if appropriate) a valid MOT certificate, when requested by a police officer. If you cannot do this you may be asked to take them to a police station within seven days. **Law [RTA 1988 sects 164](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/164) & [165](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/165)** #### Learner drivers Learners driving a car **MUST** hold a valid provisional licence. They **MUST** be supervised by someone at least 21 years old who holds a full EC/EEA licence for that type of car (automatic or manual) and has held one for at least three years. **Laws [MV(DL)R reg 16](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/16/made) & [RTA 1988 sect 87](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/87)** **Vehicles.** Any vehicle driven by a learner **MUST** display red L plates. In Wales, either red D plates, red L plates, or both, can be used. Plates **MUST** conform to legal specifications and **MUST** be clearly visible to others from in front of the vehicle and from behind. Plates should be removed or covered when not being driven by a learner (except on driving school vehicles). **Law [MV(DL)R reg 16](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/16/made) & [sched 4](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/schedule/4/made)** You **MUST** pass the theory test (if one is required) and then a practical driving test for the category of vehicle you wish to drive before driving unaccompanied. **Law [MV(DL)R reg 40](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/40/made)** ## Annex 4. The road user and the law [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-4-the-road-user-and-the-law) #### Road traffic law The following list can be found abbreviated throughout the Code. It is not intended to be a comprehensive guide, but a guide to some of the important points of law. For the precise wording of the law, please refer to the various Acts and Regulations (as amended) indicated in the Code. Abbreviations are listed below. Most of the provisions apply on all roads throughout Great Britain, although there are some exceptions. The definition of a road in England and Wales is ‘any highway and any other road to which the public has access and includes bridges over which a road passes’ ([RTA 1988 sect 192(1)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/192/enacted)). In Scotland, there is a similar definition which is extended to include any way over which the public have a right of passage ([R(S)A 1984 sect 151(1)](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/54/section/151)). It is important to note that references to ‘road’ therefore generally include footpaths, bridleways and cycle tracks, and many roadways and driveways on private land (including many car parks). In most cases, the law will apply to them and there may be additional rules for particular paths or ways. Some serious driving offences, including drink-driving offences, also apply to all public places, for example public car parks. The reference to ‘emergency area’ in the Code is an ‘emergency refuge area’ as defined in the Motorways Traffic (England and Wales) Regulations 1982 as amended by the Motorways Traffic (England and Wales)(Amendment)(England) Regulations 2015. Acts and regulations are available as enacted or as amended at [www.legislation.gov.uk](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/) and are available in their original print format from [The Stationery Office.](http://www.tsoshop.co.uk/bookstore.asp?FO=1160005) #### Acts and regulations prior to 1988 | Act or regulation | Abbreviation | | --- | --- | | Chronically Sick & Disabled Persons Act 1970 | CSDPA | | Functions of Traffic Wardens Order 1970 | FTWO | | Greater London (General Powers) Act 1974 | GL(GP)A | | Highway Act 1835 or 1980 (as indicated) | HA | | Motorways Traffic (England & Wales) Regulations 1982 | MT(E&W)R | | Pedal Cycles (Construction & Use) Regulations 1983 | PCUR | | Public Passenger Vehicles Act 1981 | PPVA | | Road Traffic Act 1984 | RTA | | Road Traffic Regulation Act 1984 | RTRA | | Road Vehicles (Construction & Use) Regulations 1986 | CUR | | Roads (Scotland) Act 1984 | R(S)A | #### Acts and regulations from 1988 onwards | Act or regulation | Abbreviation | | --- | --- | | [Environmental Protection Act 1990](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1990/43/contents) | EPA | | [Horses (Protective Headgear for Young Riders) Act 1990](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1990/25/contents) | H(PHYR)A | | [Horses (Protective Headgear for Young Riders) Regulations 1992](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1992/1201/contents/made) | H(PHYR)R | | [Motor Cycles (Eye Protectors) Regulations 1999](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/535/contents/made) | MC(EP)R | | [Motor Cycles (Protective Helmets) Regulations 1998](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1998/1807/contents/made) | MC(PH)R | | [Motorways Traffic (England & Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2004](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2004/3258/contents/made) or [2018](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2018/222/contents/made) (as indicated) | MT(E&W)(A)R | | [Motorways Traffic (England & Wales) (Amendment) (England) Regulations 2015](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2015/392/contents/made) | MT(E&W)(A)(E)R | | [Motorways Traffic (Scotland) Regulations 1995](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1995/2507/contents/made) | MT(S)R | | [Motorways Traffic (Scotland) (Amendment) Regulations 2004](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ssi/2004/53/contents/made) or [2018](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2018/225/contents/made) (as indicated) | MT(S)(A)R | | [Motor Vehicles (Driving Licences) Regulations 1999](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/contents/made) | MV(DL)R | | [Motor Vehicles (Variation of Speed Limits) (England & Wales) Regulations 2014](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2014/3552/contents/made) | MV(VSL)(E&W) | | [Motor Vehicles (Wearing of Seat Belts) Regulations 1993](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1993/176/contents/made) | MV(WSB)R | | [Motor Vehicles (Wearing of Seat Belts) (Amendment) Regulations 2005](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2005/27/contents/made) or [2006](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2006/1892/contents/made) (as applicable) | MV(WSB)(A)R | | [Motor Vehicles (Wearing of Seat Belts by Children in Front Seats) Regulations 1993](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1993/31/contents/made) | MV(WSBCFS)R | | [New Roads and Streetworks Act 1991](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1991/22/contents/made) | NRSWA | | [Pedal Cycles (Construction & Use) Regulations 1983](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1983/1176/made) | PCUR | | [Police Reform Act 2002](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2002/30/contents) | PRA | | [Private Crossings (Signs and Barriers) Regulations](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1996/1786/contents/made) | PC(SB)R | | [Prohibition of Smoking in Certain Premises (Scotland) Regulations 2006. Scottish SI 2006/No 90](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ssi/2006/90/contents/made) | TPSCP(S)R\* | | [Restricted Roads (20mph Speed Limit) Order 2022 (SI 2022/800)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/wsi/2022/800/contents/made) | RR(20)O | | [Road Safety Act 2006](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2006/49/contents) | RSA | | [Road Traffic Act 1984](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1984/27/contents), [1988](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/contents/enacted) or [1991](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1991/40/contents) as indicated | RTA | | [Road Traffic Act 1988 (Prescribed Limit)(Scotland) Regulations 2014](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/sdsi/2014/9780111024478) | PLSR | | [Road Traffic (New Drivers) Act 1995](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1995/13/contents) | RT(ND)A | | [Road Traffic Offenders Act 1988](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/53/contents) | RTOA | | [Road Vehicles (Construction and Use)(Amendment)(No 4) Regulations 2003](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2003/2695/contents/made) | CUR(A)(No4)R | | [Road Vehicles (Display of Registration Marks) Regulations 2001](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2001/561/contents/made) | RV(DRM)R | | [Road Vehicles Lighting Regulations 1989](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/contents/made) | RVLR | | [Road Vehicles (Registration & Licensing) Regulations 2002](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2002/2742/contents/made) | RV(R&L)R | | [Sentencing Act 2020](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2020/17/contents) | SA | | [Smoke-free (Exemptions and Vehicles) Regulations 2007 SI 2007/765](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2007/765/contents/made) | TSf(EV)\* | | [Smoke-free Premises etc (Wales) Regulations 2007 SI 2007/W787](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/wsi/2007/787/contents/made) | TSfP(W)R\* | | [Smoke-free (Private Vehicles) Regulations 2015](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2015/9780111126004/contents) | S-f(PV)R | | [Smoke-free Premises etc (Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2015](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/wsi/2015/1363/made) | S-f(W)R | | [Smoking Prohibition (Children in Motor Vehicles) (Scotland) Act 2016](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/asp/2016/3/contents) | SP(CIMV)(S)A | | [Traffic Management Act 2004](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2004/18/contents) | TMA | | [Traffic Signs Regulations & General Directions 2002](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2002/3113/contents/made) | TSRGD | | [Traffic Signs Regulations & General Directions 2016](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2016/362/contents/made) | TSRGD 2016 | | [Use of Invalid Carriages on Highways Regulations 1988](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1988/2268/contents/made) | UICHR | | [Vehicle Excise and Registration Act 1994](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1994/22/contents) | VERA | | [Zebra, Pelican and Puffin Pedestrian Crossings Regulations and General Directions 1997](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1997/2400/contents/made) | ZPPPCRGD | \*Specific legislation applies to smoking in vehicles which constitute workplaces. For information, visit: - [www.gov.uk/health-and-social-care/smoking](https://www.gov.uk/health-and-social-care/smoking) - [www.gov.wales/smoking](https://www.gov.wales/smoking) ## Annex 5. Penalties [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-5-penalties) #### Penalties and The Highway Code Parliament sets the maximum penalties for road traffic offences. The seriousness of the offence is reflected in the maximum penalty. It is for the courts to decide what sentence to impose according to circumstances. The [penalty table](#penaltytable) indicates some of the main offences, and the associated penalties. There is a wide range of other more specific offences which, for the sake of simplicity, are not shown here. The [penalty points and disqualification system](#penaltytable) is described below. #### Penalty points and disqualification The penalty point system is intended to deter drivers and motorcyclists from following unsafe motoring practices. Certain non-motoring offences, e.g. failure to rectify vehicle defects, can also attract penalty points. The court **MUST** order points to be endorsed on the licence according to the fixed number or the range set by Parliament. The accumulation of penalty points acts as a warning to drivers and motorcyclists that they risk disqualification if further offences are committed. **Law [RTOA sects 44 & 45](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/53/part/II/crossheading/endorsement)** A driver or motorcyclist who accumulates 12 or more penalty points within a 3-year period **MUST** be disqualified. This will be for a minimum period of 6 months, or longer if the driver or motorcyclist has previously been disqualified. **Law [RTOA sect 35](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/53/section/35)** For every offence which carries penalty points the court has a discretionary power to order the licence holder to be disqualified. This may be for any period the court thinks fit, but will usually be between a week and a few months. In the case of serious offences, such as dangerous driving and drink-driving, the court **MUST** order disqualification. The minimum period is 12 months, but for repeat offenders or where the alcohol level is high, it may be longer. For example, a second drink-drive offence in the space of 10 years will result in a minimum of 3 years’ disqualification. **Law [RTOA sect 34](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/53/section/34)** #### Penalty table | Offence | Maximum penalty | Penalty points | | --- | --- | --- | | Causing death by dangerous driving | Life imprisonment / Unlimited fine / Obligatory - 5 years minimum | 3 to 11 (if exceptionally not disqualified) | | Dangerous driving | 2 years’ imprisonment / Unlimited fine / Obligatory disqualification | 3 to 11 (if exceptionally not disqualified) | | Causing death by careless driving under the influence of drink or drugs | Life imprisonment / Unlimited fine / Obligatory - 5 years minimum | 3 to 11 (if exceptionally not disqualified) | | Careless and inconsiderate driving | Unlimited fine / Discretionary disqualification | 3 to 9 | | Driving while unfit through drink or drugs or with excess alcohol: or failing to provide a specimen for analysis | 6 months’ imprisonment / Unlimited fine / Obligatory disqualification | 3 to 11 (if exceptionally not disqualified) | | Failing to stop after an accident or failing to report an accident | 6 months’ imprisonment / Unlimited fine / Discretionary disqualification | 5 to 10 | | Driving while disqualified | 6 months’ imprisonment (12 months in Scotland) / Unlimited fine / Discretionary disqualification | 6 | | Driving after refusal or revocation of licence on medical grounds | 6 months’ imprisonment / Unlimited fine / Discretionary disqualification | 3 to 6 | | Driving without insurance | Unlimited fine / Discretionary disqualification | 6 to 8 | | Using a vehicle in a dangerous condition | LGV or PCV unlimited, other vehicles £2,500/ Obligatory disqualification if offence committed within 3 years of a previous conviction for a similar offence - 6 months min. Otherwise discretionary | 3 in each case | | Failure to have proper control of vehicle or full view of the road and traffic ahead | £1,000 fine (£2,500 for PCV or goods vehicle) / Discretionary disqualification | 3 | | Using a hand-held mobile phone when driving | £1,000 fine (£2,500 for PCV or goods vehicle) / Discretionary disqualification | 6 | | Driving otherwise than in accordance with a licence | £1,000 fine / Discretionary disqualification | 3 to 6 | | Speeding | £1,000 fine (£2,500 for motorway offences) / Discretionary disqualification | 3 to 6, or 3 (fixed penalty) | | Traffic light offences | £1,000 fine / Discretionary disqualification | 3 | | No MOT certificate | £1,000 fine | \- | | Seat belt offences | £500 fine | \- | | Dangerous cycling | £2,500 fine | \- | | Careless cycling | £1,000 fine | \- | | Cycling on pavement | £500 fine | \- | | Failing to identify driver of vehicle | £1,000 fine / Discretionary disqualification | 6 | \*Where a court disqualifies a person on conviction for one of these offences, it must order an extended retest. The courts also have discretion to order a retest for any other offence which carries penalty points, an extended retest where disqualification is obligatory, and an ordinary test where disqualification is not obligatory. Furthermore, in some serious cases, the court **MUST** (in addition to imposing a fixed period of disqualification) order the offender to be disqualified until they pass a driving test. In other cases the court has a discretionary power to order such disqualification. The test may be an ordinary length test or an extended test according to the nature of the offence. **Law [RTOA sect 36](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/53/section/36)** #### New drivers Special rules as set out below apply for a period of two years from the date of passing their first driving test, to drivers and motorcyclists from - the UK, EU/EEA, the Isle of Man, the Channel Islands or Gibraltar who passed their first driving test in any of those countries - other foreign countries who have to pass a UK driving test to gain a UK licence, in which case the UK driving test is treated as their first driving test; and - other foreign countries who (without needing a test) exchanged their licence for a UK licence and subsequently passed a UK driving test to drive another type of vehicle, in which case the UK driving test is treated as their first driving test. For example a driver who exchanges a foreign licence (car) for a UK licence (car) and who later passes a test to drive another type of vehicle (e.g. an HGV) will be subject to the special rules. Where a person subject to the special rules accumulates 6 or more penalty points before the end of the 2-year period (including any points acquired before passing the test) their licence will be revoked automatically. To regain the licence they must reapply for a provisional licence and may drive only as a learner until they pass a further driving test (also see [Annex 8 – Safety code for new drivers](#chapter-annex-8-safety-code-for-new-drivers)). **Law [RT(ND)A](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1995/13/contents)** **Note.** This applies even if they pay for offences by fixed penalty. Drivers in the first group (UK, EU/EEA etc.) who already have a full licence for one type of vehicle are not affected by the special rules if they later pass a test to drive another type of vehicle. #### Other consequences of offending Where an offence is punishable by imprisonment then the vehicle used to commit the offence may be confiscated. **Law [SA sects 152](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2020/17/section/152), [153](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2020/17/section/153), [154](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2020/17/section/154) & [155](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2020/17/section/155)** In addition to the penalties a court may decide to impose, the cost of insurance is likely to rise considerably following conviction for a serious driving offence. This is because insurance companies consider such drivers are more likely to be involved in a collision. Drivers disqualified for drinking and driving twice within 10 years, or once if they are over 2 and a half times the legal limit, or those who refused to give a specimen, also have to satisfy the Driver and Vehicle Licensing Agency’s Medical Branch that they do not have an alcohol problem and are otherwise fit to drive before their licence is returned at the end of their period of disqualification. Persistent misuse of drugs or alcohol may lead to the withdrawal of a driving licence. ## Annex 6. Vehicle maintenance, safety and security [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security) #### Vehicle maintenance Take special care that lights, brakes, steering, exhaust system, seat belts, demisters, wipers, washers and any audible warning systems are all working. Also - lights, indicators, reflectors, and number plates **MUST** be kept clean and clear - windscreens and windows **MUST** be kept clean and free from obstructions to vision - lights **MUST** be properly adjusted to prevent dazzling other road users. - Extra attention needs to be paid to this if the vehicle is heavily loaded - exhaust emissions **MUST NOT** exceed prescribed levels - ensure your seat, seat belt, head restraint and mirrors are adjusted correctly before you drive - ensure that items of luggage are securely stowed. **Laws [RVLR 1989 regs 23](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/23/made) & [27](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1989/1796/regulation/27/made), & [CUR regs 30](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/30/made) & [61](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/61/made)** **Warning displays.** Make sure that you understand the meaning of all warning displays on the vehicle instrument panel. Do not ignore warning signs, they could indicate a dangerous fault developing. - When you turn the ignition key, warning lights will be illuminated but will go out when the engine starts (except the handbrake warning light). If they do not, or if they come on while you are driving, stop and investigate the problem, as you could have a serious fault. - If the charge warning light comes on while you are driving, it may mean that the battery isn’t charging. This should also be checked as soon as possible to avoid loss of power to lights and other electrical systems. **Window tints.** You **MUST NOT** use a vehicle with excessively dark tinting applied to the windscreen, or to the glass in any front window to either side of the driver. Window tinting applied during manufacture complies with the Visual Light Transmittance (VLT) standards. There are no VLT limits for rear windscreens or rear passenger windows. **Laws [RTA 1988 sect 42](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/52/section/42/enacted) & [CUR reg 32](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/32/made)** **Tyres.** Tyres **MUST** be correctly inflated to the vehicle manufacturer’s specification for the load being carried. Always refer to the vehicle’s handbook or data. Tyres should also be free from certain cuts and other defects. **Cars, light vans and light trailers MUST** have a tread depth of at least 1.6 mm across the central three-quarters of the breadth of the tread and around the entire circumference. **Motorcycles, large vehicles and passenger-carrying vehicles MUST** have a tread depth of at least 1 mm across three-quarters of the breadth of the tread and in a continuous band around the entire circumference. **Mopeds** should have visible tread. Be aware that some vehicle defects can attract penalty points. **Tyre age.** Tyres over 10 years old **MUST NOT** be used on the front axles of: - goods vehicles with a maximum gross weight of more than 3.5 tonnes - passenger vehicles with more than 8 passenger seats Additionally, they **MUST NOT** be used on the rear axles of passenger vehicles with 9 to 16 passenger seats, unless equipped with twin wheels. To prove the age of a tyre, it is further required that the date of tyre manufacture marking **MUST** always be legible. Vehicles currently excluded from tyre roadworthiness regulations and vehicles of historical interest which are not used for commercial purpose are exempt from these requirements. **Law [CUR reg 27](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1986/1078/regulation/27/made)** If a tyre bursts while you are driving, try to keep control of your vehicle. Grip the steering wheel firmly and allow the vehicle to roll to a stop at the side of the road. If you have a flat tyre, stop as soon as it is safe to do so. Only change the tyre if you can do so without putting yourself or others at risk - otherwise call a breakdown service. **Tyre pressures.** Check weekly. Do this before your journey, when tyres are cold. Warm or hot tyres may give a misleading reading. Your brakes and steering will be adversely affected by under-inflated or over-inflated tyres. Excessive or uneven tyre wear may be caused by faults in the braking or suspension systems, or wheels which are out of alignment. Have these faults corrected as soon as possible. **Fluid levels.** Check the fluid levels in your vehicle at least weekly. Low brake fluid may result in brake failure and a crash. Make sure you recognise the low fluid warning lights if your vehicle has them fitted. **Before winter.** Ensure that the battery is well maintained and that there are appropriate anti-freeze agents in your radiator and windscreen bottle. **Other problems.** If your vehicle - pulls to one side when braking, it is most likely to be a brake fault or incorrectly inflated tyres. Consult a garage or mechanic immediately - continues to bounce after pushing down on the front or rear, its shock absorbers are worn. Worn shock absorbers can seriously affect the operation of a vehicle and should be replaced - smells of anything unusual such as burning rubber, petrol or an electrical fault; investigate immediately. Do not risk a fire. **Overheated engines or fire.** Most engines are water-cooled. If your engine overheats, you should wait until it has cooled naturally. Only then remove the coolant filler cap and add water or other coolant. If your vehicle catches fire, get the occupants out of the vehicle quickly and to a safe place. Do not attempt to extinguish a fire in the engine compartment, as opening the bonnet will make the fire flare. Call the fire brigade. **Petrol stations/fuel tank/fuel leaks.** Ensure that, when filling up your vehicle’s tank or any fuel cans you are carrying, you do not spill fuel on the forecourt. Any spilled fuel should be immediately reported to the petrol station attendant. Diesel spillage is dangerous to other road users, particularly motorcyclists, as it will significantly reduce the level of grip between the tyres and road surface. Double-check for fuel leaks and make sure that - you do not overfill your fuel tank - the fuel cap is fastened securely - the seal in the cap is not torn, perished or missing - there is no visual damage to the cap or the fuel tank. Emergency fuel caps, if fitted, should form a good seal. Never smoke, or use a mobile phone, on the forecourt of petrol stations as these are major fire risks and could cause an explosion. Undertake all aspects of the daily walkaround checks for commercial vehicles, as recommended by DVSA ([www.gov.uk/dvsa/commercial-vehicle-safety](https://www.gov.uk/dvsa/commercial-vehicle-safety)) and the Fleet Operator Recognition Scheme ([www.fors-online.org.uk](http://www.fors-online.org.uk/)). #### Vehicle security **When you leave your vehicle** you should - remove the ignition key and engage the steering lock - lock the car, even if you only leave it for a few minutes - close the windows completely - never leave children or pets in an unventilated car - take all contents with you, or lock them in the boot. Remember, for all a thief knows a carrier bag may contain valuables - never leave vehicle documents in the car. **For extra security** fit an anti-theft device such as an alarm or immobiliser. If you are buying a new car it is a good idea to check the level of built-in security features. Consider having your registration number etched on all your car windows. This is a cheap and effective deterrent to professional thieves. ## Annex 7. First aid on the road [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-7-first-aid-on-the-road) The following information was compiled with the help of St John Ambulance, the British Heart Foundation and the British Red Cross. It’s intended as a general guide for those without first-aid training but shouldn’t be considered a substitute for proper training. Any first aid given at the scene of an incident should be looked on only as a temporary measure until the emergency services arrive. #### 1\. Deal with danger Further collisions and fire are the main dangers following a crash. Approach any vehicle involved with care, watching out for spilt oil or broken glass. Switch off all engines and, if possible, warn other traffic. If you have a vehicle, switch on your hazard warning lights. Stop anyone from smoking, and put on the gloves from your first-aid kit if you have one. #### 2\. Get help If you can do so safely, try to get the help of bystanders. Get someone to call the appropriate emergency services on 999 or 112 as soon as possible. They’ll need to know the exact location of the incident (including the direction of traffic, for example, northbound) and the number of vehicles involved. Try to give information about the condition of any casualties, for example, if anyone is having difficulty breathing, is bleeding heavily, is trapped in a vehicle or doesn’t respond when spoken to. #### 3\. Help those involved **DO NOT** move casualties from their vehicles unless there’s the threat of further danger. **DO NOT** remove a motorcyclist’s helmet unless it’s essential. **DO** try to keep casualties warm, dry and as comfortable as you can. **DO** give reassurance confidently and try not to leave them alone or let them wander into the path of other traffic. **DO NOT** give them anything to eat or drink. #### 4\. Provide emergency care Remember the letters **D** **R** **A** **B** **C**: **D - Danger** Check that it’s safe to approach. **R - Response** Try to get a response by gently shaking the casualty’s shoulders and asking loudly ‘Are you all right?’ If they respond, check for injuries. **A - Airway** If there’s no response, open the casualty’s airway by placing your fingers under their chin and lifting it forward. **B - Breathing** Check that the casualty is breathing normally. Look for chest movements, look and listen for breathing, and feel for breath on your cheek. If there are no signs of breathing, start CPR. Interlock your fingers, place them in the centre of the casualty’s chest and press down hard and fast – around 5 to 6 centimetres and about twice a second. You may only need one hand for a child and shouldn’t press down as far. For infants, use two fingers in the middle of the chest and press down about a third of the chest depth. Don’t stop until the casualty starts breathing again or a medical professional takes over. **C - Circulation** If the casualty is responsive and breathing, check for signs of bleeding. Protect yourself from exposure to blood and check for anything that may be in the wound, such as glass. Don’t remove anything that’s stuck in the wound. Taking care not to press on the object, build up padding on either side of the object. If nothing is embedded, apply firm pressure over the wound to stem the flow of blood. As soon as practical, fasten a pad to the wound with a bandage or length of cloth. Use the cleanest material available. ### Burns Put out any flames, taking care for your own safety. Cool the burn for at least 20 minutes with plenty of clean, cool water. Cover the burn with cling film if available. Don’t try to remove anything that’s sticking to the burn. ### Be prepared Always carry a first aid kit – you might never need it, but it could save a life. Learn first aid – you can get first aid training from a qualified organisation such as [St John Ambulance](http://www.sja.org.uk/sja/default.aspx), [St Andrew’s First Aid](http://www.firstaid.org.uk/), [British Red Cross](http://www.redcross.org.uk/What-we-do/First-aid/First-aid-training), or any suitable, qualified body. ## Annex 8. Safety code for new drivers [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-8-safety-code-for-new-drivers) Once you have passed the driving test you will be able to drive on your own. This will provide you with lots of opportunities but you need to remain safe. Even though you have shown you have the skills you need to drive safely, many newly qualified drivers lack experience. You need to continue to develop your skills, especially anticipating other road users’ behaviour to avoid having a collision. As many as one new driver in five has some kind of collision in their first year of driving. This code provides advice to help you get through the first 12 months after passing the driving test, when you are most vulnerable, as safely as possible. #### The safety code - Many of the worst collisions happen at night. Between midnight and 6 am is a time of high risk for new drivers. Avoid driving then unless it’s really necessary. - If you are driving with passengers, you are responsible for their safety. Don’t let them distract you or encourage you to take risks. Tell your passengers that you need to concentrate if you are to get to your destination safely. - Never show off or try to compete with other drivers, particularly if they are driving badly. - Don’t drive if you have consumed any alcohol or taken drugs. Even over-the-counter medicines can affect your ability to drive safely - read the label to see if they may affect your driving. - Make sure everyone in the car is wearing a seat belt throughout the journey. - Keep your speed down - many serious collisions happen because the driver loses control, particularly on bends. - Most new drivers have no experience of driving high-powered or sporty cars. Unless you have learnt to drive in such a vehicle you need to get plenty of experience driving on your own before driving a more powerful car. - Driving while uninsured is an offence. See [Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements](#chapter-annex-3-motor-vehicle-documentation-and-learner-driver-requirements) for information on types of insurance cover. #### New Drivers Act **REMEMBER** that under the New Drivers Act you will have your licence revoked if you get six penalty points on your licence within two years of passing your first driving test. You will need to pass both the theory and practical tests again to get back your full licence. #### Further training You could consider taking further training such as Pass Plus, which could also save you money on your insurance, as well as helping you reduce your risk of being involved in a collision. There are two ways to find out more: - internet - [www.gov.uk](https://www.gov.uk/pass-plus) - email - [passplus@dvsa.gov.uk](mailto:passplus@dvsa.gov.uk) ## Other information [View original on gov.uk →](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/other-information) #### Metric conversions The conversions given throughout **The Highway Code** are rounded but a detailed conversion chart is shown below. | Miles | Kilometres | Miles | Kilometres | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 1.00 | 1.61 | 40.00 | 64.37 | | 5.00 | 8.05 | 45.00 | 72.42 | | 10.00 | 16.09 | 50.00 | 80.47 | | 15.00 | 24.14 | 55.00 | 88.51 | | 20.00 | 32.19 | 60.00 | 96.56 | | 25.00 | 40.23 | 65.00 | 104.60 | | 30.00 | 48.28 | 70.00 | 112.65 | | 35.00 | 56.33 | \- | \- | #### Useful websites - [GOV.UK](http://www.gov.uk/) - [St John Ambulance](http://www.sja.org.uk/) - [St Andrew’s First Aid](http://www.firstaid.org.uk/) - [British Red Cross](http://www.redcross.org.uk/) - [National Highways](http://www.nationalhighways.co.uk/) - [Highways England](http://www.highwaysengland.co.uk/) - [Transport Scotland](http://www.transport.gov.scot/) - [Transport Wales](http://www.gov.wales/roads-driving) - [Traffic England](http://www.trafficengland.com/) - [Traffic Scotland](http://www.trafficscotland.org/) - [Traffic Wales](http://www.traffic.wales/) - [Road Safety GB](http://www.roadsafetygb.org.uk/) - [Ask the police: frequently asked questions database](http://www.askthe.police.uk/) - [Traffic Penalty Tribunal (outside London)](http://www.trafficpenaltytribunal.gov.uk/) - [London Tribunals (inside London)](http://www.londontribunals.gov.uk/) - [Traveline](http://www.traveline.info/) - [European Commission – road safety abroad](http://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/going_abroad/index_en.htm) - [European New Car Assessment Programme](http://www.euroncap.com/en) #### Further reading ### Best practice Further information about good driving and riding practice can be found in the Driver and Vehicle Standards Agency books [‘The Official DVSA Guide to Driving - the essential skills’](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/shop/official-dvsa-guide-driving-essential-skills/?utm_source=gov.uk&utm_medium=website&utm_campaign=highway-code&utm_content=other-information) and [‘The Official DVSA Guide to Riding - the essential skills’](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/shop/official-dvsa-guide-riding-essential-skills/?utm_source=gov.uk&utm_medium=website&utm_campaign=highway-code&utm_content=other-information). Information specifically for drivers of large vehicles can be found in [‘The Official DVSA Guide to Driving Goods Vehicles’](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/shop/official-dvsa-guide-driving-goods-vehicles/?utm_source=gov.uk&utm_medium=website&utm_campaign=highway-code&utm_content=other-information). ### The Blue Badge Scheme Get [information about the Blue Badge Scheme](https://www.gov.uk/blue-badge-scheme-information-council) from your council. ### Code of Practice for Horse-Drawn Vehicles The [Code of Practice](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/code-of-practice-for-horse-drawn-vehicles) is available from Department for Transport International Vehicle Standards Great Minster House 33 Horseferry Road London SW1P 4DR Tel 0300 330 3000 ### Special types of vehicles Further information about the use of special types of vehicles under the authority of the Road Vehicles (Authorisation of Special Types) (General) Order 2003 (STGO) or Special Orders can be found in the [Special types enforcement guide](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/special-types-enforcement-guide/special-types-enforcement-guide). ### Towing Further information about towing safely can be found at - [Tow a trailer with a car: safety checks](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/tow-a-trailer-with-a-car-safety-checks) - [Towing with a car](https://www.gov.uk/towing-with-car) - [Requirements for towing trailers in Great Britain](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/inf30-requirements-for-towing-trailers-in-great-britain) ## Pass your UK theory test. Free DVSA practice questions, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in one app — no signup. ★ 4.8 · 250K+ downloads · iOS & Android --- ## Recent Highway Code changes Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/changes/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 Several Highway Code updates have reshaped the theory test in the last four years — the **29 January 2022** revisions (8 themed changes spanning new H-rules and dozens of updated rule numbers, including the Hierarchy of Road Users), the **25 March 2022** mobile-phone tightening, the introduction's new **1 July 2022** section on self-driving vehicles, the **27 July 2022** Annex 5 update reflecting the Police, Crime, Sentencing and Courts Act 2022 penalty uplift for causing death by dangerous driving, the **17 September 2023** Wales 20 mph default, the **10 April 2025** Scotland pavement-parking clarification (Rules 243 and 244), the **22 October 2025** traffic-sign update for "buses and cycles only" and "trams only" signs, and the CPR and AED questions added to the question bank from **2026**. Below: every substantive rule-text or annex change since 2022 with the rule number, the before-and-after, and the gov.uk source. > Rules for all types of road users have been updated in The Highway Code to improve the safety of people walking, cycling and riding horses. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/government/news/the-highway-code-8-changes-you-need-to-know-from-29-january-2022 ## 29 January 2022 — the eight rule changes The biggest overhaul of the Highway Code since its 1931 first edition. Three brand-new rules were added at the top of the code (H1, H2, H3) and several existing rules were rewritten. All eight changes are routinely tested. ### 1\. Hierarchy of Road Users — Rules H1, H2, H3 The introduction now opens with a hierarchy that ranks road users by how much harm they can cause to others. Pedestrians sit at the top; HGVs at the bottom. Those who can do the most harm have the greatest responsibility to reduce risk. - **Rule H1:** Every road user should know the Code and look out for those most at risk. Drivers of larger vehicles bear the greater responsibility. - **Rule H2 (drivers, motorcyclists, horse drawn vehicles, horse riders and cyclists):** At a junction you should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross a road into which or from which you are turning. You MUST give way to pedestrians on a zebra crossing, and to pedestrians and cyclists on a parallel crossing (see Rule 195). - **Rule H3 (drivers and motorcyclists):** You should not cut across cyclists, horse riders or horse drawn vehicles going ahead when you are turning into or out of a junction or changing direction or lane, just as you would not turn across the path of another motor vehicle. This applies whether they are using a cycle lane, a cycle track, or riding ahead on the road and you should give way to them. Do not turn at a junction if to do so would cause the cyclist, horse rider or horse drawn vehicle going straight ahead to stop or swerve. You should stop and wait for a safe gap in the flow of cyclists if necessary. This includes when cyclists are: - approaching, passing or moving off from a junction - moving past or waiting alongside stationary or slow-moving traffic - travelling around a roundabout **The catch:** H1 and H3 are *“should”* guidance, and the first half of H2 is too — but the zebra and parallel-crossing portion of H2 is a *MUST*. Failing to follow any of these can be used in evidence against a driver in court, and the theory test treats them as the expected behaviour. ### 2\. People crossing the road at junctions — Rule 170 **Before:** Drivers had general right of way through a junction; pedestrians were expected to wait. **After:** When turning into or out of a side road, drivers should give way to pedestrians who are crossing or waiting to cross. The waiting case is the most-tested change on the theory exam. ### 3\. Walking, cycling and horse-riding in shared spaces — Rule 63 Cyclists must take care when passing pedestrians, horse riders or horse-drawn vehicles — especially children, older adults or disabled people. Cyclists should slow down, let walkers know they are there (a bell or a polite call) and not pass closely or at high speed, particularly from behind. On shared cycle tracks Rule H2 directs cyclists to give way to pedestrians. ### 4\. Cyclist positioning on the road — Rules 72 and 66 Cyclists are now explicitly advised (Rule 72) to ride in the centre of their lane on quiet roads, slow-moving traffic and at junctions. On busier roads with faster traffic, Rule 72 says cyclists should allow drivers to overtake where safe to do so while keeping at least 0.5 metres away from the kerb edge — and further where it is safer to do so. Groups of cyclists may ride 2 abreast (Rule 66) — particularly safer when riding in larger groups or with children — but should be aware of drivers behind and allow them to overtake when safe. (DfT's 29 January 2022 press release referenced these as Rules 67 and 213 under the pre-update numbering.) ### 5\. Overtaking people cycling or on horseback — Rule 163 The clearance distances were quantified for the first time: - **Cyclists:** at least 1.5 metres at speeds up to 30 mph; more at higher speeds. - **Horses and horse-drawn vehicles:** pass at under 10 mph and allow at least 2 metres of space. - **Pedestrians in the road:** at least 2 metres of space and keep to a low speed. ### 6\. People cycling at junctions — Rule 76 Cyclists going straight ahead at a junction have priority over traffic waiting to turn into or out of the side road, unless road signs or markings indicate otherwise (Rule 76). Where the junction has dedicated cycle facilities — separate cycle traffic lights or a cycle lane through the junction — cyclists should use them (Rule 73); at junctions without those facilities, Rule 73 directs cyclists to follow the same priority rules as other traffic (see Rules 170 to 190). ### 7\. People cycling at roundabouts — Rule 186 Drivers should give priority to cyclists on the roundabout and watch carefully for them. Cyclists, horse riders and horse drawn vehicles may stay in the left-hand lane when they intend to continue across or around the roundabout, and should signal right to show they are not leaving. Give other traffic — especially cyclists — time and room to move into the correct lane. ### 8\. Opening vehicle doors — “the Dutch Reach” — Rule 239 Where you are able to do so, you should open the door using your hand on the *opposite* side to the door you are opening — for example, use your left hand to open a door on your right-hand side. This will make you turn your head to look over your shoulder, so you are then more likely to avoid causing injury to cyclists or motorcyclists passing you on the road, or to people on the pavement. ## 25 March 2022 — mobile phone tightening (Rule 149) **Before:** Drivers could be charged with using a hand-held mobile phone only if it was being used for an “interactive communication function” (call, text, browsing). Stationary scrolling or photo-taking sometimes escaped prosecution under that narrower definition. **After:** From 25 March 2022 it is illegal to *hold and use* a phone, sat nav, tablet or any similar device for *any* use — including taking photos or videos, scrolling through playlists, using a camera, or playing games. The change closed the loophole that had let drivers escape conviction when they were not actively communicating. The fixed-penalty notice is 6 points and a £200 fine; cases that go to court can carry a fine of up to £1,000 (£2,500 for a lorry or bus). For a new driver inside the 2-year probation, the 6-point endorsement causes automatic licence revocation. The narrow exception remains: a hands-free or built-in vehicle system you do not pick up is legal. Genuine 999/112 emergencies (when it is unsafe or impractical to stop) and contactless payment to a payment terminal while the vehicle is stationary are also exempt under Reg 110 of the Road Vehicles (Construction and Use) Regulations 1986. ## 1 July 2022 — self-driving vehicles section added to the introduction On **1 July 2022**, a new section on self-driving vehicles was added to the Highway Code's introduction. It reflects the framework set out in the *Automated and Electric Vehicles Act 2018*: the driver is not responsible for the way a self-driving vehicle drives itself while it is in self-driving mode, but the technology must be designed for the driver to take back control safely. The driver must be ready to resume control when prompted, and stays responsible for everything not covered by the self-driving function (insurance, fitness to drive, fitness of the vehicle). The change underpins the way **Rule 150** handles driver-assistance systems — motorway assist, lane departure warnings, or remote control parking — on conventional cars; see also the 25 March 2022 update above for the related mobile-phone tightening. ## 27 July 2022 — Annex 5 penalty uplift for causing death by dangerous driving On **27 July 2022**, Annex 5 (Penalties) was updated to reflect the *Police, Crime, Sentencing and Courts Act 2022*, which raised the maximum sentence for **causing death by dangerous driving**, and for **causing death by careless driving under the influence of drink or drugs**, from 14 years' imprisonment to **life imprisonment**. The Sentencing Act 2020 also replaced the older Powers of Criminal Courts (Sentencing) Act 2000 in Annex 5's legislative references. The PCSC Act 2022 brought the new maximum into force on **28 June 2022**; the Highway Code annex caught up four weeks later. For the theory test: penalty-table questions on death-by-dangerous-driving now expect the "life imprisonment" answer, not "14 years". Older revision materials printed before mid-2022 still show 14 years — make sure your study source is post-July 2022. ## 17 September 2023 — Wales default 20 mph in built-up areas (Rules 113 and 124) From **17 September 2023**, the default national speed limit on restricted roads in **Wales** dropped from 30 mph to **20 mph**. Rules 113 and 124 of the Highway Code were updated to reflect this. The change applies to most residential streets and many town centres in Wales; signed limits override the default where they appear. The English and Scottish default remains 30 mph on restricted roads. For the theory test: questions on speed limits and signs that originate in Wales now expect the 20 mph baseline. Sign-recognition questions are unchanged — a 30 mph or 20 mph repeater sign means what it says — but a Welsh restricted-road scenario with no posted limit will assume 20 mph. ## 2022–2023 — smart motorway programme paused, then cancelled **15 April 2023:** the Department for Transport announced that all *new* smart motorway schemes were cancelled — including 11 already paused from the second Road Investment Strategy (2020–2025) and 3 earmarked for the third (2025–2030). The existing smart motorway network (mostly all-lane-running, no hard shoulder) remains in operation; it will receive £900m of further safety investment, including **150 extra emergency areas** and improved stopped-vehicle detection technology, but the hard shoulder is **not being reinstated** . For the theory test, this means the rules on smart motorways still apply: Red X means leave the lane (Rule 258); the hard shoulder of an existing all-lane-running motorway is a live running lane unless signed otherwise; emergency areas (Rule 270) are short refuges marked by blue signs with an orange SOS telephone symbol and may have orange surfacing — use them only in an emergency, and if you stop in one, Rule 278 says you MUST use the emergency telephone provided and follow the operator's advice — a lane may need to be closed so you can rejoin the carriageway safely. ## 10 April 2025 — Scotland pavement parking (Rules 243 and 244) On **10 April 2025**, Rules 243 and 244 of the Highway Code were clarified to reflect Scotland's pavement-parking and dropped-kerb prohibitions, which came into force on 11 December 2023 under *The Transport (Scotland) Act 2019 (Pavement Parking etc.)*: - **Rule 243** — drivers must not park anywhere a kerb has been lowered (in Scotland). - **Rule 244** — clarified to explicitly cover Scotland. The rule now opens "You MUST NOT park partially or wholly on the pavement in London or Scotland" (with limited exceptions), followed by the original elsewhere-prohibition ("You should not park partially or wholly on the pavement elsewhere unless signs permit it"). The long-standing London prohibition is unchanged. The change brought the Highway Code wording into line with the Scottish offence; the existing local-authority enforcement regime for pavement parking in the rest of England and Wales is also unchanged. For the theory test: a parking question set in Scotland now expects the pavement / dropped-kerb prohibition to be treated as a national rule, not a local one. ## 22 October 2025 — "buses and cycles only" and "trams only" signs no longer need an "Only" plate On **22 October 2025**, the traffic-signs chapter of the Highway Code was updated. The *buses and cycles only* and *trams only* signs no longer need a separate *Only* word-plate beneath the sign — the meaning is now carried by the sign itself. The older signs (with the plate) remain valid and you will still see them on the road for some time, but the modernised, plate-less version is the version the theory test now expects. For the theory test: a sign-recognition question that previously expected you to identify the "Only" plate as part of the symbol now treats the sign as complete without it. If you trained on materials older than late 2025, refresh your recognition of these two signs. ## August 2025 — CPR and AED questions confirmed for 2026 On **13 August 2025**, DVSA confirmed that the car and motorcycle theory tests would include **enhanced cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) content** and, for the first time, questions about using a public-access automated external defibrillator (AED). The new questions begin appearing in tests in **2026**, with candidates told to start familiarising themselves from autumn 2025. There is no change to the test duration, the question count or the pass mark. The questions were developed with the Resuscitation Council UK and the Save a Life programmes in Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. See the [2026 changes guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/changes-2026/) for the detail you need to revise. ## How to revise the changes efficiently 1. **Memorise H1, H2 and H3.** Three short rules that recur across multiple questions on the test. 2. **Remember the numeric clearances** — 1.5 m cyclist at speeds up to 30 mph, 2 m horse at under 10 mph, 2 m pedestrian at low speed. 3. **The Dutch Reach** is short, visual, and almost always asked. Practise the hand-swap when you next park. 4. **Any interactive phone use is driving with the phone.** Stationary at lights does not exempt you. 5. **Smart motorway hard shoulders are live lanes** unless signed otherwise. The old “pull onto the hard shoulder” advice is wrong for an all-lane-running stretch. ## The full updates list — Highway Code on gov.uk GOV.UK publishes a running log of every update at [gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/updates](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/updates). Use that page if you want a complete diff at any point in time — it’s the canonical source and is updated within hours of any change taking effect. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [The Highway Code: 8 changes you need to know from 29 January 2022](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/the-highway-code-8-changes-you-need-to-know-from-29-january-2022) - GOV.UK — [Highway Code introduction](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/introduction) (Hierarchy of Road Users H1–H3) - GOV.UK — [Using the road (159–203)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) (Rule 163 overtaking, Rule 170 junctions, Rule 186 roundabouts) - GOV.UK — [General rules (103–158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) (Rule 149 mobile phone) - GOV.UK — [Waiting and parking (238–252)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/waiting-and-parking-238-to-252) (Rule 239 Dutch Reach) - GOV.UK — [Using a mobile phone, sat nav or other device when driving](https://www.gov.uk/using-mobile-phones-when-driving-the-law) (25 March 2022 law) - GOV.UK — [Smart motorway rollout to be paused](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/smart-motorway-rollout-to-be-paused-as-government-responds-to-transport-committee-report) (12 January 2022 pause) - GOV.UK — [All new smart motorways scrapped](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/all-new-smart-motorways-scrapped) (15 April 2023 cancellation) - GOV.UK — [New theory test questions on cardiac arrest](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-theory-test-questions-aim-to-boost-cardiac-arrest-survival-rate) (13 August 2025 CPR/AED announcement) - GOV.UK — [Highway Code: full updates log](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/updates) (the canonical change history) Highway Code excerpts are reproduced under the [Open Government Licence v3.0](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/). --- ## Study the UK driving theory test in your language Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/languages/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 The official UK driving theory test is taken in **English** — and in **Welsh** in Wales — and has been since 7 April 2014. But you do not have to revise in English. The Driving Theory Test Kit translates every DVSA question, every answer choice and every explanation into **90+ languages**, side-by-side with the official English wording. You analyse the question in English, reach for your own language when meaning matters, and learn the test-day vocabulary in the same pass. > We want to make sure that all drivers have the right skills to use our roads safely and responsibly. One area where we can help ensure this is by requiring all test candidates to take the test in English or Welsh, the national languages. This will help to ensure that all new drivers will be able to understand traffic updates or emergency information when they pass their test. It will also help us to reduce the risk of fraud by stopping interpreters from indicating the correct answers to theory test questions. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/government/news/end-to-foreign-language-driving-tests ## The official test: English (and Welsh in Wales) DVSA administers the multiple-choice theory test in English across Great Britain, and in Welsh in Wales. The on-screen voiceover is offered in those two languages only. There is no foreign-language voiceover, no permitted translator and no foreign-language interpreter at the test centre, and that has been the rule since 7 April 2014. An on-screen British Sign Language video is available for Deaf candidates, and a BSL interpreter may accompany you in person — both at no extra charge. All adjustments must be booked in advance. The full set of permitted adjustments is on the [accessibility page](https://drivingtheorytest.io/accessibility/). ## Why the test is English-only: the 2014 fraud crackdown Before 2014, the Driving Standards Agency (DSA) — DVSA's predecessor, which merged with VOSA to form DVSA on 1 April 2014 — provided voiceovers in **19** foreign languages and let candidates use an interpreter. A consultation cited three concerns: road safety, fraud prevention (stopping interpreters from indicating the correct answers to candidates), and the cost of providing translation. Foreign-language voiceovers and the use of interpreters were withdrawn across the theory and practical tests on **7 April 2014** . The policy has not been reversed and there is no current proposal to reinstate it. ## The workflow: read in English, understand in your language The Driving Theory Test Kit is designed for exactly this. Every question, every answer choice and every explanation has a tap-to-translate panel into your chosen language — but the official English wording stays on screen throughout, because that is what you will see on test day. The point is not to learn in your own language *instead* of English; it is to understand the English text faster, so the vocabulary lands properly instead of bouncing off. The four-step rhythm we recommend: 1. **Read the question in English first.** Identify the verb ("give way", "slow", "signal"), the noun ("junction", "pedestrian", "developing hazard") and the constraint ("within 10 mph", "before", "after"). 2. **Translate to confirm meaning.** If the English left you uncertain, tap the translation. You will often find the unfamiliar word is one specific term — MSPSL, lifesaver, Pelican crossing — and the rest of the sentence resolves once that one word is clear. 3. **Read the question again in English before answering.** The test is English-only. Building the habit of reading in English last is the single highest-leverage thing you can do for test day. 4. **Add the English voiceover.** Hearing each question read aloud in English while you read its translation in your language cements both at once — and the voiceover is offered at the real test, so you arrive used to it. Free ## Revise the UK theory test in your language The full DVSA question bank, hazard perception clips and the Highway Code — with tap-to-translate into 90+ languages alongside the official English. No signup. iOS and Android. ## Most-used translations among our learners These are the languages our learners reach for most often — the South Asian, Middle Eastern, Eastern European and East Asian communities that make up most of the candidate population for the UK theory test. Listed roughly in order of in-app usage, with each language shown in its own script: ਪੰਜਾਬੀ Punjabi العربية Arabic فارسی Persian Русский Russian Türkçe Turkish Español Spanish اردو Urdu 中文 (简体) Chinese (Simplified) Polski Polish Română Romanian বাংলা Bengali አማርኛ Amharic தமிழ் Tamil Українська Ukrainian हिन्दी Hindi 中文 (繁體) Chinese (Traditional) ## Other supported languages with measurable usage Beyond the most-used languages above, the following are also actively used by our learners. Smaller communities, same translation quality: Shqip Albanian Հայերեն Armenian Беларуская Belarusian Português (Brasil) Portuguese (Brazil) မြန်မာ Burmese Dansk Danish Filipino Filipino ქართული Georgian Deutsch German ગુજરાતી Gujarati עברית Hebrew Latviešu Latvian Монгол Mongolian Српски Serbian Español (Latinoamérica) Spanish (Latin America) ไทย Thai Cymraeg Welsh ## The full catalogue: 90+ languages The full picker also includes the following — covered for completeness so smaller language communities are not left out, even where in-app usage is still light: Afrikaans · Azerbaijani · Basque · Bhojpuri · Bosnian · Bulgarian · Catalan · Cebuano · Croatian · Czech · Dutch · Estonian · Finnish · French · French (Canada) · Frisian · Galician · Greek · Haitian Creole · Hausa · Hawaiian · Hungarian · Icelandic · Igbo · Indonesian · Italian · Japanese · Kannada · Kazakh · Khmer · Korean · Kurdish (Sorani) · Kyrgyz · Lao · Lithuanian · Luxembourgish · Macedonian · Malay · Malayalam · Maltese · Maori · Marathi · Nepali · Norwegian Bokmål · Odia · Pashto · Portuguese (Portugal) · Sinhala · Slovak · Slovenian · Somali · Swahili · Swedish · Tajik · Tatar · Telugu · Uzbek · Vietnamese · Xhosa · Yoruba · Zulu The catalogue spans the widely-spoken European, Asian and African languages plus the long tail (Hawaiian, Maori, Yoruba, Zulu, Hausa, Igbo, Welsh, Frisian and similar). If a language is missing, message us — we add what learners actually ask for. ## Practical tips for English-as-an-additional-language candidates - **Learn the small, fixed vocabulary the Highway Code uses.** "Give way", MSPSL (Mirror Signal Position Speed Look), MSM (Mirror Signal Manoeuvre), and the named pedestrian crossings — Zebra, Pelican, Puffin, Toucan, Pegasus, Equestrian, Parallel. These appear in dozens of questions; once you know them, you understand the questions. - **Take the official English voiceover on test day.** It is available to every candidate, no evidence required. Hearing a question read aloud often clarifies vocabulary that reading alone obscures. - **Ask for extra time if you have a reading-difficulty assessment.** Up to double time is available on the multiple-choice section with supporting evidence. See the full list on the [accessibility page](https://drivingtheorytest.io/accessibility/). - **Drill mock tests in English-only mode.** Once the meaning is solid, switch off the translation panel and run a full mock — that mirrors the real test exactly. The Driving Theory Test Kit's [mock test](https://drivingtheorytest.io/mock-test/) uses the official 50-question + 57-min format. ## Where this fits The DVSA test is English-only and will stay that way; that is the constraint we work inside. The translation feature is a study aid for the revision phase, not a substitute for English at the test centre. Plan on revising in your language plus English for as long as you need both, then transitioning to English-only mock tests in the final week before your booking. That order matches what actually happens at the DVSA-contracted test centre on test day. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [End to foreign-language driving tests (DVSA)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/end-to-foreign-language-driving-tests) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: reading difficulty, disability or health condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) --- ## UK lorry & bus theory test (Driver CPC Part 1) Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/lgv-hgv/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-05-30T20:32:18-04:00 The UK **lorry (LGV)** and **bus (PCV)** theory test is officially the **Driver CPC Part 1**, split into two parts that are booked and paid for separately but can be sat on the same day: **Part 1a** (multiple-choice) is 100 questions in 1 hour 55 minutes with a pass mark of 85 out of 100, and **Part 1b** (hazard perception) is 19 clips with 20 scored developing hazards and a pass mark of 67 out of 100. Fees: **£26 for Part 1a + £11 for Part 1b** . Both parts must be passed within 2 years of each other. > You have 1 hour and 55 minutes to answer 100 multiple-choice questions … The pass mark for this part is 85 out of 100 questions. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver/driver-cpc-part-1-theory-test ## Structure and pass marks *Table: UK lorry / bus theory test (Driver CPC Part 1) — at a glance (source: gov.uk)* | Part | Format | Pass mark | Fee | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Part 1a — multiple-choice | 100 questions in 1 h 55 min | 85 / 100 | £26 | | Part 1b — hazard perception | 19 clips, 20 scored developing hazards (1 clip has 2) | 67 / 100 | £11 | ## Two-year window between Part 1a and 1b Part 1a and Part 1b are booked and paid for separately — you can sit them on the same day or spread them out. The Driver CPC Part 1 theory certificate runs for 2 years from the date of your **first** pass. You must pass the second of the two parts and the Part 3a off-road exercises and Part 3b on-road driving tests within that 2-year window, or you'll have to pass the Part 1 theory test again. Part 2 case studies are not bound by the Part 1 two-year clock, but passing Part 2 starts its own 2-year window — you must pass the Part 4 practical demonstration within 2 years, or you'll have to re-sit Part 2. ## Driver CPC context — the full five-test sequence The Driver Certificate of Professional Competence (Driver CPC) is required for anyone driving a lorry, bus or coach for a living in Great Britain. The full qualification is a sequence of five DVSA tests; this page only covers Part 1 (the theory). The other parts and their headline fees: - **Part 2 — case studies test:** £23. - **Part 3a — off-road exercises:** £40 with DVSA, or up to £40 if booked via an approved test provider instead. - **Part 3b — on-road driving test:** £115 weekday, £141 evening / weekend / bank holiday. - **Part 4 — practical demonstration test:** £55 weekday, £63 evening / weekend / bank holiday. The 2026 CPR/AED theory test questions currently apply to car and motorcycle theory tests only; DVSA has said they will be added to other test types later. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Driver CPC Part 1 theory test](https://www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver/driver-cpc-part-1-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Become a lorry or bus driver](https://www.gov.uk/become-lorry-bus-driver) - GOV.UK — [Driving test cost](https://www.gov.uk/driving-test-cost) - GOV.UK — [Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [New theory test questions to boost cardiac-arrest survival (DVSA)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-theory-test-questions-aim-to-boost-cardiac-arrest-survival-rate) --- ## UK mock theory test Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/mock-test/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 A **mock theory test** mirrors the real UK driving theory test so you can practise under exam-like conditions before the day. The real test is **50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes** (pass mark **43 out of 50**) followed by a **14-clip hazard perception test** (pass mark **44 out of 75**). A good mock covers the same syllabus, the same question style, and the same time pressure. > You can practise both parts of the theory test online. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test ## What a real DVSA mock test looks like *Table: UK mock theory test — structure mirrors the real exam (source: gov.uk)* | Field | Value | | --- | --- | | Section 1 | 50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes | | Section 1 pass mark | 43 out of 50 | | Question style | Single-answer multiple choice, plus 3 questions about a short silent video clip | | Optional break | Up to 3 minutes between the two sections | | Section 2 | 14 hazard perception video clips (15 scored developing hazards) | | Section 2 pass mark | 44 out of 75 | | Result | Pass or fail shown on screen at the end | ## Where to take a free mock theory test - **GOV.UK** offers a free [practice theory test](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) and 3 free hazard perception clips. Useful for getting a feel for the format; not enough to revise the whole syllabus. - **Our Driving Theory Test Kit UK app** has 750+ free DVSA revision questions, the hazard perception structure and the latest Highway Code — no account, no paywall on the question bank. Available on [iOS](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/driving-theory-test-kit-uk/id6761142832) and [Android](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=dev.parhelion.highwaycodeuk). ## How to use mock tests effectively 1. **Start with topic practice, not full mocks.** Work through the 14 DVSA syllabus topics one at a time so you know what’s tested where. 2. **Take a full mock after each two or three topics.** Time yourself — 57 minutes for the multiple-choice section. 3. **Track which topics you fail.** The real-test result letter tells you which parts you did not score enough points on — practising by topic makes that breakdown actionable. 4. **Practise hazard perception separately.** The click-timing skill is different from multiple-choice recall — see our [hazard perception explainer](https://drivingtheorytest.io/hazard-perception/). 5. **Aim for 48/50 or higher in practice.** Real-exam nerves cost a few marks; 43/50 in practice is too close to the threshold. ## Try a sample question Here’s one real DVSA question from the hazard awareness topic, formatted as you’ll see it in the app. Practice question From the DVSA question bank You're approaching a crossroads. What should you do if the traffic lights have failed? - A Brake and stop only for large vehicles - B Brake sharply to a stop before looking - C Be prepared to brake sharply to a stop - D Be prepared to stop for any traffic Show explanation The correct answer is **D**. When approaching a junction where the traffic lights have failed, you should proceed with caution. Treat the situation as an unmarked junction and be prepared to stop. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Practice by syllabus topic The DVSA car theory test syllabus has 14 topics. Each topic page below summarises what’s tested, links the key Highway Code rules and runs through common mistakes. - [Alertness](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) ## Mock test vs the real exam: what’s the same and what’s different The same: question format, syllabus, pass marks, and time limits. Reputable practice apps (including ours) draw from the same official DVSA revision question bank — 750+ questions in active rotation for the car test — so the topics, difficulty and answer patterns match. The differences are practical, not content-based. The real test is taken at a DVSA-contracted test centre — operated by Pearson VUE or Reed in Partnership — on a DVSA computer; phones and watches go in a locker; results print on the day. Wording may differ slightly between a practice app and the live exam, and the live test draws 50 questions at random — you will not see an identical paper. ## Why mocks often feel harder than the real test A recurring sentiment among UK learners is that practice apps feel *harder* than the live DVSA exam, then panic that the gap is a sign the live test will sandbag them. The gap is almost always a side effect of how mocks are built, not a sign that the real test is easier on you. - **Mocks sample the whole bank; the real test samples a curated subset.** The DVSA car revision bank runs to 750+ questions; a mock test pulls 50 from any of them, weighted uniformly. The live exam pulls from the same pool but the per-sitting selection skews to the syllabus areas DVSA wants every driver to be confident on. Over many mocks you encounter the obscure questions; over one real sitting you usually don't. - **Mock difficulty is uniform; the real test has an easy-to-hard mix.** Real exam papers blend a few straightforward questions with the trickier ones to give every candidate reachable wins. Mocks tend not to curate the mix, so the perceived difficulty per question can be flatter and higher. - **You score yourself harder in practice.** In a mock you see every wrong answer immediately; in the real test you see only a topic breakdown. The mock's running tally feels brutal even if your end score is identical. - **Some apps reuse retired or motorbike-bank questions.** Older or off-category questions can make a mock feel like a different exam entirely. Stick to apps that source from the current car-only DVSA bank. - **The real test has momentum the mock doesn't.** 57 minutes in a quiet test centre with a printed result at the end is a different psychology to a 3-minute mock between bus stops. Most candidates report the live test felt *easier* than mocks because of this — not because the questions were easier. Practical takeaway: stop benchmarking against 43/50 (the pass mark) on mocks. Benchmark against **48/50 consistently across the last 10 attempts**. That cushion eats the test-day nerves and the few questions whose wording reads slightly differently. ## Before you book the real test When you’re consistently scoring above the pass mark on full mock tests, book the real exam through the official service at [gov.uk/book-theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) — see our [booking step-by-step](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/book-theory-test/) for the full flow. The fee is **£23** for the car or motorcycle test. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Take a practice theory test](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - GOV.UK — [Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) - Find a Tender — [Future Theory Test Service (FTTS) contract notice](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/023494-2025) - Safe Driving for Life — [The Official DVSA Theory Test for Car Drivers (revision question bank)](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/) --- ## UK motorcycle theory test Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/motorbike/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-05-30T20:32:18-04:00 The UK **motorcycle** theory test has the same overall shape as the car test — **50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes** (pass mark 43 out of 50) plus a **14-clip hazard perception test** (pass mark 44 out of 75) — but uses a case-study structure for some of the multiple-choice questions. The fee is **£23**. Minimum age is 17 for a motorcycle (16 for a moped — current category AM, speed range 25 km/h to 45 km/h; see the Category, age and licence section below). > Some questions are given as a case study. The case study will: show a short story that 5 questions will be based on; be about a real life situation you could come across when driving. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-theory-test/multiple-choice-questions ## Structure and pass marks *Table: UK motorcycle theory test — at a glance (source: gov.uk)* | Field | Value | | --- | --- | | Questions | 50 multiple-choice (5 based on a case study) | | Time allowed | 57 minutes | | Multiple-choice pass mark | 43 out of 50 | | Hazard perception clips | 14 (15 scored developing hazards) | | Hazard perception pass mark | 44 out of 75 | | Both sections required? | Yes — pass both in the same sitting | | Test fee | £23 | | Certificate validity | 2 years | ## The case study section Five of the 50 multiple-choice questions are linked to a single short case-study scenario — typically a rider in a real-world situation. You answer 5 questions based on that scenario, drawing on Highway Code rules, hazard awareness and safety margins specific to motorcycling. ## New for 2026: CPR and AED questions Motorcycle theory tests now include new questions about CPR and using a public-access defibrillator (AED) — added to car and motorcycle tests first, with DVSA announcing the change on 13 August 2025. Candidates were told to start familiarising themselves with the content from autumn 2025; the questions began appearing in tests in 2026. No additional cost or time, and the pass mark is unchanged. ## Minimum age and licence categories - **Moped (AM):** age 16. Category AM covers mopeds with a speed range of 25 km/h to 45 km/h, small 3-wheelers up to 50 cc and below 4 kW, and light quadricycles. Two- or three-wheeled mopeds with a top speed of 25 km/h sit in category Q (granted automatically with AM). - **Motorcycle A1:** age 17 (up to 125 cc / 11 kW). - **Motorcycle A2:** age 19 (up to 35 kW). Progressive access is also possible after 2 years on A1 plus a further practical test. - **Motorcycle A:** age 24 for direct access. Progressive access from age 21 requires 2 years on A2 plus a further practical test. - A valid UK provisional driving licence with the relevant motorcycle entitlement. ## Compulsory Basic Training and the practical Module 1 / Module 2 tests The theory test is one piece of the full motorcycle qualification. Before riding on the road you need **Compulsory Basic Training (CBT)** — a course at an approved training body that ends with a certificate valid for 2 years. After passing the theory test you take the practical in two parts: **Module 1** (off-road manoeuvres at a designated DVSA motorcycle test centre) and **Module 2** (on-road riding with an examiner). Full licence holders going straight to category A via Direct Access (DAS) follow the same Mod 1 + Mod 2 structure. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Motorcycle theory test](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Motorcycle theory test: multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) - GOV.UK — [Motorcycle theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/motorcycle-theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - GOV.UK — [Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) - GOV.UK — [Driving test cost](https://www.gov.uk/driving-test-cost) - GOV.UK — [New theory test questions to boost cardiac-arrest survival (DVSA)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-theory-test-questions-aim-to-boost-cardiac-arrest-survival-rate) - GOV.UK — [Bike categories, ages and licence requirements](https://www.gov.uk/ride-motorcycle-moped/bike-categories-ages-and-licence-requirements) (minimum ages for moped / A1 / A2 / A) --- ## UK theory test day, step by step Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/on-the-day/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 From the moment you arrive at the test centre to the moment you walk out with your printed result — here’s exactly what happens on UK driving theory test day. Total time from arrival to result is typically **around 100 minutes** (sometimes a little longer): you must arrive at least 15 minutes before your appointment for check-in, a short on-screen tutorial, the 57-minute multiple-choice section, an optional break of up to 3 minutes, the 14-clip hazard perception test (~20 minutes) and the on-screen result. > You must arrive 15 minutes before your theory test starts. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/when-you-arrive-at-the-test-centre ## Before you leave home Take with you: - **Your UK photocard provisional driving licence.** If you only have an old-style paper licence (DVLA stopped issuing those when photocards launched in 1998), also bring a valid passport. Northern Ireland licence holders need both photocard and paper counterpart. - Proof of any name change since you booked (marriage certificate, deed poll) if relevant. - Glasses or contact lenses if you need them. Leave at home or expect to lock away: - Phones, smartwatches, fitness trackers, Bluetooth earbuds — anything you can’t fully switch off. - Notes, books, revision sheets — including a copy of the Highway Code. - Bags, jackets and hats if the test centre asks (varies by site). Cheating is a criminal offence. DVSA has reported recent cases that ended in prison sentences. If you forget your ID and can’t produce it, the test is cancelled and the £23 fee is forfeit. ## The walkthrough 1. **Arrive 15 minutes before your appointment.** Test centres are operated under DVSA contract by its delivery suppliers — currently Pearson VUE and Reed in Partnership, whose contracts run until September 2028. Find your nearest with the [official centre finder](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre). There’s no waiting area for anyone accompanying you; companions cannot sit in on the test. 2. **Check in at reception.** Staff verify your photocard licence against your booking. Wrong or missing ID means the test is cancelled with no refund. 3. **Stow everything in a locker.** Phones (powered off), watches, jackets and bags go in a personal locker or clear plastic box outside the test room. You cannot take notes or any electronics in. 4. **Settle at your assigned computer.** Each candidate has their own screen. If you requested the English or Welsh voiceover at booking, headphones are at your station. A short on-screen tutorial covers the controls before the timed section starts. 5. **Section 1 — multiple choice: 50 questions in 57 minutes.** One question per screen. You can flag a question to review later, change answers freely until you submit, and skip back and forward. Three of the 50 questions are linked to a single short silent video clip — you can replay it as many times as you like. Pass mark: 43 out of 50. 6. **Optional break of up to 3 minutes.** You can leave your desk but not the test room. The timer stops; if you don’t take the break, hazard perception starts immediately. 7. **Section 2 — hazard perception: 14 clips, 15 scored hazards.** Each clip is short CGI driving footage. Click as soon as you see a developing hazard. Each hazard is worth up to 5 points (early click scores 5, dropping to 1 as the window closes; click too late and you score zero) for a 75-point maximum. Clicking continuously or in a pattern zeros the affected hazard. You get one attempt per clip and cannot review — see our [hazard perception explainer](https://drivingtheorytest.io/hazard-perception/). Pass mark: 44 out of 75. 8. **Submit and see your result.** Pass or fail appears on screen within a few minutes of finishing. Both sections must be passed in the same sitting; failing either fails the whole test. 9. **Collect your printed result at the desk.** If you passed, the printed pass certificate has the number you’ll need to book the practical test — keep it safe. (You can also recover the certificate number any time via [gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-pass-number) if you mislay the printed letter.) 10. **If you passed:** the certificate is valid for 2 years. Book the practical via [the official gov.uk service](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/book-theory-test/) at [gov.uk/book-driving-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-driving-test). **If you failed:** you can rebook after at least 3 working days (Monday–Saturday count; Sunday and bank holidays do not). The full £23 fee applies again. The result letter tells you which parts you did not score enough points on, so you know what to practise. ## Time budget at a glance *Table: UK theory test day — typical timeline* | Stage | Duration | | --- | --- | | Arrive early, check in, locker | 15 minutes (mandatory) | | Tutorial on the computer | a few minutes | | Multiple-choice section | up to 57 minutes | | Optional break | up to 3 minutes | | Hazard perception section | ~20 minutes (14 clips of ~1 minute each plus instructions) | | Submit, on-screen result, printed letter | 5–10 minutes | | **Total typical** | **~95–110 minutes** | ## Adjustments you can request Request adjustments **when you book** — they can’t be set up on the day. Available accommodations include the on-screen English or Welsh voiceover (no evidence needed), extra time on the multiple-choice section (with supporting evidence such as a teacher’s letter or an online dyslexia screening product — eligible candidates typically get up to double the 57-minute window), a reader, a recorder/scribe, question rewording (staff rephrase non-technical wording while keeping technical terms unchanged), on-screen British Sign Language video or in-person BSL interpreter, lip-speaker and hearing loop. Bespoke arrangements (for example, a separate or quieter room for severe anxiety or autism with sensory needs) can be agreed with DVSA customer services before booking (email theorycustomerservices@dvsa.gov.uk, phone 0300 200 1122 Mon–Fri 8am–5pm, or WhatsApp +44 (0)1908 787001 for messages only). See gov.uk — [reading difficulty, disability or health condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition). ## Before you go - Get a good night’s sleep — fatigue costs marks on both sections. - Eat something. The test centre rarely has refreshments. - Practise the hazard perception click mechanic on the 3 free clips at [gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) or in [our mock-test setup](https://drivingtheorytest.io/mock-test/). - Plan your route; arriving early avoids stress. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Theory test: when you arrive at the test centre](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/when-you-arrive-at-the-test-centre) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: what to take](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-take) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: reading difficulty, disability or health condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) - GOV.UK — [Find a theory test centre](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre) - Find a Tender — [Future Theory Test Service (FTTS) contract notice](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/023494-2025) --- ## UK theory test pass rate Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/pass-rate/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 The UK car driving theory test pass rate for **April 2024 to March 2025** was **44.9%** — meaning fewer than half of sittings result in a pass. (DVSA's figure aggregates first attempts and retakes; it does not split first-time candidates from those re-sitting after a fail.) The rate has been steadily declining from a 2007/08 peak of around 65% and has settled in the mid-40s since 2022/23. > Car theory test and driving test volumes and pass rates for Great Britain overall and for each test centre. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/government/statistical-data-sets/driving-test-and-theory-test-data-cars ## Latest annual pass rate *Table: UK car theory test — annual pass rates* | Year | Pass rate | Note | | --- | --- | --- | | April 2024 – March 2025 | **44.9%** | Latest full year (Q4 was 45.2%) | | April 2023 – March 2024 | 45.2% | Q4 was 46.0% | | April 2022 – March 2023 | 44.2% | Q4 was 44.9% | | 2007/08 | 65.4% | Historic peak | ## Five-year trend (2020-21 → 2024-25) The pandemic spike of 2020-21 is the standout feature of the recent decade: with test centres closed for long stretches, learners had unprecedented time to revise, and the pass rate jumped around 8 points above the pre-pandemic baseline of the late 2010s. The decline back through 2021-22 and 2022-23 is the return to normal, not a sign of a harder test. - 2020-21 55.7% - 2021-22 50.1% - 2022-23 44.2% - 2023-24 45.2% - 2024-25 **44.9%** Pre-pandemic, the rate had been drifting downward for over a decade — from the 65.4% peak in 2007-08 to the high 40s by the late 2010s. The 2020-21 anomaly aside, the long-term direction has been steadily down as DVSA refreshed the question bank and added new categories (the silent video clip replacing the written case study from 28 September 2020, ADAS content in the 2025 edition of the Official DVSA Theory Test for Car Drivers, and CPR/AED questions added from 2026 after the 13 August 2025 DVSA announcement). ## Pass rate by gender (April 2024 – March 2025) *Table: UK car theory test pass rate by gender — most recent annual figures* | Field | Value | | --- | --- | | Female | 47.2% | | Male | 43.1% | | Difference | +4.1 percentage points (female) | Female candidates have consistently outperformed male candidates. The gap has held at roughly 3–4 percentage points across the last decade; it was wider (5–6 points) in the late 2000s and has narrowed since then. ## Pass rate by region (recent annual figures) *Table: UK car theory test pass rate by nation — annual averages, April 2024 – March 2025* | Region | Pass rate | | --- | --- | | Scotland | ~48.9% | | England | ~46.0% | | Wales | ~42.3% | Scotland has the highest theory test pass rate in Great Britain. The per-nation split above is computed by averaging the rate at each centre — small rural centres count the same as big-city ones, which widens the gap between Scotland and Wales. Weighting by the number of tests at each centre puts Scotland closer to the GB average and Wales a couple of points below it. ## Best and worst test centres Pass rates vary considerably by test centre — partly driven by population mix and partly by the proportion of repeat candidates. Extremes from the April 2024 – March 2025 DVSA centre-level data: - **Highest by raw rate:** Symbister (Shetland) at 65.2% — but on only 23 tests, so volatile. The next handful (Kyle of Lochalsh 64.3%, Helmsdale 60.7%, Portree 59.2%) are all Highland centres on under 60 tests apiece — the rates are real but the small samples make them noisy year-to-year. - **Highest at city-scale volume:** Royal Tunbridge Wells at 53.6% (9,724 tests), Guildford 53.6% (16,307), and Cambridge 53.2% (22,974). At ≥5,000 tests the top of the table sits in the low-to-mid 50s, not the 60s — small rural centres distort the headline. - **Lowest:** Millom in Cumbria at 34.6%. See the full top 10 and bottom 10, the biggest year-on-year movers and a breakdown by nation on our [pass rate by test centre](https://drivingtheorytest.io/pass-rate/test-centres/) page. Use the [official centre finder](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre) to see what’s near you; everyone takes the same DVSA question bank, so your centre choice does not change what’s actually tested. ## Why the pass rate is lower than people expect The pass mark is 43 out of 50 on multiple choice (86%) and 44 out of 75 on hazard perception (about 59%) — and both must be passed in the same sitting. DVSA has expanded the question bank, added the video case-study question (2020), upgraded the hazard perception clips to CGI (2015), and from 2026 has rolled out new CPR and AED questions. Each refresh tends to nudge the pass rate down a point or two until candidates and revision materials catch up. The pass rate is **not** the same as the pass *mark*. The mark is the threshold a single candidate has to clear; the rate is how often candidates actually clear it. For a deep dive on the threshold, see [the pass mark guide](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/pass-mark/). ## How to be in the 44.9% 1. **Practise by syllabus topic before you take full mocks.** The DVSA test covers [14 syllabus topics](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/) — work through them in order, then start mock tests. 2. **Score 47/50 or above in practice consistently.** Real-exam nerves cost a few marks; 43/50 in practice is too close to the line. 3. **Practise hazard perception separately.** The click-timing skill is different from multiple-choice recall — see our [hazard perception explainer](https://drivingtheorytest.io/hazard-perception/). 4. **Don’t chase a "good week".** Quarter-to-quarter variation in the GB pass rate is small — around two percentage points across recent years. Pick the date that works for your revision plan rather than gaming the calendar. 5. **Book early, then keep revising.** Theory test slots are usually available within 1–2 weeks; booking gives you a deadline to revise toward. ## How DVSA publishes the data DVSA publishes theory test statistics on [gov.uk/government/statistical-data-sets/driving-test-and-theory-test-data-cars](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistical-data-sets/driving-test-and-theory-test-data-cars). Tables of interest: - **DRT111A** — Quarterly and annual pass rates for Great Britain - **DRT111B** — Monthly / quarterly / annual pass rates by gender - **DRT111C** — Annual breakdown by gender and age - **DRT112A** — Pass rates by gender and month at each test centre Tables are .ods (OpenDocument Spreadsheet). The annual centre-level table ( **DRT112A** , used on this site for the per-centre breakdown) covers **April 2024 – March 2025** and was published on **14 August 2025**. The aggregate tables **DRT111A** and **DRT111B** were refreshed on **4 December 2025** with data through September 2025. DRT111A and DRT111B refresh quarterly; DRT112A and DRT111C refresh annually. We update this page when each new release lands. ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Driving test and theory test data: cars](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistical-data-sets/driving-test-and-theory-test-data-cars) (DVSA quarterly tables) - GOV.UK — [Driver and rider testing and instructor statistics: April 2023 to March 2024](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/driver-and-rider-testing-and-instructor-statistics-april-2023-to-march-2024/driver-and-rider-testing-and-instructor-statistics-april-2023-to-march-2024) - GOV.UK — [Theory test: pass mark and result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - DVSA — [DVSA Annual Report and Accounts 2024–2025](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68779f8aa52cca025ef5bd02/dvsa-annual-report-and-accounts-2024-to-2025.pdf) --- ## UK theory test pass rate by centre (2024/25) Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/pass-rate/test-centres/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T13:26:27-04:00 DVSA publishes the pass rate at every reported UK theory test centre. The table below covers **all 194 centres** for April 2024 to March 2025 — the latest released period. Search by name, sort by any column. By raw rate the highest is **Symbister (Shetland) at 65.2%** — but on only 23 tests, so volatile. Kyle of Lochalsh 64.3%, Helmsdale 60.7% and Portree 59.2% are all Highland centres on under 60 tests apiece, so the rates are noisy. Among centres with at least 5,000 tests the top of the table sits in the low-to-mid 50s, led by **Royal Tunbridge Wells at 53.6% (9,724 tests)**, Guildford 53.6% (16,307) and Cambridge 53.2% (22,974). The lowest is **Millom at 34.6%**. > Tables show pass rates for the car theory test by gender, age and test centre. > > — Source: https://www.gov.uk/government/statistical-data-sets/driving-test-and-theory-test-data-cars ## All 194 test centres — search and sort Search test centres by name × 194 centres | Centre ↕ | Tests ↕ | Passes ↕ | Pass rate ▼ | YoY (pp) ↕ | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Symbister | 23 | 15 | **65.2%** | — | | Kyle of Lochalsh | 56 | 36 | **64.3%** | +9.5 | | Helmsdale | 56 | 34 | **60.7%** | +12.9 | | Portree | 49 | 29 | **59.2%** | +14.6 | | Aviemore | 47 | 27 | **57.5%** | +4.1 | | Craignure (Isle of Mull) | 21 | 12 | **57.1%** | — | | North Berwick | 332 | 187 | **56.3%** | \-1.1 | | Huntingdon | 133 | 74 | **55.6%** | +4.2 | | Ullapool | 40 | 22 | **55.0%** | \-8.3 | | Rushden | 123 | 67 | **54.5%** | +9.6 | | Royal Tunbridge Wells | 9,724 | 5,211 | **53.6%** | +0.3 | | Guildford | 16,307 | 8,733 | **53.5%** | +0.4 | | Cambridge | 22,974 | 12,229 | **53.2%** | \-0.5 | | Brodick (Isle of Arran) | 47 | 25 | **53.2%** | \-5.0 | | Mallaig | 38 | 20 | **52.6%** | — | | Tarbert (Argyll & Bute) | 76 | 40 | **52.6%** | +4.9 | | Lochmaddy | 84 | 44 | **52.4%** | +9.5 | | Saxmundham | 88 | 46 | **52.3%** | \-2.3 | | Tain | 73 | 38 | **52.0%** | +2.0 | | Cumnock | 52 | 27 | **51.9%** | +9.7 | | Southwark | 66,976 | 34,645 | **51.7%** | \-0.5 | | Exeter | 13,318 | 6,856 | **51.5%** | +0.5 | | Morden | 39,929 | 20,538 | **51.4%** | +0.4 | | Brighton | 18,833 | 9,676 | **51.4%** | \-0.6 | | Harrogate | 6,727 | 3,450 | **51.3%** | \-1.4 | | Ballater | 43 | 22 | **51.2%** | +12.4 | | Oxford | 20,939 | 10,670 | **51.0%** | \-1.0 | | Kirkwall | 452 | 230 | **50.9%** | +0.7 | | Blandford Forum | 1,745 | 885 | **50.7%** | +0.9 | | Edinburgh | 38,608 | 19,545 | **50.6%** | +0.1 | | York | 12,201 | 6,131 | **50.3%** | +0.1 | | Stratford-upon-Avon | 11,665 | 5,857 | **50.2%** | \-0.7 | | Cheltenham | 8,854 | 4,439 | **50.1%** | \-0.8 | | Bowmore (Isle of Islay) | 44 | 22 | **50.0%** | +14.9 | | Diss | 102 | 51 | **50.0%** | \-11.7 | | Strathpeffer | 38 | 19 | **50.0%** | — | | Glossop | 396 | 197 | **49.8%** | \-2.1 | | Lerwick | 477 | 237 | **49.7%** | \-0.8 | | Salisbury | 6,594 | 3,274 | **49.6%** | +0.0 | | Truro | 10,270 | 5,069 | **49.4%** | \-0.9 | | Kendal | 3,925 | 1,933 | **49.3%** | \-0.7 | | Hornsea | 65 | 32 | **49.2%** | \-5.6 | | Oban | 638 | 314 | **49.2%** | \-1.7 | | Galashiels | 3,181 | 1,562 | **49.1%** | \-0.4 | | Penzance | 1,701 | 834 | **49.0%** | \-0.1 | | Frome | 11,312 | 5,544 | **49.0%** | \-0.7 | | Bristol | 44,946 | 21,997 | **48.9%** | +0.2 | | Reading | 33,341 | 16,310 | **48.9%** | \-0.9 | | Grantham | 6,066 | 2,966 | **48.9%** | +1.2 | | Pitlochry | 125 | 61 | **48.8%** | \-1.2 | | Bodmin | 1,476 | 720 | **48.8%** | \-0.1 | | Norwich | 19,773 | 9,609 | **48.6%** | \-0.7 | | Andover | 8,849 | 4,300 | **48.6%** | +0.5 | | Kingsbridge | 1,090 | 528 | **48.4%** | \-0.3 | | Torquay | 7,199 | 3,474 | **48.3%** | +0.9 | | Dundee | 17,732 | 8,547 | **48.2%** | +0.2 | | Tarbert (Isle of Harris) | 54 | 26 | **48.1%** | — | | Inverness | 5,779 | 2,781 | **48.1%** | +0.4 | | Aberdeen | 17,305 | 8,319 | **48.1%** | \-0.1 | | Redditch | 15,698 | 7,542 | **48.0%** | +1.6 | | Bury St Edmunds | 7,931 | 3,806 | **48.0%** | \-1.0 | | Chelmsford | 20,957 | 10,043 | **47.9%** | \-0.3 | | Northallerton | 4,955 | 2,371 | **47.9%** | +1.0 | | Tongue | 44 | 21 | **47.7%** | \-1.3 | | Fareham | 9,809 | 4,681 | **47.7%** | +0.9 | | Plymouth | 12,759 | 6,085 | **47.7%** | \-0.5 | | Chester | 18,170 | 8,649 | **47.6%** | +0.5 | | Axminster | 2,361 | 1,123 | **47.6%** | +0.8 | | Bethnal Green | 38,873 | 18,427 | **47.4%** | +0.1 | | Newport (Isle of Wight) | 4,201 | 1,989 | **47.4%** | +0.3 | | Chichester | 8,128 | 3,840 | **47.2%** | \-1.9 | | Milton Keynes | 28,820 | 13,607 | **47.2%** | \-0.4 | | Penrith | 214 | 101 | **47.2%** | \-8.8 | | Bournemouth | 15,317 | 7,221 | **47.1%** | \-0.7 | | Williton | 621 | 292 | **47.0%** | \-3.8 | | Lincoln | 12,551 | 5,900 | **47.0%** | \-0.5 | | Newcastle | 43,141 | 20,260 | **47.0%** | +0.3 | | Nottingham | 40,722 | 19,072 | **46.8%** | \-0.1 | | Stirling | 12,685 | 5,941 | **46.8%** | +0.4 | | Yeovil | 8,156 | 3,814 | **46.8%** | +0.8 | | Bishop Auckland | 503 | 235 | **46.7%** | +1.1 | | Kirkbymoorside | 75 | 35 | **46.7%** | +2.5 | | Hertford | 23,806 | 11,101 | **46.6%** | +0.1 | | Watford | 35,207 | 16,408 | **46.6%** | \-0.8 | | Launceston | 1,484 | 688 | **46.4%** | \-2.3 | | Horley | 18,752 | 8,689 | **46.3%** | \-1.0 | | Aylesbury | 14,420 | 6,681 | **46.3%** | \-1.8 | | Worcester | 15,572 | 7,213 | **46.3%** | \-0.9 | | Southampton | 19,173 | 8,872 | **46.3%** | \-1.8 | | Builth Wells | 1,321 | 611 | **46.3%** | \-1.4 | | Shrewsbury | 14,110 | 6,526 | **46.3%** | +0.4 | | Canterbury | 26,182 | 12,091 | **46.2%** | 0.0 | | Ipswich | 13,460 | 6,212 | **46.1%** | +1.1 | | Scarborough | 4,997 | 2,305 | **46.1%** | +1.3 | | Worthing | 7,835 | 3,614 | **46.1%** | \-0.5 | | Leven | 412 | 190 | **46.1%** | +2.8 | | New Romney | 1,951 | 899 | **46.1%** | +1.4 | | Huntly | 139 | 64 | **46.0%** | \-4.0 | | Taunton | 9,699 | 4,462 | **46.0%** | +0.8 | | Colchester | 14,510 | 6,658 | **45.9%** | \-1.1 | | Aldershot | 15,723 | 7,207 | **45.8%** | \-0.2 | | Louth | 144 | 66 | **45.8%** | \-3.0 | | Peterhead | 96 | 44 | **45.8%** | \-1.2 | | Corby | 11,286 | 5,165 | **45.8%** | \-0.3 | | Sidcup | 40,098 | 18,345 | **45.8%** | \-1.3 | | Brechin | 103 | 47 | **45.6%** | \-2.3 | | Portsmouth | 15,672 | 7,141 | **45.6%** | \-0.8 | | Stockport | 34,381 | 15,658 | **45.5%** | \-0.9 | | Burnley | 1,420 | 646 | **45.5%** | +3.0 | | Hexham | 154 | 70 | **45.5%** | \-10.0 | | Lanark | 605 | 275 | **45.5%** | \-0.1 | | Liverpool | 64,736 | 29,409 | **45.4%** | \-0.9 | | Carmarthen | 1,821 | 827 | **45.4%** | +2.3 | | Staines | 16,851 | 7,650 | **45.4%** | +0.5 | | Croydon | 43,824 | 19,869 | **45.3%** | \-0.8 | | Cardiff | 29,281 | 13,273 | **45.3%** | +0.3 | | Crewe | 14,500 | 6,572 | **45.3%** | +0.2 | | Hastings | 6,371 | 2,886 | **45.3%** | \-1.3 | | Chesterfield | 14,391 | 6,510 | **45.2%** | +0.2 | | Fakenham | 124 | 56 | **45.2%** | \-5.9 | | Aberystwyth | 2,226 | 1,005 | **45.1%** | \-2.4 | | Dumfries | 3,575 | 1,611 | **45.1%** | +1.5 | | Glasgow | 71,187 | 32,069 | **45.0%** | \-0.2 | | Barnstaple | 4,944 | 2,227 | **45.0%** | +2.1 | | Swindon | 19,823 | 8,913 | **45.0%** | \-0.3 | | Ayr | 10,365 | 4,659 | **45.0%** | +0.7 | | Southend-On-Sea | 22,489 | 10,074 | **44.8%** | \-0.1 | | Gloucester | 12,045 | 5,352 | **44.4%** | \-0.2 | | Hull | 20,406 | 9,036 | **44.3%** | +0.6 | | Derby | 33,637 | 14,883 | **44.3%** | +0.2 | | Eastbourne | 6,756 | 2,988 | **44.2%** | \-0.5 | | Leeds | 46,982 | 20,770 | **44.2%** | +0.2 | | Greenock | 4,682 | 2,069 | **44.2%** | \-0.4 | | Grimsby | 9,081 | 4,012 | **44.2%** | +0.6 | | Hereford | 8,079 | 3,562 | **44.1%** | \-0.8 | | Sheffield | 43,049 | 18,982 | **44.1%** | \-1.0 | | Bala | 545 | 240 | **44.0%** | +2.6 | | Preston | 52,846 | 23,246 | **44.0%** | \-1.1 | | Fort William | 553 | 243 | **43.9%** | \-2.0 | | Chatham | 32,365 | 14,203 | **43.9%** | 0.0 | | Campbeltown | 73 | 32 | **43.8%** | \-3.7 | | Sunderland | 20,419 | 8,937 | **43.8%** | \-0.6 | | North Finchley | 62,447 | 27,325 | **43.8%** | \-0.8 | | Coventry | 47,766 | 20,883 | **43.7%** | 0.0 | | Carlisle | 6,775 | 2,954 | **43.6%** | \-0.3 | | Wrexham | 8,281 | 3,586 | **43.3%** | \-0.9 | | Elgin | 3,591 | 1,554 | **43.3%** | +0.8 | | Weymouth | 4,755 | 2,057 | **43.3%** | \-1.8 | | Manchester | 85,425 | 36,821 | **43.1%** | \-0.0 | | Northampton | 27,373 | 11,795 | **43.1%** | +0.2 | | Stoke-on-Trent | 21,269 | 9,159 | **43.1%** | \-1.4 | | Dumbarton | 4,235 | 1,820 | **43.0%** | \-1.2 | | Bangor | 7,367 | 3,162 | **42.9%** | \-1.0 | | Alnwick | 1,319 | 566 | **42.9%** | \-3.0 | | Wick | 315 | 135 | **42.9%** | \-5.4 | | Peterborough | 21,055 | 9,007 | **42.8%** | \-1.0 | | Bridgend | 8,495 | 3,632 | **42.8%** | \-0.7 | | Huddersfield | 27,436 | 11,690 | **42.6%** | \-0.6 | | Barrow | 3,493 | 1,488 | **42.6%** | \-1.4 | | Sutton Coldfield | 24,308 | 10,305 | **42.4%** | \-0.9 | | Stornoway | 555 | 235 | **42.3%** | \-4.1 | | Swansea | 20,541 | 8,690 | **42.3%** | \-0.1 | | Middlesbrough | 32,287 | 13,621 | **42.2%** | \-0.3 | | Berwick | 1,022 | 431 | **42.2%** | \-1.8 | | Kings Lynn | 7,862 | 3,302 | **42.0%** | \-0.5 | | Lowestoft | 6,634 | 2,784 | **42.0%** | \-2.3 | | Worksop | 310 | 130 | **41.9%** | \-1.6 | | Cromer | 110 | 46 | **41.8%** | \-2.5 | | Luton | 35,766 | 14,938 | **41.8%** | \-0.3 | | Haverfordwest | 4,523 | 1,881 | **41.6%** | +0.9 | | Doncaster | 25,240 | 10,496 | **41.6%** | +0.6 | | Slough | 25,103 | 10,432 | **41.6%** | +0.5 | | Workington | 4,091 | 1,698 | **41.5%** | \-1.7 | | Bolton | 44,680 | 18,540 | **41.5%** | \-0.1 | | Boston | 6,477 | 2,676 | **41.3%** | +0.1 | | Newport (Gwent) | 14,677 | 6,032 | **41.1%** | \-0.3 | | Rhyl | 6,419 | 2,633 | **41.0%** | \-1.4 | | Skegness | 176 | 72 | **40.9%** | +1.9 | | Newtown | 1,291 | 528 | **40.9%** | \-4.6 | | Dolgellau | 443 | 181 | **40.9%** | \-2.9 | | Stranraer | 270 | 110 | **40.7%** | +2.9 | | Cardigan | 805 | 327 | **40.6%** | \-1.0 | | Ilford | 89,742 | 36,386 | **40.5%** | \-0.7 | | Merthyr Tydfil | 13,544 | 5,484 | **40.5%** | \-2.1 | | Newton Stewart | 84 | 34 | **40.5%** | +5.6 | | Birmingham | 80,284 | 32,471 | **40.5%** | \-0.1 | | Leicester | 54,335 | 21,578 | **39.7%** | \-0.0 | | Wolverhampton | 35,159 | 13,522 | **38.5%** | \-1.1 | | Uxbridge | 82,369 | 31,502 | **38.2%** | \-0.9 | | Dudley | 28,873 | 11,023 | **38.2%** | \-0.9 | | Dunoon | 38 | 14 | **36.8%** | — | | Bradford | 41,920 | 15,414 | **36.8%** | \-0.8 | | Porthmadog | 714 | 255 | **35.7%** | \-2.5 | | Millom | 52 | 18 | **34.6%** | \-16.3 | No centres match that search. ## Biggest year-on-year movers Comparing the April 2024 – March 2025 figures with the previous year reveals some notable swings — usually driven by very small candidate volumes at rural sites, where a handful of extra passes or failures can shift the percentage by 10+ points. The headline movers from the full dataset: ### Biggest risers - **Bowmore** (Isle of Islay, Scotland): +14.9 percentage points - **Portree** (Isle of Skye, Scotland): +14.6 percentage points - **Helmsdale** (Sutherland, Scotland): +12.9 percentage points ### Biggest fallers - **Millom** (Cumbria, England): -16.3 percentage points - **Diss** (Norfolk, England): -11.7 percentage points - **Hexham** (Northumberland, England): -10.0 percentage points ## By nation *Table: UK theory test pass rate by nation, April 2024 – March 2025* | Nation | Approx. pass rate | | --- | --- | | Scotland | ~48.9% | | England | ~46.0% | | Wales | ~42.3% | Scotland has the highest theory test pass rate in Great Britain. The per-nation split above is computed by averaging the rate at each centre — small rural centres count the same as big-city ones, which widens the gap between Scotland and Wales. Weighting by the number of tests at each centre puts Scotland closer to the GB average and Wales a couple of points below it. ## Why centres vary — what the rate is actually telling you Every DVSA theory test centre uses the same official question bank, drawn at random by the same DVSA booking system. The questions are not "easier" in Kyle of Lochalsh or "harder" in Bradford. Two factors drive the per-centre variation: - **Candidate population.** Centres in areas with a higher proportion of repeat retakes, ESL candidates, or candidates with less formal revision support naturally show lower pass rates. Rural Scottish Highlands centres test very small annual volumes, often of well-prepared candidates from a narrow demographic. - **Volume.** Small centres can swing 10+ percentage points year on year on the strength of a few extra passes or failures. The headline year-on-year change at, for example, Millom should not be read as a deterioration in standards — it's statistical noise from low volumes. The practical conclusion: **your choice of theory test centre does not change your odds of passing** . You bring the same knowledge to whichever centre you book. Pick the centre that is most convenient for you and arrive prepared. ## How DVSA publishes the per-centre data Theory test centre figures live in DVSA table **DRT112A** on the [Driving test and theory test data: cars](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistical-data-sets/driving-test-and-theory-test-data-cars) page. The format is OpenDocument Spreadsheet (.ods). Releases cover an April-to-March period and DRT112A refreshes annually. The current release (April 2024 – March 2025) was published on 14 August 2025; we update this page when the next release lands. ## Looking for your centre? Find your nearest theory test centre with the official postcode search at [gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre). Booking is at [gov.uk/book-theory-test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test), £23 for car or motorcycle (see also our note on [booking direct, not via middlemen](https://drivingtheorytest.io/guides/booking-scams/)). ## Sources - GOV.UK — [Driving test and theory test data: cars](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistical-data-sets/driving-test-and-theory-test-data-cars) (DVSA tables DRT111A, DRT111B, DRT111C, DRT112A) - GOV.UK — [Tables index for DVSA statistics](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/driving-test-theory-test-and-driving-instructor-statistics-guidance/driving-test-theory-test-and-driving-instructor-statistics-tables-index) - GOV.UK — [Find your nearest theory test centre](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre) Pass-rate figures reproduced under the [Open Government Licence v3.0](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/). --- ## UK road signs Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Search signs by name Category Signs giving orders 48 Warning signs 54 Direction signs 30 Information signs 25 Road work signs 12 Clear filters ## Signs giving orders - Entry to 20 mph zone - End of 20 mph zone - Maximum speed - National speed limit applies - School crossing patrol - Stop and give way - Give way to traffic on major road - Manually operated temporary STOP and GO signs - Manually operated temporary STOP and GO signs - No entry for vehicular traffic - No vehicles except bicycles being pushed - No cycling - No motor vehicles - No buses (over 8 passenger seats) - No overtaking - No towed caravans - No vehicles carrying explosives - No vehicle or combination of vehicles over length shown - No vehicles over height shown - No vehicles over width shown - Give priority to vehicles from opposite direction - No right turn - No left turn - No U-turns - No goods vehicles over maximum gross weight shown (in tonnes) except for loading and unloading - No vehicles over maximum gross weight shown (in tonnes) - Parking restricted to permit holders - No stopping during period indicated except for buses - No stopping during times shown except for as long as necessary to set down or pick up passengers - No waiting - No stopping (Clearway) - Ahead only - Turn left ahead (right if symbol reversed) - Turn left (right if symbol reversed) - Keep left (right if symbol reversed) - Vehicles may pass either side to reach same destination - Mini-roundabout (roundabout circulation - give way to vehicles from the immediate right) - Route to be used by pedal cycles only - Segregated pedal cycle and pedestrian route - Minimum speed - End of minimum speed - Buses and cycles only - Trams only - Pedestrian crossing point over tramway - One-way traffic (note: compare circular ‘Ahead only’ sign) - With-flow bus and cycle lane - Contra-flow bus lane - With-flow pedal cycle lane ## Warning signs - Distance to ‘STOP’ line ahead - Dual carriageway ends - Road narrows on right (left if symbol reversed) - Road narrows on both sides - Distance to ‘Give Way’ line ahead - Crossroads - Junction on bend ahead - T-junction with priority over vehicles from the right - Staggered junction - Traffic merging from left ahead - Double bend first to left (symbol may be reversed) - Bend to right (or left if symbol reversed) - Roundabout - Uneven road - Plate below some signs - Two-way traffic crosses one-way road - Two-way traffic straight ahead - Opening or swing bridge ahead - Low-flying aircraft or sudden aircraft noise - Falling or fallen rocks - Traffic signals not in use - Traffic signals - Slippery road - Steep hill downwards - Steep hill upwards - Tunnel ahead - Trams crossing ahead - Level crossing with barrier or gate ahead - Level crossing without barrier or gate ahead - Level crossing without barrier - School crossing patrol ahead (some signs have amber lights which flash when crossings are in use) - Frail (or blind or disabled if shown) pedestrians likely to cross road ahead - Pedestrians in road ahead - Zebra crossing - Overhead electric cable; plate indicates maximum height of vehicles which can pass safely - Available width of headroom indicated - Sharp deviation of route to left (or right if chevrons reversed) - Light signals ahead at level crossing, airfield or bridge - Miniature warning lights at level crossings - Cattle - Wild animals - Wild horses or ponies - Accompanied horses or ponies - Cycle route ahead - Risk of ice - Traffic queues likely ahead - Distance over which road humps extend - Other danger; plate indicates nature of danger - Soft verges - Side winds - Hump bridge - Worded warning sign - Quayside or river bank - Risk of grounding ## Direction signs Blue panels indicate that the motorway starts at the junction ahead. Motorways shown in brackets can also be reached along the route indicated. White panels indicate local or non-primary routes leading from the junction ahead. Brown panels show the route to tourist attractions. The name of the junction may be shown at the top of the sign. The aircraft symbol indicates the route to an airport. A symbol may be included to warn of a hazard or restriction along that route. - At a junction leading directly into a motorway (junction number may be shown on a black background) - On approaches to junctions (junction number on black background) - Route confirmatory sign after junction - Downward pointing arrows mean ‘Get in lane’ The left-hand lane leads to a different destination from the other lanes. - The panel with the inclined arrow indicates the destinations which can be reached by leaving the motorway at the next junction - On approaches to junctions - At the junction - Route confirmatory sign after junction - On approaches to junctions - On approach to a junction in Wales (bilingual) - Primary route forming part of a ring road - Primary route forming part of a ring road - On approaches to junctions - On approaches to junctions - At the junction - Direction to toilets with access for the disabled - Picnic site - Ancient monument in the care of English Heritage - Direction to a car park - Tourist attraction - Direction to camping and caravan site - Advisory route for lorries - Route for pedal cycles forming part of a network - Recommended route for pedal cycles to place shown - Route for pedestrians - Symbols showing emergency diversion route for motorway and other main road traffic - Symbols showing emergency diversion route for motorway and other main road traffic - Symbols showing emergency diversion route for motorway and other main road traffic - Symbols showing emergency diversion route for motorway and other main road traffic - Diversion route ## Information signs Lane designated for use by high occupancy vehicles (HOV) - see rule 142 - Entrance to controlled parking zone - Entrance to congestion charging zone - End of controlled parking zone - Advance warning of restriction or prohibition ahead - Parking place for solo motorcycles - With-flow bus lane ahead which pedal cycles and taxis may also use - Untitled sign - Vehicles permitted to use an HOV lane ahead - End of motorway - Start of motorway and point from which motorway regulations apply - Appropriate traffic lanes at junction ahead - Traffic on the main carriageway coming from right has priority over joining traffic - Additional traffic joining from left ahead. Traffic on main carriageway has priority over joining traffic from right hand lane of slip road - Traffic in right hand lane of slip road joining the main carriageway has priority over left hand lane - Variable speed limit with camera enforcement sign. - ‘Countdown’ markers at exit from motorway (each bar represents 100 yards to the exit). Green-backed markers may be used on primary routes and white-backed markers with black bars on other routes. At approaches to concealed level crossings white-backed markers with red bars may be used. Although these will be erected at equal distances the bars do not represent 100 yard intervals. - Motorway service area sign showing the operator’s name - Traffic has priority over oncoming vehicles - Hospital ahead with Accident and Emergency facilities - Tourist information point - No through road for vehicles - Recommended route for pedal cycles - Home Zone Entry - Area in which cameras are used to enforce traffic regulations - Bus lane on road at junction ahead ## Road work signs - Road works - Loose chippings - Temporary hazard at road works - Temporary lane closure (the number and position of arrows and red bars may be varied according to lanes open and closed) - Slow-moving or stationary works vehicle blocking a traffic lane. Pass in the direction shown by the arrow. - Mandatory speed limit ahead - Road works 1 mile ahead - End of road works and any temporary restrictions including speed limits - Signs used on the back of slow-moving or stationary vehicles warning of a lane closed ahead by a works vehicle. There are no cones on the road. - Signs used on the back of slow-moving or stationary vehicles warning of a lane closed ahead by a works vehicle. There are no cones on the road. - Lane restrictions at road works ahead - One lane crossover at contraflow road works No signs match your filters. Try clearing one. ## Frequently mis-identified signs A small group of signs catches candidates out repeatedly. The shape is usually the giveaway — circles command, triangles warn, rectangles inform, the octagon means STOP. Use the shape first, then read the symbol. 1. ### National speed limit applies A white circle with a single black diagonal. Means "the national limit applies" — 60 mph on single carriageways, 70 mph on dual carriageways and motorways for a car. Often misread as "no restrictions" or a derestricted zone — wrong. The limit is still there; you have to know what it is for that road type. 2. ### No entry vs no through road Both feature a red bar on a circle/rectangle and both stop you proceeding straight on, but they mean different things. The CIRCULAR red-bar sign (left) is a prohibitive order — you must not enter from this direction at all. The RECTANGULAR sign (right) is information — the road ahead is a dead end for vehicles; turn around at the far end. 3. ### Maximum vs minimum speed Red ring = LIMIT (do not exceed). Blue circle = MANDATORY (do at least this speed). A blue circle showing 30 means you must drive at least 30 mph; a red-ringed 30 means you must not exceed 30 mph. The colour rule is universal — red rings prohibit, blue circles mandate. 4. ### STOP vs Give Way STOP (the octagon) is the only octagonal sign on UK roads — you must come to a COMPLETE halt at the line even if the road is clear. Give Way (the inverted red triangle) means yield to traffic on the major road but you may continue without stopping if it is safe to do so. Theory questions hinge on "stop completely vs yield only". 5. ### Mini-roundabout (order) vs Roundabout (warning) The BLUE circular sign (left) is at the junction itself — a mini-roundabout, treat as a normal roundabout. The RED TRIANGLE (right) is a warning placed upstream, telling you a roundabout is coming. Triangles warn, blue circles order — colour and shape together identify each. 6. ### Information signs that look alike Both are rectangular information signs with a coloured background and a clear icon. The brown panel on the left is a tourist information point (the white "i"); the blue panel on the right marks the entrance to a controlled parking zone (with its parking restrictions on the same sign). At speed the colour is the cue. 7. ### Red triangular warnings — every one shares the shape All warning signs use the same red-bordered triangle. The symbol inside is what differentiates them. The four most-tested patterns (left to right): slippery road, two-way traffic, wild animals, uneven road. Drill the symbols — the shape and colour will not tell you which warning is which. On direction signs the same colour rule does the work: **blue** = motorway, **green** = primary route, **white** = local route, **brown** = tourist destination, **yellow** = temporary diversion. The Direction signs section above has examples of each. ## Pass your UK theory test. Free DVSA practice questions, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in one app — no signup. ★ 4.8 · 250K+ downloads · iOS & Android --- ## UK road signs quiz Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/quiz/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Identify the sign ✓ **0** correct ✗ **0** wrong **0** answered What does this sign mean? - A - B - C - D Next sign → [Browse the full reference →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) ## Pass your UK theory test. Free DVSA practice questions, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in one app — no signup. ★ 4.8 · 250K+ downloads · iOS & Android --- ## Practice by topic Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02T03:22:06-04:00 The UK car theory test question bank is organised into **14 chapters in *The Official DVSA Theory Test for Car Drivers*** (the gov.uk learning-to-drive-a-car syllabus is a separate 4-unit National Standard framework for trainers). Each topic page below summarises what is tested in that chapter, links the key Highway Code rules, runs through common mistakes and lets you try one real DVSA practice question. - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car. →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Alertness Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Alertness covers everything that keeps a driver in tune with what is happening around the vehicle — using mirrors before signals and manoeuvres, judging hazards before they unfold, recognising fatigue, and resisting distractions like phones and in-car tech. ## What’s tested - Effective use of mirrors — what they show and when to check them - The mirrors-signal-manoeuvre (MSM) routine - The “lifesaver” shoulder check before changing direction - Recognising and responding to fatigue on long or familiar routes - Avoiding distractions: handheld phones, eating, conversations ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 91](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule91) - [Rule 97](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule97) - [Rule 148](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule148) - [Rule 149](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule149) - [Rule 150](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule150) - [Rule 161](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule161) - [Rule 163](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule163) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank Why should you use your mirrors when you see a hazard ahead? - A Because you'll need to accelerate out of danger - B To assess how your actions will affect the traffic behind - C Because you'll need to brake sharply and stop - D To check what's happening on the road ahead Show explanation The correct answer is **B**. You should be constantly scanning the road for clues about what's going to happen next. Check your mirrors regularly, particularly as soon as you spot a hazard. What's happening behind may affect how you respond to hazards ahead. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Only checking mirrors when changing lanes — scanning should be constant - Underestimating tiredness on motorways or familiar routes - Using a handheld phone for navigation (illegal — and a points-and-fine offence) - Skipping the final shoulder check before pulling out from the kerb ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic Candidates conflate MSM (Mirror–Signal–Manoeuvre) with MSPSL (Mirror–Signal–Position–Speed–Look) and forget the order of mirrors when changing direction. **The rule says:** Mirrors come first — always check interior and the relevant exterior mirror BEFORE you signal. Rule 161 says mirrors should be used "in good time before you signal or change direction or speed"; Rule 163 reapplies the mirrors-signal-manoeuvre sequence to overtaking, and Rule 159 applies the same principle to moving off. Signalling first telegraphs an intent you have not yet verified is safe. The lifesaver shoulder check is the LAST step before commitment, not the first. [Rules 161 and 163 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203#rule161) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Attitude Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Attitude is about how you behave toward other road users — keeping a safe following distance, yielding at crossings, allowing for other people’s mistakes, and resisting the impulse to “teach lessons” on the road. ## What’s tested - Safe following distance — the two-second rule (four seconds in wet) - Behaviour at zebra, pelican, puffin and toucan crossings - Allowing for other drivers’ errors instead of reacting aggressively - Headlight flashing — what it does (and does not) mean - Use of horn, signals, and lane discipline as courtesy ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 110](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule110) - [Rule 111](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule111) - [Rule 144](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule144) - [Rule 146](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule146) - [Rule 147](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule147) - [Rule 191](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule191) - [Rule 195](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule195) - [Rule 199](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule199) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank Why is it dangerous to travel too close to the vehicle ahead? - A Your engine will overheat - B Your mirrors will need adjusting - C Your view of the road ahead will be restricted - D Your sat nav will be confused Show explanation The correct answer is **C**. ‘Tailgating’ is the term used when a driver or rider follows the vehicle in front too closely. It's dangerous because it restricts your view of the road ahead and leaves no safety margin if the vehicle in front needs to slow down or stop suddenly. Tailgating is often the underlying cause of rear-end collisions or multiple pile-ups. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Treating a flashed-headlights “go ahead” as a binding signal - Tailgating in slow traffic to encourage the car ahead to speed up - Not slowing for pedestrians waiting at a zebra crossing - Using the horn to express annoyance rather than to warn of presence ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic A flashed headlight from another driver is often read as "go ahead, it is safe." Many test candidates rely on it as a signal of priority. **The rule says:** The Highway Code is unambiguous across two rules. Rule 110 (the driver giving the flash): only flash your headlights to let other road users know that you are there — do not flash to convey any other message or intimidate. Rule 111 (the driver receiving the flash): never assume that flashing headlights is a signal inviting you to proceed; use your own judgement and proceed carefully. If you act on a flash and there is a collision, the responsibility is still yours. [Rules 110 and 111 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158#rule110) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Documents Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Documents covers the paperwork that legally lets you and your vehicle be on the road — provisional vs full licence, third-party vs comprehensive insurance, MOT validity, the V5C log book and SORN (Statutory Off-Road Notification). ## What’s tested - When you need a provisional vs full licence and what each lets you do - Insurance levels: third party, third party fire and theft, comprehensive - MOT — valid for one year, renewable up to one month early - V5C log book and the legal duty to update DVLA - SORN — what it is and when you need one ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 89](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule89) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank For how long is an MOT certificate normally valid? - A Three years after the date it was issued - B 10,000 miles - C One year after the date it was issued - D 30,000 miles Show explanation The correct answer is **C**. Some garages will remind you that your vehicle is due for its annual MOT test, but not all do. To ensure continuous cover, you may take your vehicle for its MOT up to one month before its existing MOT certificate expires. The expiry date on the new certificate will be 12 months after the expiry date on the old certificate. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Driving without insurance (£300 minimum fine + 6 points) - Forgetting the one-month-early MOT renewal window — the new certificate keeps the old expiry - Not telling DVLA after a name or address change - Driving a SORNed vehicle on the road (illegal — needs re-registration) ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic Minimum ages for licence categories trip up candidates because they conflate the car age (17) with other categories. **The rule says:** Car (B): minimum 17 — or 16 if you receive (or have applied for) the enhanced rate mobility component of Personal Independence Payment. Moped: 16. Motorcycle A1: 17. The 16-with-PIP rule is the most-asked exception in the bank. [Motor Vehicles (Driving Licences) Regulations 1999, Reg 9(4) ↗](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/1999/2864/regulation/9) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Hazard awareness Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Hazard awareness covers anticipation — reading the road before something becomes urgent. It links directly to the hazard perception test: the same skill of spotting a developing situation early is what scores points there and keeps you safe on the road. ## What’s tested - The difference between static, potential and developing hazards - Effects of alcohol, recreational drugs and some prescription medicines - Planning rest stops on long journeys (every two hours, minimum 15 min) - Approaching crossings, junctions and traffic lights with care - Reading clues from other road users — brake lights, gaze, indicators ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 91](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule91) - [Rule 95](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule95) - [Rule 96](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule96) - [Rule 146](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule146) - [Rule 147](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule147) - [Rule 170](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule170) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank You're approaching a crossroads. What should you do if the traffic lights have failed? - A Brake and stop only for large vehicles - B Brake sharply to a stop before looking - C Be prepared to brake sharply to a stop - D Be prepared to stop for any traffic Show explanation The correct answer is **D**. When approaching a junction where the traffic lights have failed, you should proceed with caution. Treat the situation as an unmarked junction and be prepared to stop. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Driving the morning after a heavy night and assuming you are sober - Treating failed traffic lights as one-way priority instead of unmarked junction - Underestimating very young or very old pedestrians - Filtering past a queue when you cannot see the head of the queue ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic The line between a "potential" hazard and a "developing" hazard is the single biggest source of confusion in hazard perception — and it spills into multiple-choice questions too. **The rule says:** DVSA defines a DEVELOPING hazard as "something that would cause you to take action, like changing speed or direction." A parked car is a POTENTIAL hazard — it could move. The moment the door starts to open or the reverse lights illuminate, it becomes DEVELOPING. The action requirement is the threshold. [GOV.UK — Hazard perception test ↗](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Incidents, accidents and emergencies Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Incidents, accidents and emergencies covers what to do when something goes wrong — at the scene of a collision, during a breakdown, in a tunnel fire, or when first aid is needed. Updated from 2026 to include questions on CPR and using a public-access defibrillator (AED). ## What’s tested - At a scene: stop, secure the area, summon help, check for injuries - First aid priorities — airway, breathing, severe bleeding - CPR basics: compression rate (100–120 / min), depth (5–6 cm), 30 : 2 - AED use: power on, follow the voice prompts, only shock when advised - Tunnel fires and breakdowns — when to stay with the vehicle and when to leave ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 275](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule275) - [Rule 281](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule281) - [Rule 283](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule283) - [Rule 286](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule286) - [Rule 287](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule287) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank You're at an incident. What could you do to help an unconscious casualty? - A Take photographs of the scene - B Check that they're breathing normally - C Move them to somewhere more comfortable - D Splash their face with cool water Show explanation The correct answer is **B**. If a casualty is unconscious, you need to check that they're breathing normally. Look for chest movements, look and listen for breathing, and feel for breath on your cheek. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Moving an unconscious casualty when there is no immediate danger - Removing a motorcyclist’s helmet (only if airway cannot be opened otherwise) - Setting up a hazard warning triangle on a motorway (not permitted) - Switching off a vehicle fire by lifting the bonnet (oxygen fuels the fire) ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic Three numbers for adult CPR and they all get scrambled in the bank. The bank tests both the rate and the depth. **The rule says:** Adult CPR (Resuscitation Council UK 2025 Guidelines): compression RATE 100–120 per minute. Compression DEPTH 5–6 cm. Ratio 30 compressions : 2 rescue breaths if trained — continuous compressions only ("hands-only") if untrained. Use an AED as soon as one is available — the device decides whether to shock; you cannot harm the casualty. [Resuscitation Council UK 2025 Guidelines — Adult Basic Life Support ↗](https://www.resus.org.uk/professional-library/2025-resuscitation-guidelines/adult-basic-life-support-guidelines) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Motorway rules Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Motorway rules covers everything specific to motorways — joining via the slip road, lane discipline, the national speed limit, smart-motorway gantries and the red X, and what to do if you break down. ## What’s tested - National speed limit (70 mph cars/motorcycles; lower when towing) - Lane discipline — left-hand lane unless overtaking - Smart motorways: variable speed limits, hard shoulder running, red X - Joining and leaving via slip roads - Breakdown procedure — emergency areas, hazard lights, leaving the vehicle ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 253](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule253) - [Rule 259](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule259) - [Rule 264](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule264) - [Rule 267](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule267) - [Rule 270](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule270) - [Rule 274](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule274) - [Rule 275](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule275) - [Rule 278](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule278) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank What's the national speed limit on motorways for cars and motorcycles? - A 30 mph - B 50 mph - C 60 mph - D 70 mph Show explanation The correct answer is **D**. Travelling at the national speed limit does not allow you to hog the right-hand lane. Always use the left-hand lane whenever possible. When leaving a motorway, get into the left-hand lane well before your exit. Reduce your speed on the slip road and look out for sharp bends or curves and traffic queuing at roundabouts. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Middle-lane hogging when the left lane is clear (offence since 2013) - Driving in a lane closed by a red X - Stopping on the hard shoulder when it is a running lane on a smart motorway - Joining a motorway too slowly and forcing traffic behind to brake ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic You have stopped in a smart-motorway emergency area (blue sign, orange SOS phone) and your problem is fixed. Most candidates think you wait for a gap and pull straight back out into the live lane — DVSA reports this as one of the most-failed motorway questions. **The rule says:** Rule 278 is explicit: you MUST use the emergency telephone provided and follow the operator's advice for exiting the emergency area. A lane may need to be closed so that you can rejoin the carriageway safely. Pulling out unannounced into a live lane on an all-lane-running stretch is genuinely dangerous and against the rule. [Rule 278 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/breakdowns-and-incidents-274-to-287#rule278) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Other types of vehicle Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Other vehicle types covers how to share the road with vehicles that behave differently to a car — lorries that need extra room at junctions, buses pulling out, trams running on rails, and emergency vehicles needing you to make space safely. ## What’s tested - Reading a long vehicle’s signals near junctions and roundabouts - Why an HGV may need to swing out to turn - Giving way safely to emergency vehicles without breaking the law - Tram lanes and rails — keep out of reserved lanes and off the rails - Allowing a bus to pull out from a stop in built-up areas ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 219](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule219) - [Rule 220](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule220) - [Rule 221](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule221) - [Rule 222](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule222) - [Rule 223](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule223) - [Rule 300](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule300) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank You're following a long vehicle as it approaches a crossroads. What should you do if it signals left but moves out to the right? - A Get closer in order to pass it quickly - B Stay well back and give it room - C Assume the signal is wrong and that it's turning right - D Overtake it as it starts to slow down Show explanation The correct answer is **B**. A long vehicle may need to swing out in the opposite direction as it approaches a turn, to allow the rear wheels to clear the kerb. Do not try to filter through if you see a gap; as the lorry turns, the gap will close. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Filtering past a lorry that is signalling left into a side road - Pulling onto a hatched chevron or into a bus lane to let an ambulance past - Treating tram tracks as a normal road surface (very low grip when wet) - Sitting close behind a tall vehicle so the driver cannot see you in their mirrors ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic A lorry signalling LEFT at a junction sometimes drifts noticeably RIGHT before turning — drivers behind misread this as a position correction and try to filter past on the left. **The rule says:** A long vehicle needs extra road space to turn — Rule 221 of the Highway Code says these vehicles "may need extra road space to turn or to deal with a hazard that you are not able to see," and that following one means "the driver may not be able to see you in the mirrors." Rule 222 adds that "large vehicles can block your view" and that pulling back to increase your separation distance improves your view and plan-ahead. The wider principle (don't overtake on the side a signalling vehicle is moving toward) is the general overtaking guidance in Rules 162–167. Trust the signal, not the position. [Rules 221 and 222 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-users-requiring-extra-care-204-to-225#rule221) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Road and traffic signs Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Road and traffic signs covers the visual language of UK roads — how the shape and colour of a sign tell you its purpose at a glance, what the traffic light sequences mean, and how lane markings and arrows guide traffic. ## What’s tested - Sign shapes: circles order, triangles warn, rectangles inform - Sign colours: red prohibits, blue mandates or motorway-information, green primary routes, brown tourist - Traffic light sequences and what amber-only means - Lane markings — solid white, broken white, hatched chevrons - Variable message signs and matrix signals ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 109](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule109) - [Rule 110](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule110) - [Rule 111](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule111) - [Rule 127](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule127) - [Rule 128](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule128) - [Rule 130](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule130) - [Rule 131](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule131) - [Rule 132](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule132) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank What does a red traffic light mean? - A You should stop unless turning left - B Stop, if you're able to brake safely - C You must stop and wait behind the stop line - D Proceed with care Show explanation The correct answer is **C**. Whatever light is showing, you should know which light is going to appear next and be able to take appropriate action. For example, when amber is showing on its own, you’ll know that red will appear next. This should give you ample time to anticipate and respond safely. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Confusing the four pedestrian crossing types (zebra, pelican, puffin, toucan) - Reading a “no entry” sign as a one-way arrow - Crossing a solid white line where no exception applies - Misreading a warning triangle as a regulatory order ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic Five colours of reflective road stud, each in a fixed position. The pair candidates miss most often is red (left edge) vs amber (right edge). **The rule says:** Red on the LEFT edge of the road. Amber at the central reservation of a dual carriageway or motorway. Green at the edge of the main carriageway where it meets lay-bys and slip roads. White between lanes. Green/yellow for temporary lane shifts (e.g. road works). [Rule 132 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158#rule132) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/#signs-giving-orders) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Rules of the road Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Rules of the road covers the everyday legal rules that apply on every journey — speed limits by road type, give-way and stop signs, roundabouts, parking, level crossings, and the difference in Wales (20 mph residential default since 2023). ## What’s tested - National speed limits by road type and vehicle class - The “streetlights = 30 mph” rule in England, Scotland and Northern Ireland - Roundabout priority — give way to the right - Stop sign vs give-way sign — what you must actually do - Pelican, puffin, toucan, Pegasus and parallel crossings ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 124](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule124) - [Rule 170](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule170) - [Rule 184](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule184) - [Rule 186](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule186) - [Rule 187](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule187) - [Rule 191](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule191) - [Rule 243](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule243) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank There are no speed-limit signs on the road. In England, Scotland and Northern Ireland how is a 30 mph limit generally indicated? - A By hazard warning lines - B By street lighting - C By pedestrian islands - D By double or single yellow lines Show explanation The correct answer is **B**. In England, Scotland and Northern Ireland, there's a 30 mph speed limit where there are street lights unless signs show another limit. In Wales street lights indicate the limit is 20 mph unless signs show otherwise. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Rolling through a STOP sign instead of stopping completely - Assuming the 30 mph default applies in Wales (it is 20 mph in restricted residential roads since September 2023) - Taking a roundabout exit from the wrong lane - Parking within 10 m of a junction ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic The default rule for a box junction is "do not enter unless your exit is clear." Most candidates apply that universally — and lose marks on the single most-tested twist. **The rule says:** There is one explicit exception: you MAY enter the box and wait there if you want to turn RIGHT and are only stopped from completing the turn by oncoming traffic (or by other vehicles waiting to turn right). Sitting outside the box in that situation is wrong; entering and waiting is correct. [Rule 174 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203#rule174) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Safety and your vehicle Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Safety and your vehicle covers the daily and weekly checks that keep your car roadworthy — tyre tread and pressure, brakes, lights, washers, wipers — and the warning lights that tell you something needs attention before it becomes dangerous. ## What’s tested - Tyre tread depth (1.6 mm legal minimum across the central 3/4 of the breadth) - Tyre pressure and what under- or over-inflation does to handling - What to do when a brake warning light comes on - Recognising the main dashboard warning lights - Securing the vehicle when parked — locks, valuables, handbrake ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 89](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule89) - [Rule 90](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule90) - [Rule 97](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule97) - [Rule 123](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule123) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank What should you do if your vehicle pulls to one side when you use the brakes? - A Increase the pressure in your tyres - B Have the brakes checked as soon as possible - C Change gear and pump the brake pedal - D Use your parking brake at the same time Show explanation The correct answer is **B**. The brakes on your vehicle must be effective and properly adjusted. If your vehicle pulls to one side when braking, take it to be checked by a qualified mechanic as soon as you can. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Ignoring a faint or intermittent brake warning light - Driving on tyres at the legal 1.6 mm tread — safer to replace at 3 mm - Leaving valuables on view in a parked car - Not checking tyre pressure before a long journey when fully loaded ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic Everyone remembers "1.6 mm tread depth" but mis-states where it has to be measured — and whether it applies to part of the tyre or all of it. **The rule says:** The 1.6 mm minimum applies across the CENTRAL THREE-QUARTERS of the breadth of the tread, around the ENTIRE circumference. A patch that meets 1.6 mm in one spot but is bald on the edge or at one point of the circumference still fails. Each defective tyre carries its own penalty — they stack. [Highway Code Annex 6 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Safety margins Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Safety margins covers stopping distances at each speed, how weather and the road surface change them, and the gap you need to leave around your vehicle to react safely if something goes wrong. ## What’s tested - Stopping distances from 20 to 70 mph — thinking, braking and total - Weather multipliers: wet roads (×2), icy or snowy conditions (up to ×10) - Aquaplaning — what it feels like and how to recover - Driving in strong wind, especially overtaking high-sided vehicles - Fog, mist and the use of fog lights ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 124](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule124) - [Rule 125](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule125) - [Rule 126](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule126) - [Rule 227](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule227) - [Rule 228](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule228) - [Rule 229](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule229) - [Rule 231](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule231) - [Rule 235](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule235) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank How much can stopping distances increase in icy conditions? - A Two times - B Three times - C Five times - D Ten times Show explanation The correct answer is **D**. Tyre grip is greatly reduced in icy conditions. For this reason, you need to allow up to ten times the stopping distance you would allow on dry roads. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Forgetting the ×10 stopping distance multiplier on ice - Using cruise control on a wet motorway (loss of control if aquaplaning) - Leaving rear fog lights on after visibility improves - Following too closely in spray from the vehicle ahead ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic Candidates know the two-second rule. They forget that wet conditions DOUBLE the gap and icy conditions multiply it by up to TEN. **The rule says:** The Highway Code is precise: "allow at least a two-second gap … on high-speed roads … doubled on wet roads and up to ten times greater on icy roads." So 2 seconds dry, 4 seconds wet, up to 20 seconds icy. Theory questions test the ×2 and ×10 multipliers more often than the base figure. [Rule 126 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158#rule126) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Vehicle handling Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Vehicle handling covers driving in conditions that change how the car behaves: rain, fog, ice, snow, night-time, strong wind, hills, and how to keep control when grip or visibility is reduced. ## What’s tested - Use of dipped beam, full beam, fog lights and hazard lights - Skid control — releasing the brake, steering into the skid - Hill starts, engine braking on long descents - Dazzle from oncoming headlights — what to do - Overtaking high-sided vehicles in strong wind ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 113](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule113) - [Rule 114](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule114) - [Rule 115](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule115) - [Rule 226](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule226) - [Rule 227](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule227) - [Rule 228](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule228) - [Rule 234](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule234) - [Rule 237](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule237) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank You're driving on the motorway in windy conditions. What should you do as you overtake a high-sided vehicle? - A Increase your speed - B Be wary of a sudden gust - C Drive alongside very closely - D Expect normal conditions Show explanation The correct answer is **B**. The draught caused by other vehicles – particularly those with high sides – could be strong enough to push you out of your lane. Be prepared for a sudden gust of wind as you overtake large vehicles. Keep both hands on the steering wheel to help you keep full control. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Leaving rear fog lights on when visibility improves (dazzles drivers behind) - Using full beam on bends or near oncoming traffic - Riding the clutch on a long downhill instead of engine braking - Braking mid-skid rather than steering into it ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic A widely-believed myth is that ABS lets you stop in a shorter distance. Test questions on this trip up candidates who confuse "lets you steer while braking" with "shortens stopping distance." **The rule says:** ABS prevents wheel-lock, which means you can keep STEERING during heavy braking. Rule 120 also says not to assume a car with ABS will stop in a shorter distance. Brake firmly and progressively — do not pump the pedal. [Rule 120 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158#rule120) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/) --- ## Vehicle loading Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Vehicle loading covers carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and trailers — how each affects the car’s handling, braking and the legal speed limits that apply when you are towing. ## What’s tested - Towing speed limits — 60 mph max on motorway and dual carriageway, 50 on single carriageway - How a roof load raises the centre of gravity and reduces stability - Securing passengers — child restraints by age and height - Snaking trailers — how to recognise and recover - Weight distribution within the vehicle and trailer ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule 98](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule98) - [Rule 99](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule99) - [Rule 100](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule100) - [Rule 101](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule101) - [Rule 102](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule102) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank How will a heavy load on your roof rack affect your vehicle's handling? - A It will improve the road holding - B It will reduce the stopping distance - C It will make the steering lighter - D It will reduce stability Show explanation The correct answer is **D**. A heavy load on your roof rack will reduce the stability of the vehicle because it moves the centre of gravity away from that designed by the manufacturer. Be aware of this when you drive round bends and corners. If you change direction at speed, your vehicle and/or load could become unstable and you could lose control. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Loading a roof rack too high without rebalancing the load inside - Accelerating into a snaking trailer (ease off the throttle instead) - Allowing a child under 12 (and shorter than 135 cm) to travel without an appropriate child restraint - Towing at 70 mph on a dual carriageway (the legal limit is 60) ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic Speed limits when towing differ from solo-car limits, but candidates often guess "same as without a trailer." **The rule says:** A car towing a caravan or trailer is limited to 30 mph in built-up areas in England, Scotland and Northern Ireland (20 mph in Wales since 17 September 2023; same as solo in both cases), 50 mph on single carriageways (vs 60 solo), 60 mph on dual carriageways (vs 70), and 60 mph on motorways (vs 70). [GOV.UK — towing speed limits ↗](https://www.gov.uk/speed-limits) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Vulnerable road users Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children, older and disabled people.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) --- ## Vulnerable road users Source URL: https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vulnerable-road-users/ Last reviewed against gov.uk: 2026-06-02 Vulnerable road users covers the people most at risk in a collision — pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children and older or disabled people. The 2022 Hierarchy of Road Users (Rules H1–H3) places responsibility on those who can do the greatest harm. ## What’s tested - The Hierarchy of Road Users (Rules H1, H2, H3) - Safe passing distance: 1.5 m for cyclists at up to 30 mph (more at higher speeds); 2 m for horses at under 10 mph - Lifesaver checks before turning across a cyclist or motorcyclist - School crossing patrols and how they signal - Disabled pedestrians — white cane, white-and-red cane, assistance dogs ## Key Highway Code rules - [Rule H1](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#ruleh1) - [Rule H2](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#ruleh2) - [Rule H3](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#ruleh3) - [Rule 163](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule163) - [Rule 204](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule204) - [Rule 212](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule212) - [Rule 213](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule213) - [Rule 214](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule214) - [Rule 215](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/#rule215) ## Try a real DVSA question Practice question From the DVSA question bank Why should you check for motorcyclists just before turning right into a side road? - A They may be overtaking on your left - B They may be following you closely - C They may be emerging from the side road - D They may be overtaking on your right Show explanation The correct answer is **D**. Never attempt to change direction to the right without first checking your right-hand mirror and blind spot. A motorcyclist might not have seen your signal and could be hidden by other traffic. This observation should become a matter of routine. Want more practice? Get **750+ free DVSA questions**, hazard perception clips and the latest Highway Code in our app. ## Common mistakes - Passing a cyclist with less than 1.5 m clearance at 30 mph or below - Missing a motorcyclist in your right-hand mirror before turning right - Driving through a deep puddle that splashes pedestrians on the pavement - Treating zebra and parallel (cyclist) crossings as the same thing ## The single most-confusing rule in this topic A pedestrian carrying a white cane with a red band looks like a pedestrian carrying a plain white cane. Most candidates pick "blind" — and lose the mark. **The rule says:** A plain white cane indicates blindness or partial sightedness. Rule 207 lists "deafblind people who may be carrying a white cane with a red band or using a dog with a red and white harness" — so a white cane WITH a red band (some canes show several bands, the meaning is the same) indicates DEAFBLINDNESS — both blind and deaf. The person may not hear a horn, an engine or your voice, so visual signalling and patience matter even more. [Rule 207 ↗](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-users-requiring-extra-care-204-to-225) ## Keep going - [Search the full Highway Code →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/highway-code/) - [Browse all UK road signs →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/road-signs/) - [Read the full FAQ (70 questions) →](https://drivingtheorytest.io/faq/) ## All 14 topics - [Alertness Staying focused: mirrors, observation, scanning the road, avoiding fatigue and distraction.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/alertness/) - [Attitude Considerate driving: patience, following distance, behaviour at crossings and roundabouts.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/attitude/) - [Safety and your vehicle Roadworthiness: brakes, tyres, lights, fluids, warning lights and securing the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety margins Stopping distances, weather, road surface, and the space you need to react safely.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/safety-margins/) - [Hazard awareness Anticipating risk: spotting clues, planning ahead, reading other road users’ behaviour.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/hazard-awareness/) - [Other types of vehicle Sharing the road with lorries, buses, motorcycles, trams and emergency vehicles.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Vehicle handling Driving in rain, fog, snow, dark and strong wind — how conditions change the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules Joining, lane discipline, speed, breakdowns and smart-motorway running lanes.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/motorway-rules/) - [Rules of the road Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking, level crossings and one-way streets.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/rules-of-the-road/) - [Road and traffic signs The visual language of UK roads — shape, colour and meaning of every sign and signal.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Documents Licence, insurance, MOT, V5C log book and SORN — the paperwork to be legally on the road.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/documents/) - [Incidents, accidents and emergencies First aid, CPR, AED, RTC procedure, breakdowns and tunnel safety.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Vehicle loading Carrying passengers, luggage, roof loads and towing — and how each changes the car.](https://drivingtheorytest.io/topics/vehicle-loading/)